[GRASS-SVN] r51217 - in grass-addons/grass6/vector: . v.trimesh

svn_grass at osgeo.org svn_grass at osgeo.org
Sat Mar 31 04:56:38 EDT 2012


Author: amuriy
Date: 2012-03-31 01:56:38 -0700 (Sat, 31 Mar 2012)
New Revision: 51217

Added:
   grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/
   grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/Makefile
   grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/description.html
   grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/triangle.c
   grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/triangle.h
   grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/v.trimesh.c
   grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/v.trimesh.tmp.html
Modified:
   grass-addons/grass6/vector/Makefile
Log:
<v.trimesh> added to grass6/vector; grass6/vector/Makefile edited

Modified: grass-addons/grass6/vector/Makefile
===================================================================
--- grass-addons/grass6/vector/Makefile	2012-03-31 07:58:03 UTC (rev 51216)
+++ grass-addons/grass6/vector/Makefile	2012-03-31 08:56:38 UTC (rev 51217)
@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@
 
 SUBDIRS = \
 	adehabitat \
-	net.analyze \
 	v.autokrige \
 	v.curvature \
 	v.db.calc \
+	v.eqsm \
 	v.in.gama \
 	v.in.geoplot \
 	v.in.gshhs \
@@ -25,6 +25,9 @@
 	v.surf.icw \
 	v.swathwidth \
 	v.transect.kia \
+	v.transects \
+	v.trimesh \
+	v.vect.stats \
 	v.what.rast.buffer
 
 include $(MODULE_TOPDIR)/include/Make/Dir.make

Added: grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/Makefile
===================================================================
--- grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/Makefile	                        (rev 0)
+++ grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/Makefile	2012-03-31 08:56:38 UTC (rev 51217)
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+
+#MODULE_TOPDIR = ../..
+
+PGM = v.trimesh
+
+LIBES = $(VECTLIB) $(GISLIB)
+DEPENDENCIES= $(VECTDEP) $(GISDEP)
+EXTRA_INC = $(VECT_INC)
+EXTRA_CFLAGS = $(VECT_CFLAGS)
+
+include $(MODULE_TOPDIR)/include/Make/Module.make
+
+default: cmd
+

Added: grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/description.html
===================================================================
--- grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/description.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/description.html	2012-03-31 08:56:38 UTC (rev 51217)
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+<head>
+<title>GRASS GIS manual: v.trimesh</title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="grassdocs.css" type="text/css">
+</head>
+<body bgcolor="white">
+
+<img src="grass_logo.png" alt="GRASS logo"><hr align=center size=6 noshade>
+
+<h2>NAME</h2>
+<em><b>v.trimesh</b></em>  - Create a triangular mesh from a vector map
+<h2>KEYWORDS</h2>
+vector
+<h2>SYNOPSIS</h2>
+<b>v.trimesh</b><br>
+<b>v.trimesh help</b><br>
+<b>v.trimesh</b> [-<b>a</b>] <b>input</b>=<em>name</em> <b>column</b>=<em>string</em> <b>output</b>=<em>name</em>  [--<b>overwrite</b>]  [--<b>verbose</b>]  [--<b>quiet</b>] 
+
+<h3>Flags:</h3>
+<DL>
+<DT><b>-a</b></DT>
+<DD>Do not use areal constraint</DD>
+
+<DT><b>--overwrite</b></DT>
+<DD>Allow output files to overwrite existing files</DD>
+<DT><b>--verbose</b></DT>
+<DD>Verbose module output</DD>
+<DT><b>--quiet</b></DT>
+<DD>Quiet module output</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<h3>Parameters:</h3>
+<DL>
+<DT><b>input</b>=<em>name</em></DT>
+<DD>Name of input vector map</DD>
+
+<DT><b>column</b>=<em>string</em></DT>
+<DD>Column name with area constraints/centroid attributes</DD>
+
+<DT><b>output</b>=<em>name</em></DT>
+<DD>Name for output vector map</DD>
+
+</DL>
+</body>
+</html>

Added: grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/triangle.c
===================================================================
--- grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/triangle.c	                        (rev 0)
+++ grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/triangle.c	2012-03-31 08:56:38 UTC (rev 51217)
@@ -0,0 +1,16006 @@
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*      888888888        ,o,                          / 888                  */
+/*         888    88o88o  "    o8888o  88o8888o o88888o 888  o88888o         */
+/*         888    888    888       88b 888  888 888 888 888 d888  88b        */
+/*         888    888    888  o88^o888 888  888 "88888" 888 8888oo888        */
+/*         888    888    888 C888  888 888  888  /      888 q888             */
+/*         888    888    888  "88o^888 888  888 Cb      888  "88oooo"        */
+/*                                              "8oo8D                       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  A Two-Dimensional Quality Mesh Generator and Delaunay Triangulator.      */
+/*  (triangle.c)                                                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Version 1.6                                                              */
+/*  July 28, 2005                                                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Copyright 1993, 1995, 1997, 1998, 2002, 2005                             */
+/*  Jonathan Richard Shewchuk                                                */
+/*  2360 Woolsey #H                                                          */
+/*  Berkeley, California  94705-1927                                         */
+/*  jrs at cs.berkeley.edu                                                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This program may be freely redistributed under the condition that the    */
+/*    copyright notices (including this entire header and the copyright      */
+/*    notice printed when the `-h' switch is selected) are not removed, and  */
+/*    no compensation is received.  Private, research, and institutional     */
+/*    use is free.  You may distribute modified versions of this code UNDER  */
+/*    THE CONDITION THAT THIS CODE AND ANY MODIFICATIONS MADE TO IT IN THE   */
+/*    SAME FILE REMAIN UNDER COPYRIGHT OF THE ORIGINAL AUTHOR, BOTH SOURCE   */
+/*    AND OBJECT CODE ARE MADE FREELY AVAILABLE WITHOUT CHARGE, AND CLEAR    */
+/*    NOTICE IS GIVEN OF THE MODIFICATIONS.  Distribution of this code as    */
+/*    part of a commercial system is permissible ONLY BY DIRECT ARRANGEMENT  */
+/*    WITH THE AUTHOR.  (If you are not directly supplying this code to a    */
+/*    customer, and you are instead telling them how they can obtain it for  */
+/*    free, then you are not required to make any arrangement with me.)      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Hypertext instructions for Triangle are available on the Web at          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*      http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~quake/triangle.html                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Disclaimer:  Neither I nor Carnegie Mellon warrant this code in any way  */
+/*    whatsoever.  This code is provided "as-is".  Use at your own risk.     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Some of the references listed below are marked with an asterisk.  [*]    */
+/*    These references are available for downloading from the Web page       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*      http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~quake/triangle.research.html                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Three papers discussing aspects of Triangle are available.  A short      */
+/*    overview appears in "Triangle:  Engineering a 2D Quality Mesh          */
+/*    Generator and Delaunay Triangulator," in Applied Computational         */
+/*    Geometry:  Towards Geometric Engineering, Ming C. Lin and Dinesh       */
+/*    Manocha, editors, Lecture Notes in Computer Science volume 1148,       */
+/*    pages 203-222, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, May 1996 (from the First ACM   */
+/*    Workshop on Applied Computational Geometry).  [*]                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*    The algorithms are discussed in the greatest detail in "Delaunay       */
+/*    Refinement Algorithms for Triangular Mesh Generation," Computational   */
+/*    Geometry:  Theory and Applications 22(1-3):21-74, May 2002.  [*]       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*    More detail about the data structures may be found in my dissertation: */
+/*    "Delaunay Refinement Mesh Generation," Ph.D. thesis, Technical Report  */
+/*    CMU-CS-97-137, School of Computer Science, Carnegie Mellon University, */
+/*    Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, 18 May 1997.  [*]                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Triangle was created as part of the Quake Project in the School of       */
+/*    Computer Science at Carnegie Mellon University.  For further           */
+/*    information, see Hesheng Bao, Jacobo Bielak, Omar Ghattas, Loukas F.   */
+/*    Kallivokas, David R. O'Hallaron, Jonathan R. Shewchuk, and Jifeng Xu,  */
+/*    "Large-scale Simulation of Elastic Wave Propagation in Heterogeneous   */
+/*    Media on Parallel Computers," Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics    */
+/*    and Engineering 152(1-2):85-102, 22 January 1998.                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Triangle's Delaunay refinement algorithm for quality mesh generation is  */
+/*    a hybrid of one due to Jim Ruppert, "A Delaunay Refinement Algorithm   */
+/*    for Quality 2-Dimensional Mesh Generation," Journal of Algorithms      */
+/*    18(3):548-585, May 1995 [*], and one due to L. Paul Chew, "Guaranteed- */
+/*    Quality Mesh Generation for Curved Surfaces," Proceedings of the Ninth */
+/*    Annual Symposium on Computational Geometry (San Diego, California),    */
+/*    pages 274-280, Association for Computing Machinery, May 1993,          */
+/*    http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=161150 .                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The Delaunay refinement algorithm has been modified so that it meshes    */
+/*    domains with small input angles well, as described in Gary L. Miller,  */
+/*    Steven E. Pav, and Noel J. Walkington, "When and Why Ruppert's         */
+/*    Algorithm Works," Twelfth International Meshing Roundtable, pages      */
+/*    91-102, Sandia National Laboratories, September 2003.  [*]             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  My implementation of the divide-and-conquer and incremental Delaunay     */
+/*    triangulation algorithms follows closely the presentation of Guibas    */
+/*    and Stolfi, even though I use a triangle-based data structure instead  */
+/*    of their quad-edge data structure.  (In fact, I originally implemented */
+/*    Triangle using the quad-edge data structure, but the switch to a       */
+/*    triangle-based data structure sped Triangle by a factor of two.)  The  */
+/*    mesh manipulation primitives and the two aforementioned Delaunay       */
+/*    triangulation algorithms are described by Leonidas J. Guibas and Jorge */
+/*    Stolfi, "Primitives for the Manipulation of General Subdivisions and   */
+/*    the Computation of Voronoi Diagrams," ACM Transactions on Graphics     */
+/*    4(2):74-123, April 1985, http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=282923 .*/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Their O(n log n) divide-and-conquer algorithm is adapted from Der-Tsai   */
+/*    Lee and Bruce J. Schachter, "Two Algorithms for Constructing the       */
+/*    Delaunay Triangulation," International Journal of Computer and         */
+/*    Information Science 9(3):219-242, 1980.  Triangle's improvement of the */
+/*    divide-and-conquer algorithm by alternating between vertical and       */
+/*    horizontal cuts was introduced by Rex A. Dwyer, "A Faster Divide-and-  */
+/*    Conquer Algorithm for Constructing Delaunay Triangulations,"           */
+/*    Algorithmica 2(2):137-151, 1987.                                       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The incremental insertion algorithm was first proposed by C. L. Lawson,  */
+/*    "Software for C1 Surface Interpolation," in Mathematical Software III, */
+/*    John R. Rice, editor, Academic Press, New York, pp. 161-194, 1977.     */
+/*    For point location, I use the algorithm of Ernst P. Mucke, Isaac       */
+/*    Saias, and Binhai Zhu, "Fast Randomized Point Location Without         */
+/*    Preprocessing in Two- and Three-Dimensional Delaunay Triangulations,"  */
+/*    Proceedings of the Twelfth Annual Symposium on Computational Geometry, */
+/*    ACM, May 1996.  [*]  If I were to randomize the order of vertex        */
+/*    insertion (I currently don't bother), their result combined with the   */
+/*    result of Kenneth L. Clarkson and Peter W. Shor, "Applications of      */
+/*    Random Sampling in Computational Geometry II," Discrete &              */
+/*    Computational Geometry 4(1):387-421, 1989, would yield an expected     */
+/*    O(n^{4/3}) bound on running time.                                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The O(n log n) sweepline Delaunay triangulation algorithm is taken from  */
+/*    Steven Fortune, "A Sweepline Algorithm for Voronoi Diagrams",          */
+/*    Algorithmica 2(2):153-174, 1987.  A random sample of edges on the      */
+/*    boundary of the triangulation are maintained in a splay tree for the   */
+/*    purpose of point location.  Splay trees are described by Daniel        */
+/*    Dominic Sleator and Robert Endre Tarjan, "Self-Adjusting Binary Search */
+/*    Trees," Journal of the ACM 32(3):652-686, July 1985,                   */
+/*    http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=3835 .                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The algorithms for exact computation of the signs of determinants are    */
+/*    described in Jonathan Richard Shewchuk, "Adaptive Precision Floating-  */
+/*    Point Arithmetic and Fast Robust Geometric Predicates," Discrete &     */
+/*    Computational Geometry 18(3):305-363, October 1997.  (Also available   */
+/*    as Technical Report CMU-CS-96-140, School of Computer Science,         */
+/*    Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, May 1996.)  [*]  */
+/*    An abbreviated version appears as Jonathan Richard Shewchuk, "Robust   */
+/*    Adaptive Floating-Point Geometric Predicates," Proceedings of the      */
+/*    Twelfth Annual Symposium on Computational Geometry, ACM, May 1996. [*] */
+/*    Many of the ideas for my exact arithmetic routines originate with      */
+/*    Douglas M. Priest, "Algorithms for Arbitrary Precision Floating Point  */
+/*    Arithmetic," Tenth Symposium on Computer Arithmetic, pp. 132-143, IEEE */
+/*    Computer Society Press, 1991.  [*]  Many of the ideas for the correct  */
+/*    evaluation of the signs of determinants are taken from Steven Fortune  */
+/*    and Christopher J. Van Wyk, "Efficient Exact Arithmetic for Computa-   */
+/*    tional Geometry," Proceedings of the Ninth Annual Symposium on         */
+/*    Computational Geometry, ACM, pp. 163-172, May 1993, and from Steven    */
+/*    Fortune, "Numerical Stability of Algorithms for 2D Delaunay Triangu-   */
+/*    lations," International Journal of Computational Geometry & Applica-   */
+/*    tions 5(1-2):193-213, March-June 1995.                                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The method of inserting new vertices off-center (not precisely at the    */
+/*    circumcenter of every poor-quality triangle) is from Alper Ungor,      */
+/*    "Off-centers:  A New Type of Steiner Points for Computing Size-Optimal */
+/*    Quality-Guaranteed Delaunay Triangulations," Proceedings of LATIN      */
+/*    2004 (Buenos Aires, Argentina), April 2004.                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  For definitions of and results involving Delaunay triangulations,        */
+/*    constrained and conforming versions thereof, and other aspects of      */
+/*    triangular mesh generation, see the excellent survey by Marshall Bern  */
+/*    and David Eppstein, "Mesh Generation and Optimal Triangulation," in    */
+/*    Computing and Euclidean Geometry, Ding-Zhu Du and Frank Hwang,         */
+/*    editors, World Scientific, Singapore, pp. 23-90, 1992.  [*]            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The time for incrementally adding PSLG (planar straight line graph)      */
+/*    segments to create a constrained Delaunay triangulation is probably    */
+/*    O(t^2) per segment in the worst case and O(t) per segment in the       */
+/*    common case, where t is the number of triangles that intersect the     */
+/*    segment before it is inserted.  This doesn't count point location,     */
+/*    which can be much more expensive.  I could improve this to O(d log d)  */
+/*    time, but d is usually quite small, so it's not worth the bother.      */
+/*    (This note does not apply when the -s switch is used, invoking a       */
+/*    different method is used to insert segments.)                          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The time for deleting a vertex from a Delaunay triangulation is O(d^2)   */
+/*    in the worst case and O(d) in the common case, where d is the degree   */
+/*    of the vertex being deleted.  I could improve this to O(d log d) time, */
+/*    but d is usually quite small, so it's not worth the bother.            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Ruppert's Delaunay refinement algorithm typically generates triangles    */
+/*    at a linear rate (constant time per triangle) after the initial        */
+/*    triangulation is formed.  There may be pathological cases where        */
+/*    quadratic time is required, but these never arise in practice.         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The geometric predicates (circumcenter calculations, segment             */
+/*    intersection formulae, etc.) appear in my "Lecture Notes on Geometric  */
+/*    Robustness" at http://www.cs.berkeley.edu/~jrs/mesh .                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  If you make any improvements to this code, please please please let me   */
+/*    know, so that I may obtain the improvements.  Even if you don't change */
+/*    the code, I'd still love to hear what it's being used for.             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/* For single precision (which will save some memory and reduce paging),     */
+/*   define the symbol SINGLE by using the -DSINGLE compiler switch or by    */
+/*   writing "#define SINGLE" below.                                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* For double precision (which will allow you to refine meshes to a smaller  */
+/*   edge length), leave SINGLE undefined.                                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* Double precision uses more memory, but improves the resolution of the     */
+/*   meshes you can generate with Triangle.  It also reduces the likelihood  */
+/*   of a floating exception due to overflow.  Finally, it is much faster    */
+/*   than single precision on 64-bit architectures like the DEC Alpha.  I    */
+/*   recommend double precision unless you want to generate a mesh for which */
+/*   you do not have enough memory.                                          */
+
+/* #define SINGLE */
+
+#ifdef SINGLE
+#define REAL float
+#else /* not SINGLE */
+#define REAL double
+#endif /* not SINGLE */
+
+/* If yours is not a Unix system, define the NO_TIMER compiler switch to     */
+/*   remove the Unix-specific timing code.                                   */
+
+/* #define NO_TIMER */
+
+/* To insert lots of self-checks for internal errors, define the SELF_CHECK  */
+/*   symbol.  This will slow down the program significantly.  It is best to  */
+/*   define the symbol using the -DSELF_CHECK compiler switch, but you could */
+/*   write "#define SELF_CHECK" below.  If you are modifying this code, I    */
+/*   recommend you turn self-checks on until your work is debugged.          */
+
+/* #define SELF_CHECK */
+
+/* To compile Triangle as a callable object library (triangle.o), define the */
+/*   TRILIBRARY symbol.  Read the file triangle.h for details on how to call */
+/*   the procedure triangulate() that results.                               */
+
+#define TRILIBRARY
+
+/* It is possible to generate a smaller version of Triangle using one or     */
+/*   both of the following symbols.  Define the REDUCED symbol to eliminate  */
+/*   all features that are primarily of research interest; specifically, the */
+/*   -i, -F, -s, and -C switches.  Define the CDT_ONLY symbol to eliminate   */
+/*   all meshing algorithms above and beyond constrained Delaunay            */
+/*   triangulation; specifically, the -r, -q, -a, -u, -D, -S, and -s         */
+/*   switches.  These reductions are most likely to be useful when           */
+/*   generating an object library (triangle.o) by defining the TRILIBRARY    */
+/*   symbol.                                                                 */
+
+#define REDUCED
+/* #define CDT_ONLY */
+
+/* On some machines, my exact arithmetic routines might be defeated by the   */
+/*   use of internal extended precision floating-point registers.  The best  */
+/*   way to solve this problem is to set the floating-point registers to use */
+/*   single or double precision internally.  On 80x86 processors, this may   */
+/*   be accomplished by setting the CPU86 symbol for the Microsoft C         */
+/*   compiler, or the LINUX symbol for the gcc compiler running on Linux.    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* An inferior solution is to declare certain values as `volatile', thus     */
+/*   forcing them to be stored to memory and rounded off.  Unfortunately,    */
+/*   this solution might slow Triangle down quite a bit.  To use volatile    */
+/*   values, write "#define INEXACT volatile" below.  Normally, however,     */
+/*   INEXACT should be defined to be nothing.  ("#define INEXACT".)          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* For more discussion, see http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~quake/robust.pc.html .    */
+/*   For yet more discussion, see Section 5 of my paper, "Adaptive Precision */
+/*   Floating-Point Arithmetic and Fast Robust Geometric Predicates" (also   */
+/*   available as Section 6.6 of my dissertation).                           */
+
+/* #define CPU86 */
+/* #define LINUX */
+
+#define INEXACT /* Nothing */
+/* #define INEXACT volatile */
+
+/* Maximum number of characters in a file name (including the null).         */
+
+#define FILENAMESIZE 2048
+
+/* Maximum number of characters in a line read from a file (including the    */
+/*   null).                                                                  */
+
+#define INPUTLINESIZE 1024
+
+/* For efficiency, a variety of data structures are allocated in bulk.  The  */
+/*   following constants determine how many of each structure is allocated   */
+/*   at once.                                                                */
+
+#define TRIPERBLOCK 4092           /* Number of triangles allocated at once. */
+#define SUBSEGPERBLOCK 508       /* Number of subsegments allocated at once. */
+#define VERTEXPERBLOCK 4092         /* Number of vertices allocated at once. */
+#define VIRUSPERBLOCK 1020   /* Number of virus triangles allocated at once. */
+/* Number of encroached subsegments allocated at once. */
+#define BADSUBSEGPERBLOCK 252
+/* Number of skinny triangles allocated at once. */
+#define BADTRIPERBLOCK 4092
+/* Number of flipped triangles allocated at once. */
+#define FLIPSTACKERPERBLOCK 252
+/* Number of splay tree nodes allocated at once. */
+#define SPLAYNODEPERBLOCK 508
+
+/* The vertex types.   A DEADVERTEX has been deleted entirely.  An           */
+/*   UNDEADVERTEX is not part of the mesh, but is written to the output      */
+/*   .node file and affects the node indexing in the other output files.     */
+
+#define INPUTVERTEX 0
+#define SEGMENTVERTEX 1
+#define FREEVERTEX 2
+#define DEADVERTEX -32768
+#define UNDEADVERTEX -32767
+
+/* The next line is used to outsmart some very stupid compilers.  If your    */
+/*   compiler is smarter, feel free to replace the "int" with "void".        */
+/*   Not that it matters.                                                    */
+
+#define VOID int
+
+/* Two constants for algorithms based on random sampling.  Both constants    */
+/*   have been chosen empirically to optimize their respective algorithms.   */
+
+/* Used for the point location scheme of Mucke, Saias, and Zhu, to decide    */
+/*   how large a random sample of triangles to inspect.                      */
+
+#define SAMPLEFACTOR 11
+
+/* Used in Fortune's sweepline Delaunay algorithm to determine what fraction */
+/*   of boundary edges should be maintained in the splay tree for point      */
+/*   location on the front.                                                  */
+
+#define SAMPLERATE 10
+
+/* A number that speaks for itself, every kissable digit.                    */
+
+#define PI 3.141592653589793238462643383279502884197169399375105820974944592308
+
+/* Another fave.                                                             */
+
+#define SQUAREROOTTWO 1.4142135623730950488016887242096980785696718753769480732
+
+/* And here's one for those of you who are intimidated by math.              */
+
+#define ONETHIRD 0.333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#ifndef NO_TIMER
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif /* not NO_TIMER */
+#ifdef CPU86
+#include <float.h>
+#endif /* CPU86 */
+#ifdef LINUX
+#include <fpu_control.h>
+#endif /* LINUX */
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+#include "triangle.h"
+#endif /* TRILIBRARY */
+
+/* A few forward declarations.                                               */
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+char *readline();
+char *findfield();
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+/* Labels that signify the result of point location.  The result of a        */
+/*   search indicates that the point falls in the interior of a triangle, on */
+/*   an edge, on a vertex, or outside the mesh.                              */
+
+enum locateresult {INTRIANGLE, ONEDGE, ONVERTEX, OUTSIDE};
+
+/* Labels that signify the result of vertex insertion.  The result indicates */
+/*   that the vertex was inserted with complete success, was inserted but    */
+/*   encroaches upon a subsegment, was not inserted because it lies on a     */
+/*   segment, or was not inserted because another vertex occupies the same   */
+/*   location.                                                               */
+
+enum insertvertexresult {SUCCESSFULVERTEX, ENCROACHINGVERTEX, VIOLATINGVERTEX,
+                         DUPLICATEVERTEX};
+
+/* Labels that signify the result of direction finding.  The result          */
+/*   indicates that a segment connecting the two query points falls within   */
+/*   the direction triangle, along the left edge of the direction triangle,  */
+/*   or along the right edge of the direction triangle.                      */
+
+enum finddirectionresult {WITHIN, LEFTCOLLINEAR, RIGHTCOLLINEAR};
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The basic mesh data structures                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  There are three:  vertices, triangles, and subsegments (abbreviated      */
+/*  `subseg').  These three data structures, linked by pointers, comprise    */
+/*  the mesh.  A vertex simply represents a mesh vertex and its properties.  */
+/*  A triangle is a triangle.  A subsegment is a special data structure used */
+/*  to represent an impenetrable edge of the mesh (perhaps on the outer      */
+/*  boundary, on the boundary of a hole, or part of an internal boundary     */
+/*  separating two triangulated regions).  Subsegments represent boundaries, */
+/*  defined by the user, that triangles may not lie across.                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  A triangle consists of a list of three vertices, a list of three         */
+/*  adjoining triangles, a list of three adjoining subsegments (when         */
+/*  segments exist), an arbitrary number of optional user-defined            */
+/*  floating-point attributes, and an optional area constraint.  The latter  */
+/*  is an upper bound on the permissible area of each triangle in a region,  */
+/*  used for mesh refinement.                                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  For a triangle on a boundary of the mesh, some or all of the neighboring */
+/*  triangles may not be present.  For a triangle in the interior of the     */
+/*  mesh, often no neighboring subsegments are present.  Such absent         */
+/*  triangles and subsegments are never represented by NULL pointers; they   */
+/*  are represented by two special records:  `dummytri', the triangle that   */
+/*  fills "outer space", and `dummysub', the omnipresent subsegment.         */
+/*  `dummytri' and `dummysub' are used for several reasons; for instance,    */
+/*  they can be dereferenced and their contents examined without violating   */
+/*  protected memory.                                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  However, it is important to understand that a triangle includes other    */
+/*  information as well.  The pointers to adjoining vertices, triangles, and */
+/*  subsegments are ordered in a way that indicates their geometric relation */
+/*  to each other.  Furthermore, each of these pointers contains orientation */
+/*  information.  Each pointer to an adjoining triangle indicates which face */
+/*  of that triangle is contacted.  Similarly, each pointer to an adjoining  */
+/*  subsegment indicates which side of that subsegment is contacted, and how */
+/*  the subsegment is oriented relative to the triangle.                     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The data structure representing a subsegment may be thought to be        */
+/*  abutting the edge of one or two triangle data structures:  either        */
+/*  sandwiched between two triangles, or resting against one triangle on an  */
+/*  exterior boundary or hole boundary.                                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  A subsegment consists of a list of four vertices--the vertices of the    */
+/*  subsegment, and the vertices of the segment it is a part of--a list of   */
+/*  two adjoining subsegments, and a list of two adjoining triangles.  One   */
+/*  of the two adjoining triangles may not be present (though there should   */
+/*  always be one), and neighboring subsegments might not be present.        */
+/*  Subsegments also store a user-defined integer "boundary marker".         */
+/*  Typically, this integer is used to indicate what boundary conditions are */
+/*  to be applied at that location in a finite element simulation.           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Like triangles, subsegments maintain information about the relative      */
+/*  orientation of neighboring objects.                                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Vertices are relatively simple.  A vertex is a list of floating-point    */
+/*  numbers, starting with the x, and y coordinates, followed by an          */
+/*  arbitrary number of optional user-defined floating-point attributes,     */
+/*  followed by an integer boundary marker.  During the segment insertion    */
+/*  phase, there is also a pointer from each vertex to a triangle that may   */
+/*  contain it.  Each pointer is not always correct, but when one is, it     */
+/*  speeds up segment insertion.  These pointers are assigned values once    */
+/*  at the beginning of the segment insertion phase, and are not used or     */
+/*  updated except during this phase.  Edge flipping during segment          */
+/*  insertion will render some of them incorrect.  Hence, don't rely upon    */
+/*  them for anything.                                                       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Other than the exception mentioned above, vertices have no information   */
+/*  about what triangles, subfacets, or subsegments they are linked to.      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Handles                                                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The oriented triangle (`otri') and oriented subsegment (`osub') data     */
+/*  structures defined below do not themselves store any part of the mesh.   */
+/*  The mesh itself is made of `triangle's, `subseg's, and `vertex's.        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Oriented triangles and oriented subsegments will usually be referred to  */
+/*  as "handles."  A handle is essentially a pointer into the mesh; it       */
+/*  allows you to "hold" one particular part of the mesh.  Handles are used  */
+/*  to specify the regions in which one is traversing and modifying the mesh.*/
+/*  A single `triangle' may be held by many handles, or none at all.  (The   */
+/*  latter case is not a memory leak, because the triangle is still          */
+/*  connected to other triangles in the mesh.)                               */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  An `otri' is a handle that holds a triangle.  It holds a specific edge   */
+/*  of the triangle.  An `osub' is a handle that holds a subsegment.  It     */
+/*  holds either the left or right side of the subsegment.                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Navigation about the mesh is accomplished through a set of mesh          */
+/*  manipulation primitives, further below.  Many of these primitives take   */
+/*  a handle and produce a new handle that holds the mesh near the first     */
+/*  handle.  Other primitives take two handles and glue the corresponding    */
+/*  parts of the mesh together.  The orientation of the handles is           */
+/*  important.  For instance, when two triangles are glued together by the   */
+/*  bond() primitive, they are glued at the edges on which the handles lie.  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Because vertices have no information about which triangles they are      */
+/*  attached to, I commonly represent a vertex by use of a handle whose      */
+/*  origin is the vertex.  A single handle can simultaneously represent a    */
+/*  triangle, an edge, and a vertex.                                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/* The triangle data structure.  Each triangle contains three pointers to    */
+/*   adjoining triangles, plus three pointers to vertices, plus three        */
+/*   pointers to subsegments (declared below; these pointers are usually     */
+/*   `dummysub').  It may or may not also contain user-defined attributes    */
+/*   and/or a floating-point "area constraint."  It may also contain extra   */
+/*   pointers for nodes, when the user asks for high-order elements.         */
+/*   Because the size and structure of a `triangle' is not decided until     */
+/*   runtime, I haven't simply declared the type `triangle' as a struct.     */
+
+typedef REAL **triangle;            /* Really:  typedef triangle *triangle   */
+
+/* An oriented triangle:  includes a pointer to a triangle and orientation.  */
+/*   The orientation denotes an edge of the triangle.  Hence, there are      */
+/*   three possible orientations.  By convention, each edge always points    */
+/*   counterclockwise about the corresponding triangle.                      */
+
+struct otri {
+  triangle *tri;
+  int orient;                                         /* Ranges from 0 to 2. */
+};
+
+/* The subsegment data structure.  Each subsegment contains two pointers to  */
+/*   adjoining subsegments, plus four pointers to vertices, plus two         */
+/*   pointers to adjoining triangles, plus one boundary marker, plus one     */
+/*   segment number.                                                         */
+
+typedef REAL **subseg;                  /* Really:  typedef subseg *subseg   */
+
+/* An oriented subsegment:  includes a pointer to a subsegment and an        */
+/*   orientation.  The orientation denotes a side of the edge.  Hence, there */
+/*   are two possible orientations.  By convention, the edge is always       */
+/*   directed so that the "side" denoted is the right side of the edge.      */
+
+struct osub {
+  subseg *ss;
+  int ssorient;                                       /* Ranges from 0 to 1. */
+};
+
+/* The vertex data structure.  Each vertex is actually an array of REALs.    */
+/*   The number of REALs is unknown until runtime.  An integer boundary      */
+/*   marker, and sometimes a pointer to a triangle, is appended after the    */
+/*   REALs.                                                                  */
+
+typedef REAL *vertex;
+
+/* A queue used to store encroached subsegments.  Each subsegment's vertices */
+/*   are stored so that we can check whether a subsegment is still the same. */
+
+struct badsubseg {
+  subseg encsubseg;                             /* An encroached subsegment. */
+  vertex subsegorg, subsegdest;                         /* Its two vertices. */
+};
+
+/* A queue used to store bad triangles.  The key is the square of the cosine */
+/*   of the smallest angle of the triangle.  Each triangle's vertices are    */
+/*   stored so that one can check whether a triangle is still the same.      */
+
+struct badtriang {
+  triangle poortri;                       /* A skinny or too-large triangle. */
+  REAL key;                             /* cos^2 of smallest (apical) angle. */
+  vertex triangorg, triangdest, triangapex;           /* Its three vertices. */
+  struct badtriang *nexttriang;             /* Pointer to next bad triangle. */
+};
+
+/* A stack of triangles flipped during the most recent vertex insertion.     */
+/*   The stack is used to undo the vertex insertion if the vertex encroaches */
+/*   upon a subsegment.                                                      */
+
+struct flipstacker {
+  triangle flippedtri;                       /* A recently flipped triangle. */
+  struct flipstacker *prevflip;               /* Previous flip in the stack. */
+};
+
+/* A node in a heap used to store events for the sweepline Delaunay          */
+/*   algorithm.  Nodes do not point directly to their parents or children in */
+/*   the heap.  Instead, each node knows its position in the heap, and can   */
+/*   look up its parent and children in a separate array.  The `eventptr'    */
+/*   points either to a `vertex' or to a triangle (in encoded format, so     */
+/*   that an orientation is included).  In the latter case, the origin of    */
+/*   the oriented triangle is the apex of a "circle event" of the sweepline  */
+/*   algorithm.  To distinguish site events from circle events, all circle   */
+/*   events are given an invalid (smaller than `xmin') x-coordinate `xkey'.  */
+
+struct event {
+  REAL xkey, ykey;                              /* Coordinates of the event. */
+  VOID *eventptr;      /* Can be a vertex or the location of a circle event. */
+  int heapposition;              /* Marks this event's position in the heap. */
+};
+
+/* A node in the splay tree.  Each node holds an oriented ghost triangle     */
+/*   that represents a boundary edge of the growing triangulation.  When a   */
+/*   circle event covers two boundary edges with a triangle, so that they    */
+/*   are no longer boundary edges, those edges are not immediately deleted   */
+/*   from the tree; rather, they are lazily deleted when they are next       */
+/*   encountered.  (Since only a random sample of boundary edges are kept    */
+/*   in the tree, lazy deletion is faster.)  `keydest' is used to verify     */
+/*   that a triangle is still the same as when it entered the splay tree; if */
+/*   it has been rotated (due to a circle event), it no longer represents a  */
+/*   boundary edge and should be deleted.                                    */
+
+struct splaynode {
+  struct otri keyedge;                     /* Lprev of an edge on the front. */
+  vertex keydest;           /* Used to verify that splay node is still live. */
+  struct splaynode *lchild, *rchild;              /* Children in splay tree. */
+};
+
+/* A type used to allocate memory.  firstblock is the first block of items.  */
+/*   nowblock is the block from which items are currently being allocated.   */
+/*   nextitem points to the next slab of free memory for an item.            */
+/*   deaditemstack is the head of a linked list (stack) of deallocated items */
+/*   that can be recycled.  unallocateditems is the number of items that     */
+/*   remain to be allocated from nowblock.                                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* Traversal is the process of walking through the entire list of items, and */
+/*   is separate from allocation.  Note that a traversal will visit items on */
+/*   the "deaditemstack" stack as well as live items.  pathblock points to   */
+/*   the block currently being traversed.  pathitem points to the next item  */
+/*   to be traversed.  pathitemsleft is the number of items that remain to   */
+/*   be traversed in pathblock.                                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* alignbytes determines how new records should be aligned in memory.        */
+/*   itembytes is the length of a record in bytes (after rounding up).       */
+/*   itemsperblock is the number of items allocated at once in a single      */
+/*   block.  itemsfirstblock is the number of items in the first block,      */
+/*   which can vary from the others.  items is the number of currently       */
+/*   allocated items.  maxitems is the maximum number of items that have     */
+/*   been allocated at once; it is the current number of items plus the      */
+/*   number of records kept on deaditemstack.                                */
+
+struct memorypool {
+  VOID **firstblock, **nowblock;
+  VOID *nextitem;
+  VOID *deaditemstack;
+  VOID **pathblock;
+  VOID *pathitem;
+  int alignbytes;
+  int itembytes;
+  int itemsperblock;
+  int itemsfirstblock;
+  long items, maxitems;
+  int unallocateditems;
+  int pathitemsleft;
+};
+
+
+/* Global constants.                                                         */
+
+REAL splitter;       /* Used to split REAL factors for exact multiplication. */
+REAL epsilon;                             /* Floating-point machine epsilon. */
+REAL resulterrbound;
+REAL ccwerrboundA, ccwerrboundB, ccwerrboundC;
+REAL iccerrboundA, iccerrboundB, iccerrboundC;
+REAL o3derrboundA, o3derrboundB, o3derrboundC;
+
+/* Random number seed is not constant, but I've made it global anyway.       */
+
+unsigned long randomseed;                     /* Current random number seed. */
+
+
+/* Mesh data structure.  Triangle operates on only one mesh, but the mesh    */
+/*   structure is used (instead of global variables) to allow reentrancy.    */
+
+struct mesh {
+
+/* Variables used to allocate memory for triangles, subsegments, vertices,   */
+/*   viri (triangles being eaten), encroached segments, bad (skinny or too   */
+/*   large) triangles, and splay tree nodes.                                 */
+
+  struct memorypool triangles;
+  struct memorypool subsegs;
+  struct memorypool vertices;
+  struct memorypool viri;
+  struct memorypool badsubsegs;
+  struct memorypool badtriangles;
+  struct memorypool flipstackers;
+  struct memorypool splaynodes;
+
+/* Variables that maintain the bad triangle queues.  The queues are          */
+/*   ordered from 4095 (highest priority) to 0 (lowest priority).            */
+
+  struct badtriang *queuefront[4096];
+  struct badtriang *queuetail[4096];
+  int nextnonemptyq[4096];
+  int firstnonemptyq;
+
+/* Variable that maintains the stack of recently flipped triangles.          */
+
+  struct flipstacker *lastflip;
+
+/* Other variables. */
+
+  REAL xmin, xmax, ymin, ymax;                            /* x and y bounds. */
+  REAL xminextreme;      /* Nonexistent x value used as a flag in sweepline. */
+  int invertices;                               /* Number of input vertices. */
+  int inelements;                              /* Number of input triangles. */
+  int insegments;                               /* Number of input segments. */
+  int holes;                                       /* Number of input holes. */
+  int regions;                                   /* Number of input regions. */
+  int undeads;    /* Number of input vertices that don't appear in the mesh. */
+  long edges;                                     /* Number of output edges. */
+  int mesh_dim;                                /* Dimension (ought to be 2). */
+  int nextras;                           /* Number of attributes per vertex. */
+  int eextras;                         /* Number of attributes per triangle. */
+  long hullsize;                          /* Number of edges in convex hull. */
+  int steinerleft;                 /* Number of Steiner points not yet used. */
+  int vertexmarkindex;         /* Index to find boundary marker of a vertex. */
+  int vertex2triindex;     /* Index to find a triangle adjacent to a vertex. */
+  int highorderindex;  /* Index to find extra nodes for high-order elements. */
+  int elemattribindex;            /* Index to find attributes of a triangle. */
+  int areaboundindex;             /* Index to find area bound of a triangle. */
+  int checksegments;         /* Are there segments in the triangulation yet? */
+  int checkquality;                  /* Has quality triangulation begun yet? */
+  int readnodefile;                           /* Has a .node file been read? */
+  long samples;              /* Number of random samples for point location. */
+
+  long incirclecount;                 /* Number of incircle tests performed. */
+  long counterclockcount;     /* Number of counterclockwise tests performed. */
+  long orient3dcount;           /* Number of 3D orientation tests performed. */
+  long hyperbolacount;      /* Number of right-of-hyperbola tests performed. */
+  long circumcentercount;  /* Number of circumcenter calculations performed. */
+  long circletopcount;       /* Number of circle top calculations performed. */
+
+/* Triangular bounding box vertices.                                         */
+
+  vertex infvertex1, infvertex2, infvertex3;
+
+/* Pointer to the `triangle' that occupies all of "outer space."             */
+
+  triangle *dummytri;
+  triangle *dummytribase;    /* Keep base address so we can free() it later. */
+
+/* Pointer to the omnipresent subsegment.  Referenced by any triangle or     */
+/*   subsegment that isn't really connected to a subsegment at that          */
+/*   location.                                                               */
+
+  subseg *dummysub;
+  subseg *dummysubbase;      /* Keep base address so we can free() it later. */
+
+/* Pointer to a recently visited triangle.  Improves point location if       */
+/*   proximate vertices are inserted sequentially.                           */
+
+  struct otri recenttri;
+
+};                                                  /* End of `struct mesh'. */
+
+
+/* Data structure for command line switches and file names.  This structure  */
+/*   is used (instead of global variables) to allow reentrancy.              */
+
+struct behavior {
+
+/* Switches for the triangulator.                                            */
+/*   poly: -p switch.  refine: -r switch.                                    */
+/*   quality: -q switch.                                                     */
+/*     minangle: minimum angle bound, specified after -q switch.             */
+/*     goodangle: cosine squared of minangle.                                */
+/*     offconstant: constant used to place off-center Steiner points.        */
+/*   vararea: -a switch without number.                                      */
+/*   fixedarea: -a switch with number.                                       */
+/*     maxarea: maximum area bound, specified after -a switch.               */
+/*   usertest: -u switch.                                                    */
+/*   regionattrib: -A switch.  convex: -c switch.                            */
+/*   weighted: 1 for -w switch, 2 for -W switch.  jettison: -j switch        */
+/*   firstnumber: inverse of -z switch.  All items are numbered starting     */
+/*     from `firstnumber'.                                                   */
+/*   edgesout: -e switch.  voronoi: -v switch.                               */
+/*   neighbors: -n switch.  geomview: -g switch.                             */
+/*   nobound: -B switch.  nopolywritten: -P switch.                          */
+/*   nonodewritten: -N switch.  noelewritten: -E switch.                     */
+/*   noiterationnum: -I switch.  noholes: -O switch.                         */
+/*   noexact: -X switch.                                                     */
+/*   order: element order, specified after -o switch.                        */
+/*   nobisect: count of how often -Y switch is selected.                     */
+/*   steiner: maximum number of Steiner points, specified after -S switch.   */
+/*   incremental: -i switch.  sweepline: -F switch.                          */
+/*   dwyer: inverse of -l switch.                                            */
+/*   splitseg: -s switch.                                                    */
+/*   conformdel: -D switch.  docheck: -C switch.                             */
+/*   quiet: -Q switch.  verbose: count of how often -V switch is selected.   */
+/*   usesegments: -p, -r, -q, or -c switch; determines whether segments are  */
+/*     used at all.                                                          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* Read the instructions to find out the meaning of these switches.          */
+
+  int poly, refine, quality, vararea, fixedarea, usertest;
+  int regionattrib, convex, weighted, jettison;
+  int firstnumber;
+  int edgesout, voronoi, neighbors, geomview;
+  int nobound, nopolywritten, nonodewritten, noelewritten, noiterationnum;
+  int noholes, noexact, conformdel;
+  int incremental, sweepline, dwyer;
+  int splitseg;
+  int docheck;
+  int quiet, verbose;
+  int usesegments;
+  int order;
+  int nobisect;
+  int steiner;
+  REAL minangle, goodangle, offconstant;
+  REAL maxarea;
+
+/* Variables for file names.                                                 */
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+  char innodefilename[FILENAMESIZE];
+  char inelefilename[FILENAMESIZE];
+  char inpolyfilename[FILENAMESIZE];
+  char areafilename[FILENAMESIZE];
+  char outnodefilename[FILENAMESIZE];
+  char outelefilename[FILENAMESIZE];
+  char outpolyfilename[FILENAMESIZE];
+  char edgefilename[FILENAMESIZE];
+  char vnodefilename[FILENAMESIZE];
+  char vedgefilename[FILENAMESIZE];
+  char neighborfilename[FILENAMESIZE];
+  char offfilename[FILENAMESIZE];
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+};                                              /* End of `struct behavior'. */
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Mesh manipulation primitives.  Each triangle contains three pointers to  */
+/*  other triangles, with orientations.  Each pointer points not to the      */
+/*  first byte of a triangle, but to one of the first three bytes of a       */
+/*  triangle.  It is necessary to extract both the triangle itself and the   */
+/*  orientation.  To save memory, I keep both pieces of information in one   */
+/*  pointer.  To make this possible, I assume that all triangles are aligned */
+/*  to four-byte boundaries.  The decode() routine below decodes a pointer,  */
+/*  extracting an orientation (in the range 0 to 2) and a pointer to the     */
+/*  beginning of a triangle.  The encode() routine compresses a pointer to a */
+/*  triangle and an orientation into a single pointer.  My assumptions that  */
+/*  triangles are four-byte-aligned and that the `unsigned long' type is     */
+/*  long enough to hold a pointer are two of the few kludges in this program.*/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Subsegments are manipulated similarly.  A pointer to a subsegment        */
+/*  carries both an address and an orientation in the range 0 to 1.          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The other primitives take an oriented triangle or oriented subsegment,   */
+/*  and return an oriented triangle or oriented subsegment or vertex; or     */
+/*  they change the connections in the data structure.                       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Below, triangles and subsegments are denoted by their vertices.  The     */
+/*  triangle abc has origin (org) a, destination (dest) b, and apex (apex)   */
+/*  c.  These vertices occur in counterclockwise order about the triangle.   */
+/*  The handle abc may simultaneously denote vertex a, edge ab, and triangle */
+/*  abc.                                                                     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Similarly, the subsegment ab has origin (sorg) a and destination (sdest) */
+/*  b.  If ab is thought to be directed upward (with b directly above a),    */
+/*  then the handle ab is thought to grasp the right side of ab, and may     */
+/*  simultaneously denote vertex a and edge ab.                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  An asterisk (*) denotes a vertex whose identity is unknown.              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Given this notation, a partial list of mesh manipulation primitives      */
+/*  follows.                                                                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  For triangles:                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  sym:  Find the abutting triangle; same edge.                             */
+/*  sym(abc) -> ba*                                                          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  lnext:  Find the next edge (counterclockwise) of a triangle.             */
+/*  lnext(abc) -> bca                                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  lprev:  Find the previous edge (clockwise) of a triangle.                */
+/*  lprev(abc) -> cab                                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  onext:  Find the next edge counterclockwise with the same origin.        */
+/*  onext(abc) -> ac*                                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  oprev:  Find the next edge clockwise with the same origin.               */
+/*  oprev(abc) -> a*b                                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  dnext:  Find the next edge counterclockwise with the same destination.   */
+/*  dnext(abc) -> *ba                                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  dprev:  Find the next edge clockwise with the same destination.          */
+/*  dprev(abc) -> cb*                                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  rnext:  Find the next edge (counterclockwise) of the adjacent triangle.  */
+/*  rnext(abc) -> *a*                                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  rprev:  Find the previous edge (clockwise) of the adjacent triangle.     */
+/*  rprev(abc) -> b**                                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  org:  Origin          dest:  Destination          apex:  Apex            */
+/*  org(abc) -> a         dest(abc) -> b              apex(abc) -> c         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  bond:  Bond two triangles together at the resepective handles.           */
+/*  bond(abc, bad)                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  For subsegments:                                                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  ssym:  Reverse the orientation of a subsegment.                          */
+/*  ssym(ab) -> ba                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  spivot:  Find adjoining subsegment with the same origin.                 */
+/*  spivot(ab) -> a*                                                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  snext:  Find next subsegment in sequence.                                */
+/*  snext(ab) -> b*                                                          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  sorg:  Origin                      sdest:  Destination                   */
+/*  sorg(ab) -> a                      sdest(ab) -> b                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  sbond:  Bond two subsegments together at the respective origins.         */
+/*  sbond(ab, ac)                                                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  For interacting tetrahedra and subfacets:                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  tspivot:  Find a subsegment abutting a triangle.                         */
+/*  tspivot(abc) -> ba                                                       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  stpivot:  Find a triangle abutting a subsegment.                         */
+/*  stpivot(ab) -> ba*                                                       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  tsbond:  Bond a triangle to a subsegment.                                */
+/*  tsbond(abc, ba)                                                          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/********* Mesh manipulation primitives begin here                   *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/* Fast lookup arrays to speed some of the mesh manipulation primitives.     */
+
+int plus1mod3[3] = {1, 2, 0};
+int minus1mod3[3] = {2, 0, 1};
+
+/********* Primitives for triangles                                  *********/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+
+/* decode() converts a pointer to an oriented triangle.  The orientation is  */
+/*   extracted from the two least significant bits of the pointer.           */
+
+#define decode(ptr, otri)                                                     \
+  (otri).orient = (int) ((unsigned long) (ptr) & (unsigned long) 3l);         \
+  (otri).tri = (triangle *)                                                   \
+                  ((unsigned long) (ptr) ^ (unsigned long) (otri).orient)
+
+/* encode() compresses an oriented triangle into a single pointer.  It       */
+/*   relies on the assumption that all triangles are aligned to four-byte    */
+/*   boundaries, so the two least significant bits of (otri).tri are zero.   */
+
+#define encode(otri)                                                          \
+  (triangle) ((unsigned long) (otri).tri | (unsigned long) (otri).orient)
+
+/* The following handle manipulation primitives are all described by Guibas  */
+/*   and Stolfi.  However, Guibas and Stolfi use an edge-based data          */
+/*   structure, whereas I use a triangle-based data structure.               */
+
+/* sym() finds the abutting triangle, on the same edge.  Note that the edge  */
+/*   direction is necessarily reversed, because the handle specified by an   */
+/*   oriented triangle is directed counterclockwise around the triangle.     */
+
+#define sym(otri1, otri2)                                                     \
+  ptr = (otri1).tri[(otri1).orient];                                          \
+  decode(ptr, otri2);
+
+#define symself(otri)                                                         \
+  ptr = (otri).tri[(otri).orient];                                            \
+  decode(ptr, otri);
+
+/* lnext() finds the next edge (counterclockwise) of a triangle.             */
+
+#define lnext(otri1, otri2)                                                   \
+  (otri2).tri = (otri1).tri;                                                  \
+  (otri2).orient = plus1mod3[(otri1).orient]
+
+#define lnextself(otri)                                                       \
+  (otri).orient = plus1mod3[(otri).orient]
+
+/* lprev() finds the previous edge (clockwise) of a triangle.                */
+
+#define lprev(otri1, otri2)                                                   \
+  (otri2).tri = (otri1).tri;                                                  \
+  (otri2).orient = minus1mod3[(otri1).orient]
+
+#define lprevself(otri)                                                       \
+  (otri).orient = minus1mod3[(otri).orient]
+
+/* onext() spins counterclockwise around a vertex; that is, it finds the     */
+/*   next edge with the same origin in the counterclockwise direction.  This */
+/*   edge is part of a different triangle.                                   */
+
+#define onext(otri1, otri2)                                                   \
+  lprev(otri1, otri2);                                                        \
+  symself(otri2);
+
+#define onextself(otri)                                                       \
+  lprevself(otri);                                                            \
+  symself(otri);
+
+/* oprev() spins clockwise around a vertex; that is, it finds the next edge  */
+/*   with the same origin in the clockwise direction.  This edge is part of  */
+/*   a different triangle.                                                   */
+
+#define oprev(otri1, otri2)                                                   \
+  sym(otri1, otri2);                                                          \
+  lnextself(otri2);
+
+#define oprevself(otri)                                                       \
+  symself(otri);                                                              \
+  lnextself(otri);
+
+/* dnext() spins counterclockwise around a vertex; that is, it finds the     */
+/*   next edge with the same destination in the counterclockwise direction.  */
+/*   This edge is part of a different triangle.                              */
+
+#define dnext(otri1, otri2)                                                   \
+  sym(otri1, otri2);                                                          \
+  lprevself(otri2);
+
+#define dnextself(otri)                                                       \
+  symself(otri);                                                              \
+  lprevself(otri);
+
+/* dprev() spins clockwise around a vertex; that is, it finds the next edge  */
+/*   with the same destination in the clockwise direction.  This edge is     */
+/*   part of a different triangle.                                           */
+
+#define dprev(otri1, otri2)                                                   \
+  lnext(otri1, otri2);                                                        \
+  symself(otri2);
+
+#define dprevself(otri)                                                       \
+  lnextself(otri);                                                            \
+  symself(otri);
+
+/* rnext() moves one edge counterclockwise about the adjacent triangle.      */
+/*   (It's best understood by reading Guibas and Stolfi.  It involves        */
+/*   changing triangles twice.)                                              */
+
+#define rnext(otri1, otri2)                                                   \
+  sym(otri1, otri2);                                                          \
+  lnextself(otri2);                                                           \
+  symself(otri2);
+
+#define rnextself(otri)                                                       \
+  symself(otri);                                                              \
+  lnextself(otri);                                                            \
+  symself(otri);
+
+/* rprev() moves one edge clockwise about the adjacent triangle.             */
+/*   (It's best understood by reading Guibas and Stolfi.  It involves        */
+/*   changing triangles twice.)                                              */
+
+#define rprev(otri1, otri2)                                                   \
+  sym(otri1, otri2);                                                          \
+  lprevself(otri2);                                                           \
+  symself(otri2);
+
+#define rprevself(otri)                                                       \
+  symself(otri);                                                              \
+  lprevself(otri);                                                            \
+  symself(otri);
+
+/* These primitives determine or set the origin, destination, or apex of a   */
+/* triangle.                                                                 */
+
+#define org(otri, vertexptr)                                                  \
+  vertexptr = (vertex) (otri).tri[plus1mod3[(otri).orient] + 3]
+
+#define dest(otri, vertexptr)                                                 \
+  vertexptr = (vertex) (otri).tri[minus1mod3[(otri).orient] + 3]
+
+#define apex(otri, vertexptr)                                                 \
+  vertexptr = (vertex) (otri).tri[(otri).orient + 3]
+
+#define setorg(otri, vertexptr)                                               \
+  (otri).tri[plus1mod3[(otri).orient] + 3] = (triangle) vertexptr
+
+#define setdest(otri, vertexptr)                                              \
+  (otri).tri[minus1mod3[(otri).orient] + 3] = (triangle) vertexptr
+
+#define setapex(otri, vertexptr)                                              \
+  (otri).tri[(otri).orient + 3] = (triangle) vertexptr
+
+/* Bond two triangles together.                                              */
+
+#define bond(otri1, otri2)                                                    \
+  (otri1).tri[(otri1).orient] = encode(otri2);                                \
+  (otri2).tri[(otri2).orient] = encode(otri1)
+
+/* Dissolve a bond (from one side).  Note that the other triangle will still */
+/*   think it's connected to this triangle.  Usually, however, the other     */
+/*   triangle is being deleted entirely, or bonded to another triangle, so   */
+/*   it doesn't matter.                                                      */
+
+#define dissolve(otri)                                                        \
+  (otri).tri[(otri).orient] = (triangle) m->dummytri
+
+/* Copy an oriented triangle.                                                */
+
+#define otricopy(otri1, otri2)                                                \
+  (otri2).tri = (otri1).tri;                                                  \
+  (otri2).orient = (otri1).orient
+
+/* Test for equality of oriented triangles.                                  */
+
+#define otriequal(otri1, otri2)                                               \
+  (((otri1).tri == (otri2).tri) &&                                            \
+   ((otri1).orient == (otri2).orient))
+
+/* Primitives to infect or cure a triangle with the virus.  These rely on    */
+/*   the assumption that all subsegments are aligned to four-byte boundaries.*/
+
+#define infect(otri)                                                          \
+  (otri).tri[6] = (triangle)                                                  \
+                    ((unsigned long) (otri).tri[6] | (unsigned long) 2l)
+
+#define uninfect(otri)                                                        \
+  (otri).tri[6] = (triangle)                                                  \
+                    ((unsigned long) (otri).tri[6] & ~ (unsigned long) 2l)
+
+/* Test a triangle for viral infection.                                      */
+
+#define infected(otri)                                                        \
+  (((unsigned long) (otri).tri[6] & (unsigned long) 2l) != 0l)
+
+/* Check or set a triangle's attributes.                                     */
+
+#define elemattribute(otri, attnum)                                           \
+  ((REAL *) (otri).tri)[m->elemattribindex + (attnum)]
+
+#define setelemattribute(otri, attnum, value)                                 \
+  ((REAL *) (otri).tri)[m->elemattribindex + (attnum)] = value
+
+/* Check or set a triangle's maximum area bound.                             */
+
+#define areabound(otri)  ((REAL *) (otri).tri)[m->areaboundindex]
+
+#define setareabound(otri, value)                                             \
+  ((REAL *) (otri).tri)[m->areaboundindex] = value
+
+/* Check or set a triangle's deallocation.  Its second pointer is set to     */
+/*   NULL to indicate that it is not allocated.  (Its first pointer is used  */
+/*   for the stack of dead items.)  Its fourth pointer (its first vertex)    */
+/*   is set to NULL in case a `badtriang' structure points to it.            */
+
+#define deadtri(tria)  ((tria)[1] == (triangle) NULL)
+
+#define killtri(tria)                                                         \
+  (tria)[1] = (triangle) NULL;                                                \
+  (tria)[3] = (triangle) NULL
+
+/********* Primitives for subsegments                                *********/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+
+/* sdecode() converts a pointer to an oriented subsegment.  The orientation  */
+/*   is extracted from the least significant bit of the pointer.  The two    */
+/*   least significant bits (one for orientation, one for viral infection)   */
+/*   are masked out to produce the real pointer.                             */
+
+#define sdecode(sptr, osub)                                                   \
+  (osub).ssorient = (int) ((unsigned long) (sptr) & (unsigned long) 1l);      \
+  (osub).ss = (subseg *)                                                      \
+              ((unsigned long) (sptr) & ~ (unsigned long) 3l)
+
+/* sencode() compresses an oriented subsegment into a single pointer.  It    */
+/*   relies on the assumption that all subsegments are aligned to two-byte   */
+/*   boundaries, so the least significant bit of (osub).ss is zero.          */
+
+#define sencode(osub)                                                         \
+  (subseg) ((unsigned long) (osub).ss | (unsigned long) (osub).ssorient)
+
+/* ssym() toggles the orientation of a subsegment.                           */
+
+#define ssym(osub1, osub2)                                                    \
+  (osub2).ss = (osub1).ss;                                                    \
+  (osub2).ssorient = 1 - (osub1).ssorient
+
+#define ssymself(osub)                                                        \
+  (osub).ssorient = 1 - (osub).ssorient
+
+/* spivot() finds the other subsegment (from the same segment) that shares   */
+/*   the same origin.                                                        */
+
+#define spivot(osub1, osub2)                                                  \
+  sptr = (osub1).ss[(osub1).ssorient];                                        \
+  sdecode(sptr, osub2)
+
+#define spivotself(osub)                                                      \
+  sptr = (osub).ss[(osub).ssorient];                                          \
+  sdecode(sptr, osub)
+
+/* snext() finds the next subsegment (from the same segment) in sequence;    */
+/*   one whose origin is the input subsegment's destination.                 */
+
+#define snext(osub1, osub2)                                                   \
+  sptr = (osub1).ss[1 - (osub1).ssorient];                                    \
+  sdecode(sptr, osub2)
+
+#define snextself(osub)                                                       \
+  sptr = (osub).ss[1 - (osub).ssorient];                                      \
+  sdecode(sptr, osub)
+
+/* These primitives determine or set the origin or destination of a          */
+/*   subsegment or the segment that includes it.                             */
+
+#define sorg(osub, vertexptr)                                                 \
+  vertexptr = (vertex) (osub).ss[2 + (osub).ssorient]
+
+#define sdest(osub, vertexptr)                                                \
+  vertexptr = (vertex) (osub).ss[3 - (osub).ssorient]
+
+#define setsorg(osub, vertexptr)                                              \
+  (osub).ss[2 + (osub).ssorient] = (subseg) vertexptr
+
+#define setsdest(osub, vertexptr)                                             \
+  (osub).ss[3 - (osub).ssorient] = (subseg) vertexptr
+
+#define segorg(osub, vertexptr)                                               \
+  vertexptr = (vertex) (osub).ss[4 + (osub).ssorient]
+
+#define segdest(osub, vertexptr)                                              \
+  vertexptr = (vertex) (osub).ss[5 - (osub).ssorient]
+
+#define setsegorg(osub, vertexptr)                                            \
+  (osub).ss[4 + (osub).ssorient] = (subseg) vertexptr
+
+#define setsegdest(osub, vertexptr)                                           \
+  (osub).ss[5 - (osub).ssorient] = (subseg) vertexptr
+
+/* These primitives read or set a boundary marker.  Boundary markers are     */
+/*   used to hold user-defined tags for setting boundary conditions in       */
+/*   finite element solvers.                                                 */
+
+#define mark(osub)  (* (int *) ((osub).ss + 8))
+
+#define setmark(osub, value)                                                  \
+  * (int *) ((osub).ss + 8) = value
+
+/* Bond two subsegments together.                                            */
+
+#define sbond(osub1, osub2)                                                   \
+  (osub1).ss[(osub1).ssorient] = sencode(osub2);                              \
+  (osub2).ss[(osub2).ssorient] = sencode(osub1)
+
+/* Dissolve a subsegment bond (from one side).  Note that the other          */
+/*   subsegment will still think it's connected to this subsegment.          */
+
+#define sdissolve(osub)                                                       \
+  (osub).ss[(osub).ssorient] = (subseg) m->dummysub
+
+/* Copy a subsegment.                                                        */
+
+#define subsegcopy(osub1, osub2)                                              \
+  (osub2).ss = (osub1).ss;                                                    \
+  (osub2).ssorient = (osub1).ssorient
+
+/* Test for equality of subsegments.                                         */
+
+#define subsegequal(osub1, osub2)                                             \
+  (((osub1).ss == (osub2).ss) &&                                              \
+   ((osub1).ssorient == (osub2).ssorient))
+
+/* Check or set a subsegment's deallocation.  Its second pointer is set to   */
+/*   NULL to indicate that it is not allocated.  (Its first pointer is used  */
+/*   for the stack of dead items.)  Its third pointer (its first vertex)     */
+/*   is set to NULL in case a `badsubseg' structure points to it.            */
+
+#define deadsubseg(sub)  ((sub)[1] == (subseg) NULL)
+
+#define killsubseg(sub)                                                       \
+  (sub)[1] = (subseg) NULL;                                                   \
+  (sub)[2] = (subseg) NULL
+
+/********* Primitives for interacting triangles and subsegments      *********/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+
+/* tspivot() finds a subsegment abutting a triangle.                         */
+
+#define tspivot(otri, osub)                                                   \
+  sptr = (subseg) (otri).tri[6 + (otri).orient];                              \
+  sdecode(sptr, osub)
+
+/* stpivot() finds a triangle abutting a subsegment.  It requires that the   */
+/*   variable `ptr' of type `triangle' be defined.                           */
+
+#define stpivot(osub, otri)                                                   \
+  ptr = (triangle) (osub).ss[6 + (osub).ssorient];                            \
+  decode(ptr, otri)
+
+/* Bond a triangle to a subsegment.                                          */
+
+#define tsbond(otri, osub)                                                    \
+  (otri).tri[6 + (otri).orient] = (triangle) sencode(osub);                   \
+  (osub).ss[6 + (osub).ssorient] = (subseg) encode(otri)
+
+/* Dissolve a bond (from the triangle side).                                 */
+
+#define tsdissolve(otri)                                                      \
+  (otri).tri[6 + (otri).orient] = (triangle) m->dummysub
+
+/* Dissolve a bond (from the subsegment side).                               */
+
+#define stdissolve(osub)                                                      \
+  (osub).ss[6 + (osub).ssorient] = (subseg) m->dummytri
+
+/********* Primitives for vertices                                   *********/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+
+#define vertexmark(vx)  ((int *) (vx))[m->vertexmarkindex]
+
+#define setvertexmark(vx, value)                                              \
+  ((int *) (vx))[m->vertexmarkindex] = value
+
+#define vertextype(vx)  ((int *) (vx))[m->vertexmarkindex + 1]
+
+#define setvertextype(vx, value)                                              \
+  ((int *) (vx))[m->vertexmarkindex + 1] = value
+
+#define vertex2tri(vx)  ((triangle *) (vx))[m->vertex2triindex]
+
+#define setvertex2tri(vx, value)                                              \
+  ((triangle *) (vx))[m->vertex2triindex] = value
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Mesh manipulation primitives end here                     *********/
+
+/********* User-defined triangle evaluation routine begins here      *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  triunsuitable()   Determine if a triangle is unsuitable, and thus must   */
+/*                    be further refined.                                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  You may write your own procedure that decides whether or not a selected  */
+/*  triangle is too big (and needs to be refined).  There are two ways to do */
+/*  this.                                                                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  (1)  Modify the procedure `triunsuitable' below, then recompile          */
+/*  Triangle.                                                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  (2)  Define the symbol EXTERNAL_TEST (either by adding the definition    */
+/*  to this file, or by using the appropriate compiler switch).  This way,   */
+/*  you can compile triangle.c separately from your test.  Write your own    */
+/*  `triunsuitable' procedure in a separate C file (using the same prototype */
+/*  as below).  Compile it and link the object code with triangle.o.         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This procedure returns 1 if the triangle is too large and should be      */
+/*  refined; 0 otherwise.                                                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef EXTERNAL_TEST
+
+int triunsuitable();
+
+#else /* not EXTERNAL_TEST */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+int triunsuitable(vertex triorg, vertex tridest, vertex triapex, REAL area)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+int triunsuitable(triorg, tridest, triapex, area)
+vertex triorg;                              /* The triangle's origin vertex. */
+vertex tridest;                        /* The triangle's destination vertex. */
+vertex triapex;                               /* The triangle's apex vertex. */
+REAL area;                                      /* The area of the triangle. */
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  REAL dxoa, dxda, dxod;
+  REAL dyoa, dyda, dyod;
+  REAL oalen, dalen, odlen;
+  REAL maxlen;
+
+  dxoa = triorg[0] - triapex[0];
+  dyoa = triorg[1] - triapex[1];
+  dxda = tridest[0] - triapex[0];
+  dyda = tridest[1] - triapex[1];
+  dxod = triorg[0] - tridest[0];
+  dyod = triorg[1] - tridest[1];
+  /* Find the squares of the lengths of the triangle's three edges. */
+  oalen = dxoa * dxoa + dyoa * dyoa;
+  dalen = dxda * dxda + dyda * dyda;
+  odlen = dxod * dxod + dyod * dyod;
+  /* Find the square of the length of the longest edge. */
+  maxlen = (dalen > oalen) ? dalen : oalen;
+  maxlen = (odlen > maxlen) ? odlen : maxlen;
+
+  if (maxlen > 0.05 * (triorg[0] * triorg[0] + triorg[1] * triorg[1]) + 0.02) {
+    return 1;
+  } else {
+    return 0;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* not EXTERNAL_TEST */
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* User-defined triangle evaluation routine ends here        *********/
+
+/********* Memory allocation and program exit wrappers begin here    *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void triexit(int status)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void triexit(status)
+int status;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  exit(status);
+}
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+VOID *trimalloc(int size)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+VOID *trimalloc(size)
+int size;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  VOID *memptr;
+
+  memptr = (VOID *) malloc((unsigned int) size);
+  if (memptr == (VOID *) NULL) {
+    printf("Error:  Out of memory.\n");
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  return(memptr);
+}
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void trifree(VOID *memptr)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void trifree(memptr)
+VOID *memptr;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  free(memptr);
+}
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Memory allocation and program exit wrappers end here      *********/
+
+/********* User interaction routines begin here                      *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  syntax()   Print list of command line switches.                          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+
+void syntax()
+{
+#ifdef CDT_ONLY
+#ifdef REDUCED
+  printf("triangle [-pAcjevngBPNEIOXzo_lQVh] input_file\n");
+#else /* not REDUCED */
+  printf("triangle [-pAcjevngBPNEIOXzo_iFlCQVh] input_file\n");
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+#else /* not CDT_ONLY */
+#ifdef REDUCED
+  printf("triangle [-prq__a__uAcDjevngBPNEIOXzo_YS__lQVh] input_file\n");
+#else /* not REDUCED */
+  printf("triangle [-prq__a__uAcDjevngBPNEIOXzo_YS__iFlsCQVh] input_file\n");
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+  printf("    -p  Triangulates a Planar Straight Line Graph (.poly file).\n");
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+  printf("    -r  Refines a previously generated mesh.\n");
+  printf(
+    "    -q  Quality mesh generation.  A minimum angle may be specified.\n");
+  printf("    -a  Applies a maximum triangle area constraint.\n");
+  printf("    -u  Applies a user-defined triangle constraint.\n");
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+  printf(
+    "    -A  Applies attributes to identify triangles in certain regions.\n");
+  printf("    -c  Encloses the convex hull with segments.\n");
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+  printf("    -D  Conforming Delaunay:  all triangles are truly Delaunay.\n");
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+/*
+  printf("    -w  Weighted Delaunay triangulation.\n");
+  printf("    -W  Regular triangulation (lower hull of a height field).\n");
+*/
+  printf("    -j  Jettison unused vertices from output .node file.\n");
+  printf("    -e  Generates an edge list.\n");
+  printf("    -v  Generates a Voronoi diagram.\n");
+  printf("    -n  Generates a list of triangle neighbors.\n");
+  printf("    -g  Generates an .off file for Geomview.\n");
+  printf("    -B  Suppresses output of boundary information.\n");
+  printf("    -P  Suppresses output of .poly file.\n");
+  printf("    -N  Suppresses output of .node file.\n");
+  printf("    -E  Suppresses output of .ele file.\n");
+  printf("    -I  Suppresses mesh iteration numbers.\n");
+  printf("    -O  Ignores holes in .poly file.\n");
+  printf("    -X  Suppresses use of exact arithmetic.\n");
+  printf("    -z  Numbers all items starting from zero (rather than one).\n");
+  printf("    -o2 Generates second-order subparametric elements.\n");
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+  printf("    -Y  Suppresses boundary segment splitting.\n");
+  printf("    -S  Specifies maximum number of added Steiner points.\n");
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+#ifndef REDUCED
+  printf("    -i  Uses incremental method, rather than divide-and-conquer.\n");
+  printf("    -F  Uses Fortune's sweepline algorithm, rather than d-and-c.\n");
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+  printf("    -l  Uses vertical cuts only, rather than alternating cuts.\n");
+#ifndef REDUCED
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+  printf(
+    "    -s  Force segments into mesh by splitting (instead of using CDT).\n");
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+  printf("    -C  Check consistency of final mesh.\n");
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+  printf("    -Q  Quiet:  No terminal output except errors.\n");
+  printf("    -V  Verbose:  Detailed information on what I'm doing.\n");
+  printf("    -h  Help:  Detailed instructions for Triangle.\n");
+  triexit(0);
+}
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  info()   Print out complete instructions.                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+
+void info()
+{
+  printf("Triangle\n");
+  printf(
+"A Two-Dimensional Quality Mesh Generator and Delaunay Triangulator.\n");
+  printf("Version 1.6\n\n");
+  printf(
+"Copyright 1993, 1995, 1997, 1998, 2002, 2005 Jonathan Richard Shewchuk\n");
+  printf("2360 Woolsey #H / Berkeley, California 94705-1927\n");
+  printf("Bugs/comments to jrs at cs.berkeley.edu\n");
+  printf(
+"Created as part of the Quake project (tools for earthquake simulation).\n");
+  printf(
+"Supported in part by NSF Grant CMS-9318163 and an NSERC 1967 Scholarship.\n");
+  printf("There is no warranty whatsoever.  Use at your own risk.\n");
+#ifdef SINGLE
+  printf("This executable is compiled for single precision arithmetic.\n\n\n");
+#else /* not SINGLE */
+  printf("This executable is compiled for double precision arithmetic.\n\n\n");
+#endif /* not SINGLE */
+  printf(
+"Triangle generates exact Delaunay triangulations, constrained Delaunay\n");
+  printf(
+"triangulations, conforming Delaunay triangulations, Voronoi diagrams, and\n");
+  printf(
+"high-quality triangular meshes.  The latter can be generated with no small\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"or large angles, and are thus suitable for finite element analysis.  If no\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"command line switch is specified, your .node input file is read, and the\n");
+  printf(
+"Delaunay triangulation is returned in .node and .ele output files.  The\n");
+  printf("command syntax is:\n\n");
+  printf("triangle [-prq__a__uAcDjevngBPNEIOXzo_YS__iFlsCQVh] input_file\n\n");
+  printf(
+"Underscores indicate that numbers may optionally follow certain switches.\n");
+  printf(
+"Do not leave any space between a switch and its numeric parameter.\n");
+  printf(
+"input_file must be a file with extension .node, or extension .poly if the\n");
+  printf(
+"-p switch is used.  If -r is used, you must supply .node and .ele files,\n");
+  printf(
+"and possibly a .poly file and an .area file as well.  The formats of these\n"
+);
+  printf("files are described below.\n\n");
+  printf("Command Line Switches:\n\n");
+  printf(
+"    -p  Reads a Planar Straight Line Graph (.poly file), which can specify\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        vertices, segments, holes, regional attributes, and regional area\n");
+  printf(
+"        constraints.  Generates a constrained Delaunay triangulation (CDT)\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        fitting the input; or, if -s, -q, -a, or -u is used, a conforming\n");
+  printf(
+"        constrained Delaunay triangulation (CCDT).  If you want a truly\n");
+  printf(
+"        Delaunay (not just constrained Delaunay) triangulation, use -D as\n");
+  printf(
+"        well.  When -p is not used, Triangle reads a .node file by default.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    -r  Refines a previously generated mesh.  The mesh is read from a .node\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        file and an .ele file.  If -p is also used, a .poly file is read\n");
+  printf(
+"        and used to constrain segments in the mesh.  If -a is also used\n");
+  printf(
+"        (with no number following), an .area file is read and used to\n");
+  printf(
+"        impose area constraints on the mesh.  Further details on refinement\n"
+);
+  printf("        appear below.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -q  Quality mesh generation by Delaunay refinement (a hybrid of Paul\n");
+  printf(
+"        Chew's and Jim Ruppert's algorithms).  Adds vertices to the mesh to\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        ensure that all angles are between 20 and 140 degrees.  An\n");
+  printf(
+"        alternative bound on the minimum angle, replacing 20 degrees, may\n");
+  printf(
+"        be specified after the `q'.  The specified angle may include a\n");
+  printf(
+"        decimal point, but not exponential notation.  Note that a bound of\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        theta degrees on the smallest angle also implies a bound of\n");
+  printf(
+"        (180 - 2 theta) on the largest angle.  If the minimum angle is 28.6\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        degrees or smaller, Triangle is mathematically guaranteed to\n");
+  printf(
+"        terminate (assuming infinite precision arithmetic--Triangle may\n");
+  printf(
+"        fail to terminate if you run out of precision).  In practice,\n");
+  printf(
+"        Triangle often succeeds for minimum angles up to 34 degrees.  For\n");
+  printf(
+"        some meshes, however, you might need to reduce the minimum angle to\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        avoid problems associated with insufficient floating-point\n");
+  printf("        precision.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -a  Imposes a maximum triangle area.  If a number follows the `a', no\n");
+  printf(
+"        triangle is generated whose area is larger than that number.  If no\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        number is specified, an .area file (if -r is used) or .poly file\n");
+  printf(
+"        (if -r is not used) specifies a set of maximum area constraints.\n");
+  printf(
+"        An .area file contains a separate area constraint for each\n");
+  printf(
+"        triangle, and is useful for refining a finite element mesh based on\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        a posteriori error estimates.  A .poly file can optionally contain\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        an area constraint for each segment-bounded region, thereby\n");
+  printf(
+"        controlling triangle densities in a first triangulation of a PSLG.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        You can impose both a fixed area constraint and a varying area\n");
+  printf(
+"        constraint by invoking the -a switch twice, once with and once\n");
+  printf(
+"        without a number following.  Each area specified may include a\n");
+  printf("        decimal point.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -u  Imposes a user-defined constraint on triangle size.  There are two\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        ways to use this feature.  One is to edit the triunsuitable()\n");
+  printf(
+"        procedure in triangle.c to encode any constraint you like, then\n");
+  printf(
+"        recompile Triangle.  The other is to compile triangle.c with the\n");
+  printf(
+"        EXTERNAL_TEST symbol set (compiler switch -DEXTERNAL_TEST), then\n");
+  printf(
+"        link Triangle with a separate object file that implements\n");
+  printf(
+"        triunsuitable().  In either case, the -u switch causes the user-\n");
+  printf("        defined test to be applied to every triangle.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -A  Assigns an additional floating-point attribute to each triangle\n");
+  printf(
+"        that identifies what segment-bounded region each triangle belongs\n");
+  printf(
+"        to.  Attributes are assigned to regions by the .poly file.  If a\n");
+  printf(
+"        region is not explicitly marked by the .poly file, triangles in\n");
+  printf(
+"        that region are assigned an attribute of zero.  The -A switch has\n");
+  printf(
+"        an effect only when the -p switch is used and the -r switch is not.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    -c  Creates segments on the convex hull of the triangulation.  If you\n");
+  printf(
+"        are triangulating a vertex set, this switch causes a .poly file to\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        be written, containing all edges of the convex hull.  If you are\n");
+  printf(
+"        triangulating a PSLG, this switch specifies that the whole convex\n");
+  printf(
+"        hull of the PSLG should be triangulated, regardless of what\n");
+  printf(
+"        segments the PSLG has.  If you do not use this switch when\n");
+  printf(
+"        triangulating a PSLG, Triangle assumes that you have identified the\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        region to be triangulated by surrounding it with segments of the\n");
+  printf(
+"        input PSLG.  Beware:  if you are not careful, this switch can cause\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        the introduction of an extremely thin angle between a PSLG segment\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        and a convex hull segment, which can cause overrefinement (and\n");
+  printf(
+"        possibly failure if Triangle runs out of precision).  If you are\n");
+  printf(
+"        refining a mesh, the -c switch works differently:  it causes a\n");
+  printf(
+"        .poly file to be written containing the boundary edges of the mesh\n"
+);
+  printf("        (useful if no .poly file was read).\n");
+  printf(
+"    -D  Conforming Delaunay triangulation:  use this switch if you want to\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        ensure that all the triangles in the mesh are Delaunay, and not\n");
+  printf(
+"        merely constrained Delaunay; or if you want to ensure that all the\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        Voronoi vertices lie within the triangulation.  (Some finite volume\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        methods have this requirement.)  This switch invokes Ruppert's\n");
+  printf(
+"        original algorithm, which splits every subsegment whose diametral\n");
+  printf(
+"        circle is encroached.  It usually increases the number of vertices\n"
+);
+  printf("        and triangles.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -j  Jettisons vertices that are not part of the final triangulation\n");
+  printf(
+"        from the output .node file.  By default, Triangle copies all\n");
+  printf(
+"        vertices in the input .node file to the output .node file, in the\n");
+  printf(
+"        same order, so their indices do not change.  The -j switch prevents\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        duplicated input vertices, or vertices `eaten' by holes, from\n");
+  printf(
+"        appearing in the output .node file.  Thus, if two input vertices\n");
+  printf(
+"        have exactly the same coordinates, only the first appears in the\n");
+  printf(
+"        output.  If any vertices are jettisoned, the vertex numbering in\n");
+  printf(
+"        the output .node file differs from that of the input .node file.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -e  Outputs (to an .edge file) a list of edges of the triangulation.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -v  Outputs the Voronoi diagram associated with the triangulation.\n");
+  printf(
+"        Does not attempt to detect degeneracies, so some Voronoi vertices\n");
+  printf(
+"        may be duplicated.  See the discussion of Voronoi diagrams below.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -n  Outputs (to a .neigh file) a list of triangles neighboring each\n");
+  printf("        triangle.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -g  Outputs the mesh to an Object File Format (.off) file, suitable for\n"
+);
+  printf("        viewing with the Geometry Center's Geomview package.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -B  No boundary markers in the output .node, .poly, and .edge output\n");
+  printf(
+"        files.  See the detailed discussion of boundary markers below.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -P  No output .poly file.  Saves disk space, but you lose the ability\n");
+  printf(
+"        to maintain constraining segments on later refinements of the mesh.\n"
+);
+  printf("    -N  No output .node file.\n");
+  printf("    -E  No output .ele file.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -I  No iteration numbers.  Suppresses the output of .node and .poly\n");
+  printf(
+"        files, so your input files won't be overwritten.  (If your input is\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        a .poly file only, a .node file is written.)  Cannot be used with\n");
+  printf(
+"        the -r switch, because that would overwrite your input .ele file.\n");
+  printf(
+"        Shouldn't be used with the -q, -a, -u, or -s switch if you are\n");
+  printf(
+"        using a .node file for input, because no .node file is written, so\n"
+);
+  printf("        there is no record of any added Steiner points.\n");
+  printf("    -O  No holes.  Ignores the holes in the .poly file.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -X  No exact arithmetic.  Normally, Triangle uses exact floating-point\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        arithmetic for certain tests if it thinks the inexact tests are not\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        accurate enough.  Exact arithmetic ensures the robustness of the\n");
+  printf(
+"        triangulation algorithms, despite floating-point roundoff error.\n");
+  printf(
+"        Disabling exact arithmetic with the -X switch causes a small\n");
+  printf(
+"        improvement in speed and creates the possibility that Triangle will\n"
+);
+  printf("        fail to produce a valid mesh.  Not recommended.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -z  Numbers all items starting from zero (rather than one).  Note that\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        this switch is normally overridden by the value used to number the\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        first vertex of the input .node or .poly file.  However, this\n");
+  printf(
+"        switch is useful when calling Triangle from another program.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -o2 Generates second-order subparametric elements with six nodes each.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    -Y  No new vertices on the boundary.  This switch is useful when the\n");
+  printf(
+"        mesh boundary must be preserved so that it conforms to some\n");
+  printf(
+"        adjacent mesh.  Be forewarned that you will probably sacrifice much\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        of the quality of the mesh; Triangle will try, but the resulting\n");
+  printf(
+"        mesh may contain poorly shaped triangles.  Works well if all the\n");
+  printf(
+"        boundary vertices are closely spaced.  Specify this switch twice\n");
+  printf(
+"        (`-YY') to prevent all segment splitting, including internal\n");
+  printf("        boundaries.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -S  Specifies the maximum number of Steiner points (vertices that are\n");
+  printf(
+"        not in the input, but are added to meet the constraints on minimum\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        angle and maximum area).  The default is to allow an unlimited\n");
+  printf(
+"        number.  If you specify this switch with no number after it,\n");
+  printf(
+"        the limit is set to zero.  Triangle always adds vertices at segment\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        intersections, even if it needs to use more vertices than the limit\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        you set.  When Triangle inserts segments by splitting (-s), it\n");
+  printf(
+"        always adds enough vertices to ensure that all the segments of the\n"
+);
+  printf("        PLSG are recovered, ignoring the limit if necessary.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -i  Uses an incremental rather than a divide-and-conquer algorithm to\n");
+  printf(
+"        construct a Delaunay triangulation.  Try it if the divide-and-\n");
+  printf("        conquer algorithm fails.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -F  Uses Steven Fortune's sweepline algorithm to construct a Delaunay\n");
+  printf(
+"        triangulation.  Warning:  does not use exact arithmetic for all\n");
+  printf("        calculations.  An exact result is not guaranteed.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -l  Uses only vertical cuts in the divide-and-conquer algorithm.  By\n");
+  printf(
+"        default, Triangle alternates between vertical and horizontal cuts,\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        which usually improve the speed except with vertex sets that are\n");
+  printf(
+"        small or short and wide.  This switch is primarily of theoretical\n");
+  printf("        interest.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -s  Specifies that segments should be forced into the triangulation by\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        recursively splitting them at their midpoints, rather than by\n");
+  printf(
+"        generating a constrained Delaunay triangulation.  Segment splitting\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        is true to Ruppert's original algorithm, but can create needlessly\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        small triangles.  This switch is primarily of theoretical interest.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    -C  Check the consistency of the final mesh.  Uses exact arithmetic for\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        checking, even if the -X switch is used.  Useful if you suspect\n");
+  printf("        Triangle is buggy.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -Q  Quiet:  Suppresses all explanation of what Triangle is doing,\n");
+  printf("        unless an error occurs.\n");
+  printf(
+"    -V  Verbose:  Gives detailed information about what Triangle is doing.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"        Add more `V's for increasing amount of detail.  `-V' is most\n");
+  printf(
+"        useful; itgives information on algorithmic progress and much more\n");
+  printf(
+"        detailed statistics.  `-VV' gives vertex-by-vertex details, and\n");
+  printf(
+"        prints so much that Triangle runs much more slowly.  `-VVVV' gives\n"
+);
+  printf("        information only a debugger could love.\n");
+  printf("    -h  Help:  Displays these instructions.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf("Definitions:\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"  A Delaunay triangulation of a vertex set is a triangulation whose\n");
+  printf(
+"  vertices are the vertex set, that covers the convex hull of the vertex\n");
+  printf(
+"  set.  A Delaunay triangulation has the property that no vertex lies\n");
+  printf(
+"  inside the circumscribing circle (circle that passes through all three\n");
+  printf("  vertices) of any triangle in the triangulation.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  A Voronoi diagram of a vertex set is a subdivision of the plane into\n");
+  printf(
+"  polygonal cells (some of which may be unbounded, meaning infinitely\n");
+  printf(
+"  large), where each cell is the set of points in the plane that are closer\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  to some input vertex than to any other input vertex.  The Voronoi diagram\n"
+);
+  printf("  is a geometric dual of the Delaunay triangulation.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  A Planar Straight Line Graph (PSLG) is a set of vertices and segments.\n");
+  printf(
+"  Segments are simply edges, whose endpoints are all vertices in the PSLG.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  Segments may intersect each other only at their endpoints.  The file\n");
+  printf("  format for PSLGs (.poly files) is described below.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  A constrained Delaunay triangulation (CDT) of a PSLG is similar to a\n");
+  printf(
+"  Delaunay triangulation, but each PSLG segment is present as a single edge\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  of the CDT.  (A constrained Delaunay triangulation is not truly a\n");
+  printf(
+"  Delaunay triangulation, because some of its triangles might not be\n");
+  printf(
+"  Delaunay.)  By definition, a CDT does not have any vertices other than\n");
+  printf(
+"  those specified in the input PSLG.  Depending on context, a CDT might\n");
+  printf(
+"  cover the convex hull of the PSLG, or it might cover only a segment-\n");
+  printf("  bounded region (e.g. a polygon).\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  A conforming Delaunay triangulation of a PSLG is a triangulation in which\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  each triangle is truly Delaunay, and each PSLG segment is represented by\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  a linear contiguous sequence of edges of the triangulation.  New vertices\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  (not part of the PSLG) may appear, and each input segment may have been\n");
+  printf(
+"  subdivided into shorter edges (subsegments) by these additional vertices.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  The new vertices are frequently necessary to maintain the Delaunay\n");
+  printf("  property while ensuring that every segment is represented.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  A conforming constrained Delaunay triangulation (CCDT) of a PSLG is a\n");
+  printf(
+"  triangulation of a PSLG whose triangles are constrained Delaunay.  New\n");
+  printf("  vertices may appear, and input segments may be subdivided into\n");
+  printf(
+"  subsegments, but not to guarantee that segments are respected; rather, to\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  improve the quality of the triangles.  The high-quality meshes produced\n");
+  printf(
+"  by the -q switch are usually CCDTs, but can be made conforming Delaunay\n");
+  printf("  with the -D switch.\n\n");
+  printf("File Formats:\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  All files may contain comments prefixed by the character '#'.  Vertices,\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  triangles, edges, holes, and maximum area constraints must be numbered\n");
+  printf(
+"  consecutively, starting from either 1 or 0.  Whichever you choose, all\n");
+  printf(
+"  input files must be consistent; if the vertices are numbered from 1, so\n");
+  printf(
+"  must be all other objects.  Triangle automatically detects your choice\n");
+  printf(
+"  while reading the .node (or .poly) file.  (When calling Triangle from\n");
+  printf(
+"  another program, use the -z switch if you wish to number objects from\n");
+  printf("  zero.)  Examples of these file formats are given below.\n\n");
+  printf("  .node files:\n");
+  printf(
+"    First line:  <# of vertices> <dimension (must be 2)> <# of attributes>\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"                                           <# of boundary markers (0 or 1)>\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    Remaining lines:  <vertex #> <x> <y> [attributes] [boundary marker]\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    The attributes, which are typically floating-point values of physical\n");
+  printf(
+"    quantities (such as mass or conductivity) associated with the nodes of\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    a finite element mesh, are copied unchanged to the output mesh.  If -q,\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    -a, -u, -D, or -s is selected, each new Steiner point added to the mesh\n"
+);
+  printf("    has attributes assigned to it by linear interpolation.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"    If the fourth entry of the first line is `1', the last column of the\n");
+  printf(
+"    remainder of the file is assumed to contain boundary markers.  Boundary\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    markers are used to identify boundary vertices and vertices resting on\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    PSLG segments; a complete description appears in a section below.  The\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    .node file produced by Triangle contains boundary markers in the last\n");
+  printf("    column unless they are suppressed by the -B switch.\n\n");
+  printf("  .ele files:\n");
+  printf(
+"    First line:  <# of triangles> <nodes per triangle> <# of attributes>\n");
+  printf(
+"    Remaining lines:  <triangle #> <node> <node> <node> ... [attributes]\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    Nodes are indices into the corresponding .node file.  The first three\n");
+  printf(
+"    nodes are the corner vertices, and are listed in counterclockwise order\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    around each triangle.  (The remaining nodes, if any, depend on the type\n"
+);
+  printf("    of finite element used.)\n\n");
+  printf(
+"    The attributes are just like those of .node files.  Because there is no\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    simple mapping from input to output triangles, Triangle attempts to\n");
+  printf(
+"    interpolate attributes, and may cause a lot of diffusion of attributes\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    among nearby triangles as the triangulation is refined.  Attributes do\n"
+);
+  printf("    not diffuse across segments, so attributes used to identify\n");
+  printf("    segment-bounded regions remain intact.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"    In .ele files produced by Triangle, each triangular element has three\n");
+  printf(
+"    nodes (vertices) unless the -o2 switch is used, in which case\n");
+  printf(
+"    subparametric quadratic elements with six nodes each are generated.\n");
+  printf(
+"    The first three nodes are the corners in counterclockwise order, and\n");
+  printf(
+"    the fourth, fifth, and sixth nodes lie on the midpoints of the edges\n");
+  printf(
+"    opposite the first, second, and third vertices, respectively.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf("  .poly files:\n");
+  printf(
+"    First line:  <# of vertices> <dimension (must be 2)> <# of attributes>\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"                                           <# of boundary markers (0 or 1)>\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    Following lines:  <vertex #> <x> <y> [attributes] [boundary marker]\n");
+  printf("    One line:  <# of segments> <# of boundary markers (0 or 1)>\n");
+  printf(
+"    Following lines:  <segment #> <endpoint> <endpoint> [boundary marker]\n");
+  printf("    One line:  <# of holes>\n");
+  printf("    Following lines:  <hole #> <x> <y>\n");
+  printf(
+"    Optional line:  <# of regional attributes and/or area constraints>\n");
+  printf(
+"    Optional following lines:  <region #> <x> <y> <attribute> <max area>\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    A .poly file represents a PSLG, as well as some additional information.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    The first section lists all the vertices, and is identical to the\n");
+  printf(
+"    format of .node files.  <# of vertices> may be set to zero to indicate\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    that the vertices are listed in a separate .node file; .poly files\n");
+  printf(
+"    produced by Triangle always have this format.  A vertex set represented\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    this way has the advantage that it may easily be triangulated with or\n");
+  printf(
+"    without segments (depending on whether the -p switch is invoked).\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    The second section lists the segments.  Segments are edges whose\n");
+  printf(
+"    presence in the triangulation is enforced.  (Depending on the choice of\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    switches, segment might be subdivided into smaller edges).  Each\n");
+  printf(
+"    segment is specified by listing the indices of its two endpoints.  This\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    means that you must include its endpoints in the vertex list.  Each\n");
+  printf("    segment, like each point, may have a boundary marker.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"    If -q, -a, -u, and -s are not selected, Triangle produces a constrained\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    Delaunay triangulation (CDT), in which each segment appears as a single\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    edge in the triangulation.  If -q, -a, -u, or -s is selected, Triangle\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    produces a conforming constrained Delaunay triangulation (CCDT), in\n");
+  printf(
+"    which segments may be subdivided into smaller edges.  If -D is\n");
+  printf(
+"    selected, Triangle produces a conforming Delaunay triangulation, so\n");
+  printf(
+"    that every triangle is Delaunay, and not just constrained Delaunay.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    The third section lists holes (and concavities, if -c is selected) in\n");
+  printf(
+"    the triangulation.  Holes are specified by identifying a point inside\n");
+  printf(
+"    each hole.  After the triangulation is formed, Triangle creates holes\n");
+  printf(
+"    by eating triangles, spreading out from each hole point until its\n");
+  printf(
+"    progress is blocked by segments in the PSLG.  You must be careful to\n");
+  printf(
+"    enclose each hole in segments, or your whole triangulation might be\n");
+  printf(
+"    eaten away.  If the two triangles abutting a segment are eaten, the\n");
+  printf(
+"    segment itself is also eaten.  Do not place a hole directly on a\n");
+  printf("    segment; if you do, Triangle chooses one side of the segment\n");
+  printf("    arbitrarily.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"    The optional fourth section lists regional attributes (to be assigned\n");
+  printf(
+"    to all triangles in a region) and regional constraints on the maximum\n");
+  printf(
+"    triangle area.  Triangle reads this section only if the -A switch is\n");
+  printf(
+"    used or the -a switch is used without a number following it, and the -r\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    switch is not used.  Regional attributes and area constraints are\n");
+  printf(
+"    propagated in the same manner as holes:  you specify a point for each\n");
+  printf(
+"    attribute and/or constraint, and the attribute and/or constraint\n");
+  printf(
+"    affects the whole region (bounded by segments) containing the point.\n");
+  printf(
+"    If two values are written on a line after the x and y coordinate, the\n");
+  printf(
+"    first such value is assumed to be a regional attribute (but is only\n");
+  printf(
+"    applied if the -A switch is selected), and the second value is assumed\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    to be a regional area constraint (but is only applied if the -a switch\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    is selected).  You may specify just one value after the coordinates,\n");
+  printf(
+"    which can serve as both an attribute and an area constraint, depending\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    on the choice of switches.  If you are using the -A and -a switches\n");
+  printf(
+"    simultaneously and wish to assign an attribute to some region without\n");
+  printf("    imposing an area constraint, use a negative maximum area.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"    When a triangulation is created from a .poly file, you must either\n");
+  printf(
+"    enclose the entire region to be triangulated in PSLG segments, or\n");
+  printf(
+"    use the -c switch, which automatically creates extra segments that\n");
+  printf(
+"    enclose the convex hull of the PSLG.  If you do not use the -c switch,\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    Triangle eats all triangles that are not enclosed by segments; if you\n");
+  printf(
+"    are not careful, your whole triangulation may be eaten away.  If you do\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    use the -c switch, you can still produce concavities by the appropriate\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    placement of holes just inside the boundary of the convex hull.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    An ideal PSLG has no intersecting segments, nor any vertices that lie\n");
+  printf(
+"    upon segments (except, of course, the endpoints of each segment).  You\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    aren't required to make your .poly files ideal, but you should be aware\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    of what can go wrong.  Segment intersections are relatively safe--\n");
+  printf(
+"    Triangle calculates the intersection points for you and adds them to\n");
+  printf(
+"    the triangulation--as long as your machine's floating-point precision\n");
+  printf(
+"    doesn't become a problem.  You are tempting the fates if you have three\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    segments that cross at the same location, and expect Triangle to figure\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    out where the intersection point is.  Thanks to floating-point roundoff\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    error, Triangle will probably decide that the three segments intersect\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    at three different points, and you will find a minuscule triangle in\n");
+  printf(
+"    your output--unless Triangle tries to refine the tiny triangle, uses\n");
+  printf(
+"    up the last bit of machine precision, and fails to terminate at all.\n");
+  printf(
+"    You're better off putting the intersection point in the input files,\n");
+  printf(
+"    and manually breaking up each segment into two.  Similarly, if you\n");
+  printf(
+"    place a vertex at the middle of a segment, and hope that Triangle will\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    break up the segment at that vertex, you might get lucky.  On the other\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    hand, Triangle might decide that the vertex doesn't lie precisely on\n");
+  printf(
+"    the segment, and you'll have a needle-sharp triangle in your output--or\n"
+);
+  printf("    a lot of tiny triangles if you're generating a quality mesh.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    When Triangle reads a .poly file, it also writes a .poly file, which\n");
+  printf(
+"    includes all the subsegments--the edges that are parts of input\n");
+  printf(
+"    segments.  If the -c switch is used, the output .poly file also\n");
+  printf(
+"    includes all of the edges on the convex hull.  Hence, the output .poly\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    file is useful for finding edges associated with input segments and for\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    setting boundary conditions in finite element simulations.  Moreover,\n");
+  printf(
+"    you will need the output .poly file if you plan to refine the output\n");
+  printf(
+"    mesh, and don't want segments to be missing in later triangulations.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf("  .area files:\n");
+  printf("    First line:  <# of triangles>\n");
+  printf("    Following lines:  <triangle #> <maximum area>\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    An .area file associates with each triangle a maximum area that is used\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    for mesh refinement.  As with other file formats, every triangle must\n");
+  printf(
+"    be represented, and the triangles must be numbered consecutively.  A\n");
+  printf(
+"    triangle may be left unconstrained by assigning it a negative maximum\n");
+  printf("    area.\n\n");
+  printf("  .edge files:\n");
+  printf("    First line:  <# of edges> <# of boundary markers (0 or 1)>\n");
+  printf(
+"    Following lines:  <edge #> <endpoint> <endpoint> [boundary marker]\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    Endpoints are indices into the corresponding .node file.  Triangle can\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    produce .edge files (use the -e switch), but cannot read them.  The\n");
+  printf(
+"    optional column of boundary markers is suppressed by the -B switch.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    In Voronoi diagrams, one also finds a special kind of edge that is an\n");
+  printf(
+"    infinite ray with only one endpoint.  For these edges, a different\n");
+  printf("    format is used:\n\n");
+  printf("        <edge #> <endpoint> -1 <direction x> <direction y>\n\n");
+  printf(
+"    The `direction' is a floating-point vector that indicates the direction\n"
+);
+  printf("    of the infinite ray.\n\n");
+  printf("  .neigh files:\n");
+  printf(
+"    First line:  <# of triangles> <# of neighbors per triangle (always 3)>\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    Following lines:  <triangle #> <neighbor> <neighbor> <neighbor>\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    Neighbors are indices into the corresponding .ele file.  An index of -1\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    indicates no neighbor (because the triangle is on an exterior\n");
+  printf(
+"    boundary).  The first neighbor of triangle i is opposite the first\n");
+  printf("    corner of triangle i, and so on.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"    Triangle can produce .neigh files (use the -n switch), but cannot read\n"
+);
+  printf("    them.\n\n");
+  printf("Boundary Markers:\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Boundary markers are tags used mainly to identify which output vertices\n");
+  printf(
+"  and edges are associated with which PSLG segment, and to identify which\n");
+  printf(
+"  vertices and edges occur on a boundary of the triangulation.  A common\n");
+  printf(
+"  use is to determine where boundary conditions should be applied to a\n");
+  printf(
+"  finite element mesh.  You can prevent boundary markers from being written\n"
+);
+  printf("  into files produced by Triangle by using the -B switch.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  The boundary marker associated with each segment in an output .poly file\n"
+);
+  printf("  and each edge in an output .edge file is chosen as follows:\n");
+  printf(
+"    - If an output edge is part or all of a PSLG segment with a nonzero\n");
+  printf(
+"      boundary marker, then the edge is assigned the same marker.\n");
+  printf(
+"    - Otherwise, if the edge lies on a boundary of the triangulation\n");
+  printf(
+"      (even the boundary of a hole), then the edge is assigned the marker\n");
+  printf("      one (1).\n");
+  printf("    - Otherwise, the edge is assigned the marker zero (0).\n");
+  printf(
+"  The boundary marker associated with each vertex in an output .node file\n");
+  printf("  is chosen as follows:\n");
+  printf(
+"    - If a vertex is assigned a nonzero boundary marker in the input file,\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"      then it is assigned the same marker in the output .node file.\n");
+  printf(
+"    - Otherwise, if the vertex lies on a PSLG segment (even if it is an\n");
+  printf(
+"      endpoint of the segment) with a nonzero boundary marker, then the\n");
+  printf(
+"      vertex is assigned the same marker.  If the vertex lies on several\n");
+  printf("      such segments, one of the markers is chosen arbitrarily.\n");
+  printf(
+"    - Otherwise, if the vertex occurs on a boundary of the triangulation,\n");
+  printf("      then the vertex is assigned the marker one (1).\n");
+  printf("    - Otherwise, the vertex is assigned the marker zero (0).\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"  If you want Triangle to determine for you which vertices and edges are on\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  the boundary, assign them the boundary marker zero (or use no markers at\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  all) in your input files.  In the output files, all boundary vertices,\n");
+  printf("  edges, and segments will be assigned the value one.\n\n");
+  printf("Triangulation Iteration Numbers:\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Because Triangle can read and refine its own triangulations, input\n");
+  printf(
+"  and output files have iteration numbers.  For instance, Triangle might\n");
+  printf(
+"  read the files mesh.3.node, mesh.3.ele, and mesh.3.poly, refine the\n");
+  printf(
+"  triangulation, and output the files mesh.4.node, mesh.4.ele, and\n");
+  printf("  mesh.4.poly.  Files with no iteration number are treated as if\n");
+  printf(
+"  their iteration number is zero; hence, Triangle might read the file\n");
+  printf(
+"  points.node, triangulate it, and produce the files points.1.node and\n");
+  printf("  points.1.ele.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Iteration numbers allow you to create a sequence of successively finer\n");
+  printf(
+"  meshes suitable for multigrid methods.  They also allow you to produce a\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  sequence of meshes using error estimate-driven mesh refinement.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"  If you're not using refinement or quality meshing, and you don't like\n");
+  printf(
+"  iteration numbers, use the -I switch to disable them.  This switch also\n");
+  printf(
+"  disables output of .node and .poly files to prevent your input files from\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  being overwritten.  (If the input is a .poly file that contains its own\n");
+  printf(
+"  points, a .node file is written.  This can be quite convenient for\n");
+  printf("  computing CDTs or quality meshes.)\n\n");
+  printf("Examples of How to Use Triangle:\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  `triangle dots' reads vertices from dots.node, and writes their Delaunay\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  triangulation to dots.1.node and dots.1.ele.  (dots.1.node is identical\n");
+  printf(
+"  to dots.node.)  `triangle -I dots' writes the triangulation to dots.ele\n");
+  printf(
+"  instead.  (No additional .node file is needed, so none is written.)\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"  `triangle -pe object.1' reads a PSLG from object.1.poly (and possibly\n");
+  printf(
+"  object.1.node, if the vertices are omitted from object.1.poly) and writes\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  its constrained Delaunay triangulation to object.2.node and object.2.ele.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  The segments are copied to object.2.poly, and all edges are written to\n");
+  printf("  object.2.edge.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  `triangle -pq31.5a.1 object' reads a PSLG from object.poly (and possibly\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  object.node), generates a mesh whose angles are all between 31.5 and 117\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  degrees and whose triangles all have areas of 0.1 or less, and writes the\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  mesh to object.1.node and object.1.ele.  Each segment may be broken up\n");
+  printf("  into multiple subsegments; these are written to object.1.poly.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"  Here is a sample file `box.poly' describing a square with a square hole:\n"
+);
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    # A box with eight vertices in 2D, no attributes, one boundary marker.\n"
+);
+  printf("    8 2 0 1\n");
+  printf("     # Outer box has these vertices:\n");
+  printf("     1   0 0   0\n");
+  printf("     2   0 3   0\n");
+  printf("     3   3 0   0\n");
+  printf("     4   3 3   33     # A special marker for this vertex.\n");
+  printf("     # Inner square has these vertices:\n");
+  printf("     5   1 1   0\n");
+  printf("     6   1 2   0\n");
+  printf("     7   2 1   0\n");
+  printf("     8   2 2   0\n");
+  printf("    # Five segments with boundary markers.\n");
+  printf("    5 1\n");
+  printf("     1   1 2   5      # Left side of outer box.\n");
+  printf("     # Square hole has these segments:\n");
+  printf("     2   5 7   0\n");
+  printf("     3   7 8   0\n");
+  printf("     4   8 6   10\n");
+  printf("     5   6 5   0\n");
+  printf("    # One hole in the middle of the inner square.\n");
+  printf("    1\n");
+  printf("     1   1.5 1.5\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"  Note that some segments are missing from the outer square, so you must\n");
+  printf(
+"  use the `-c' switch.  After `triangle -pqc box.poly', here is the output\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  file `box.1.node', with twelve vertices.  The last four vertices were\n");
+  printf(
+"  added to meet the angle constraint.  Vertices 1, 2, and 9 have markers\n");
+  printf(
+"  from segment 1.  Vertices 6 and 8 have markers from segment 4.  All the\n");
+  printf(
+"  other vertices but 4 have been marked to indicate that they lie on a\n");
+  printf("  boundary.\n\n");
+  printf("    12  2  0  1\n");
+  printf("       1    0   0      5\n");
+  printf("       2    0   3      5\n");
+  printf("       3    3   0      1\n");
+  printf("       4    3   3     33\n");
+  printf("       5    1   1      1\n");
+  printf("       6    1   2     10\n");
+  printf("       7    2   1      1\n");
+  printf("       8    2   2     10\n");
+  printf("       9    0   1.5    5\n");
+  printf("      10    1.5   0    1\n");
+  printf("      11    3   1.5    1\n");
+  printf("      12    1.5   3    1\n");
+  printf("    # Generated by triangle -pqc box.poly\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf("  Here is the output file `box.1.ele', with twelve triangles.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf("    12  3  0\n");
+  printf("       1     5   6   9\n");
+  printf("       2    10   3   7\n");
+  printf("       3     6   8  12\n");
+  printf("       4     9   1   5\n");
+  printf("       5     6   2   9\n");
+  printf("       6     7   3  11\n");
+  printf("       7    11   4   8\n");
+  printf("       8     7   5  10\n");
+  printf("       9    12   2   6\n");
+  printf("      10     8   7  11\n");
+  printf("      11     5   1  10\n");
+  printf("      12     8   4  12\n");
+  printf("    # Generated by triangle -pqc box.poly\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Here is the output file `box.1.poly'.  Note that segments have been added\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  to represent the convex hull, and some segments have been subdivided by\n");
+  printf(
+"  newly added vertices.  Note also that <# of vertices> is set to zero to\n");
+  printf("  indicate that the vertices should be read from the .node file.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf("    0  2  0  1\n");
+  printf("    12  1\n");
+  printf("       1     1   9     5\n");
+  printf("       2     5   7     1\n");
+  printf("       3     8   7     1\n");
+  printf("       4     6   8    10\n");
+  printf("       5     5   6     1\n");
+  printf("       6     3  10     1\n");
+  printf("       7     4  11     1\n");
+  printf("       8     2  12     1\n");
+  printf("       9     9   2     5\n");
+  printf("      10    10   1     1\n");
+  printf("      11    11   3     1\n");
+  printf("      12    12   4     1\n");
+  printf("    1\n");
+  printf("       1   1.5 1.5\n");
+  printf("    # Generated by triangle -pqc box.poly\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf("Refinement and Area Constraints:\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"  The -r switch causes a mesh (.node and .ele files) to be read and\n");
+  printf(
+"  refined.  If the -p switch is also used, a .poly file is read and used to\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  specify edges that are constrained and cannot be eliminated (although\n");
+  printf(
+"  they can be subdivided into smaller edges) by the refinement process.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"  When you refine a mesh, you generally want to impose tighter constraints.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  One way to accomplish this is to use -q with a larger angle, or -a\n");
+  printf(
+"  followed by a smaller area than you used to generate the mesh you are\n");
+  printf(
+"  refining.  Another way to do this is to create an .area file, which\n");
+  printf(
+"  specifies a maximum area for each triangle, and use the -a switch\n");
+  printf(
+"  (without a number following).  Each triangle's area constraint is applied\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  to that triangle.  Area constraints tend to diffuse as the mesh is\n");
+  printf(
+"  refined, so if there are large variations in area constraint between\n");
+  printf(
+"  adjacent triangles, you may not get the results you want.  In that case,\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  consider instead using the -u switch and writing a C procedure that\n");
+  printf("  determines which triangles are too large.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  If you are refining a mesh composed of linear (three-node) elements, the\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  output mesh contains all the nodes present in the input mesh, in the same\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  order, with new nodes added at the end of the .node file.  However, the\n");
+  printf(
+"  refinement is not hierarchical: there is no guarantee that each output\n");
+  printf(
+"  element is contained in a single input element.  Often, an output element\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  can overlap two or three input elements, and some input edges are not\n");
+  printf(
+"  present in the output mesh.  Hence, a sequence of refined meshes forms a\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  hierarchy of nodes, but not a hierarchy of elements.  If you refine a\n");
+  printf(
+"  mesh of higher-order elements, the hierarchical property applies only to\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  the nodes at the corners of an element; the midpoint nodes on each edge\n");
+  printf("  are discarded before the mesh is refined.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Maximum area constraints in .poly files operate differently from those in\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  .area files.  A maximum area in a .poly file applies to the whole\n");
+  printf(
+"  (segment-bounded) region in which a point falls, whereas a maximum area\n");
+  printf(
+"  in an .area file applies to only one triangle.  Area constraints in .poly\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  files are used only when a mesh is first generated, whereas area\n");
+  printf(
+"  constraints in .area files are used only to refine an existing mesh, and\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  are typically based on a posteriori error estimates resulting from a\n");
+  printf("  finite element simulation on that mesh.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  `triangle -rq25 object.1' reads object.1.node and object.1.ele, then\n");
+  printf(
+"  refines the triangulation to enforce a 25 degree minimum angle, and then\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  writes the refined triangulation to object.2.node and object.2.ele.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"  `triangle -rpaa6.2 z.3' reads z.3.node, z.3.ele, z.3.poly, and z.3.area.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  After reconstructing the mesh and its subsegments, Triangle refines the\n");
+  printf(
+"  mesh so that no triangle has area greater than 6.2, and furthermore the\n");
+  printf(
+"  triangles satisfy the maximum area constraints in z.3.area.  No angle\n");
+  printf(
+"  bound is imposed at all.  The output is written to z.4.node, z.4.ele, and\n"
+);
+  printf("  z.4.poly.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  The sequence `triangle -qa1 x', `triangle -rqa.3 x.1', `triangle -rqa.1\n");
+  printf(
+"  x.2' creates a sequence of successively finer meshes x.1, x.2, and x.3,\n");
+  printf("  suitable for multigrid.\n\n");
+  printf("Convex Hulls and Mesh Boundaries:\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  If the input is a vertex set (not a PSLG), Triangle produces its convex\n");
+  printf(
+"  hull as a by-product in the output .poly file if you use the -c switch.\n");
+  printf(
+"  There are faster algorithms for finding a two-dimensional convex hull\n");
+  printf("  than triangulation, of course, but this one comes for free.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  If the input is an unconstrained mesh (you are using the -r switch but\n");
+  printf(
+"  not the -p switch), Triangle produces a list of its boundary edges\n");
+  printf(
+"  (including hole boundaries) as a by-product when you use the -c switch.\n");
+  printf(
+"  If you also use the -p switch, the output .poly file contains all the\n");
+  printf("  segments from the input .poly file as well.\n\n");
+  printf("Voronoi Diagrams:\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  The -v switch produces a Voronoi diagram, in files suffixed .v.node and\n");
+  printf(
+"  .v.edge.  For example, `triangle -v points' reads points.node, produces\n");
+  printf(
+"  its Delaunay triangulation in points.1.node and points.1.ele, and\n");
+  printf(
+"  produces its Voronoi diagram in points.1.v.node and points.1.v.edge.  The\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  .v.node file contains a list of all Voronoi vertices, and the .v.edge\n");
+  printf(
+"  file contains a list of all Voronoi edges, some of which may be infinite\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  rays.  (The choice of filenames makes it easy to run the set of Voronoi\n");
+  printf("  vertices through Triangle, if so desired.)\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  This implementation does not use exact arithmetic to compute the Voronoi\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  vertices, and does not check whether neighboring vertices are identical.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  Be forewarned that if the Delaunay triangulation is degenerate or\n");
+  printf(
+"  near-degenerate, the Voronoi diagram may have duplicate vertices or\n");
+  printf("  crossing edges.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  The result is a valid Voronoi diagram only if Triangle's output is a true\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  Delaunay triangulation.  The Voronoi output is usually meaningless (and\n");
+  printf(
+"  may contain crossing edges and other pathology) if the output is a CDT or\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  CCDT, or if it has holes or concavities.  If the triangulated domain is\n");
+  printf(
+"  convex and has no holes, you can use -D switch to force Triangle to\n");
+  printf(
+"  construct a conforming Delaunay triangulation instead of a CCDT, so the\n");
+  printf("  Voronoi diagram will be valid.\n\n");
+  printf("Mesh Topology:\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  You may wish to know which triangles are adjacent to a certain Delaunay\n");
+  printf(
+"  edge in an .edge file, which Voronoi cells are adjacent to a certain\n");
+  printf(
+"  Voronoi edge in a .v.edge file, or which Voronoi cells are adjacent to\n");
+  printf(
+"  each other.  All of this information can be found by cross-referencing\n");
+  printf(
+"  output files with the recollection that the Delaunay triangulation and\n");
+  printf("  the Voronoi diagram are planar duals.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Specifically, edge i of an .edge file is the dual of Voronoi edge i of\n");
+  printf(
+"  the corresponding .v.edge file, and is rotated 90 degrees counterclock-\n");
+  printf(
+"  wise from the Voronoi edge.  Triangle j of an .ele file is the dual of\n");
+  printf(
+"  vertex j of the corresponding .v.node file.  Voronoi cell k is the dual\n");
+  printf("  of vertex k of the corresponding .node file.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Hence, to find the triangles adjacent to a Delaunay edge, look at the\n");
+  printf(
+"  vertices of the corresponding Voronoi edge.  If the endpoints of a\n");
+  printf(
+"  Voronoi edge are Voronoi vertices 2 and 6 respectively, then triangles 2\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  and 6 adjoin the left and right sides of the corresponding Delaunay edge,\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  respectively.  To find the Voronoi cells adjacent to a Voronoi edge, look\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  at the endpoints of the corresponding Delaunay edge.  If the endpoints of\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  a Delaunay edge are input vertices 7 and 12, then Voronoi cells 7 and 12\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  adjoin the right and left sides of the corresponding Voronoi edge,\n");
+  printf(
+"  respectively.  To find which Voronoi cells are adjacent to each other,\n");
+  printf("  just read the list of Delaunay edges.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Triangle does not write a list of the edges adjoining each Voronoi cell,\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  but you can reconstructed it straightforwardly.  For instance, to find\n");
+  printf(
+"  all the edges of Voronoi cell 1, search the output .edge file for every\n");
+  printf(
+"  edge that has input vertex 1 as an endpoint.  The corresponding dual\n");
+  printf(
+"  edges in the output .v.edge file form the boundary of Voronoi cell 1.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"  For each Voronoi vertex, the .neigh file gives a list of the three\n");
+  printf(
+"  Voronoi vertices attached to it.  You might find this more convenient\n");
+  printf("  than the .v.edge file.\n\n");
+  printf("Quadratic Elements:\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Triangle generates meshes with subparametric quadratic elements if the\n");
+  printf(
+"  -o2 switch is specified.  Quadratic elements have six nodes per element,\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  rather than three.  `Subparametric' means that the edges of the triangles\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  are always straight, so that subparametric quadratic elements are\n");
+  printf(
+"  geometrically identical to linear elements, even though they can be used\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  with quadratic interpolating functions.  The three extra nodes of an\n");
+  printf(
+"  element fall at the midpoints of the three edges, with the fourth, fifth,\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  and sixth nodes appearing opposite the first, second, and third corners\n");
+  printf("  respectively.\n\n");
+  printf("Domains with Small Angles:\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  If two input segments adjoin each other at a small angle, clearly the -q\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  switch cannot remove the small angle.  Moreover, Triangle may have no\n");
+  printf(
+"  choice but to generate additional triangles whose smallest angles are\n");
+  printf(
+"  smaller than the specified bound.  However, these triangles only appear\n");
+  printf(
+"  between input segments separated by small angles.  Moreover, if you\n");
+  printf(
+"  request a minimum angle of theta degrees, Triangle will generally produce\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  no angle larger than 180 - 2 theta, even if it is forced to compromise on\n"
+);
+  printf("  the minimum angle.\n\n");
+  printf("Statistics:\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  After generating a mesh, Triangle prints a count of entities in the\n");
+  printf(
+"  output mesh, including the number of vertices, triangles, edges, exterior\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  boundary edges (i.e. subsegments on the boundary of the triangulation,\n");
+  printf(
+"  including hole boundaries), interior boundary edges (i.e. subsegments of\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  input segments not on the boundary), and total subsegments.  If you've\n");
+  printf(
+"  forgotten the statistics for an existing mesh, run Triangle on that mesh\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  with the -rNEP switches to read the mesh and print the statistics without\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  writing any files.  Use -rpNEP if you've got a .poly file for the mesh.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"  The -V switch produces extended statistics, including a rough estimate\n");
+  printf(
+"  of memory use, the number of calls to geometric predicates, and\n");
+  printf(
+"  histograms of the angles and the aspect ratios of the triangles in the\n");
+  printf("  mesh.\n\n");
+  printf("Exact Arithmetic:\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Triangle uses adaptive exact arithmetic to perform what computational\n");
+  printf(
+"  geometers call the `orientation' and `incircle' tests.  If the floating-\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  point arithmetic of your machine conforms to the IEEE 754 standard (as\n");
+  printf(
+"  most workstations do), and does not use extended precision internal\n");
+  printf(
+"  floating-point registers, then your output is guaranteed to be an\n");
+  printf(
+"  absolutely true Delaunay or constrained Delaunay triangulation, roundoff\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  error notwithstanding.  The word `adaptive' implies that these arithmetic\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  routines compute the result only to the precision necessary to guarantee\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  correctness, so they are usually nearly as fast as their approximate\n");
+  printf("  counterparts.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  May CPUs, including Intel x86 processors, have extended precision\n");
+  printf(
+"  floating-point registers.  These must be reconfigured so their precision\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  is reduced to memory precision.  Triangle does this if it is compiled\n");
+  printf("  correctly.  See the makefile for details.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  The exact tests can be disabled with the -X switch.  On most inputs, this\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  switch reduces the computation time by about eight percent--it's not\n");
+  printf(
+"  worth the risk.  There are rare difficult inputs (having many collinear\n");
+  printf(
+"  and cocircular vertices), however, for which the difference in speed\n");
+  printf(
+"  could be a factor of two.  Be forewarned that these are precisely the\n");
+  printf(
+"  inputs most likely to cause errors if you use the -X switch.  Hence, the\n"
+);
+  printf("  -X switch is not recommended.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Unfortunately, the exact tests don't solve every numerical problem.\n");
+  printf(
+"  Exact arithmetic is not used to compute the positions of new vertices,\n");
+  printf(
+"  because the bit complexity of vertex coordinates would grow without\n");
+  printf(
+"  bound.  Hence, segment intersections aren't computed exactly; in very\n");
+  printf(
+"  unusual cases, roundoff error in computing an intersection point might\n");
+  printf(
+"  actually lead to an inverted triangle and an invalid triangulation.\n");
+  printf(
+"  (This is one reason to specify your own intersection points in your .poly\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  files.)  Similarly, exact arithmetic is not used to compute the vertices\n"
+);
+  printf("  of the Voronoi diagram.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Another pair of problems not solved by the exact arithmetic routines is\n");
+  printf(
+"  underflow and overflow.  If Triangle is compiled for double precision\n");
+  printf(
+"  arithmetic, I believe that Triangle's geometric predicates work correctly\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  if the exponent of every input coordinate falls in the range [-148, 201].\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  Underflow can silently prevent the orientation and incircle tests from\n");
+  printf(
+"  being performed exactly, while overflow typically causes a floating\n");
+  printf("  exception.\n\n");
+  printf("Calling Triangle from Another Program:\n\n");
+  printf("  Read the file triangle.h for details.\n\n");
+  printf("Troubleshooting:\n\n");
+  printf("  Please read this section before mailing me bugs.\n\n");
+  printf("  `My output mesh has no triangles!'\n\n");
+  printf(
+"    If you're using a PSLG, you've probably failed to specify a proper set\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    of bounding segments, or forgotten to use the -c switch.  Or you may\n");
+  printf(
+"    have placed a hole badly, thereby eating all your triangles.  To test\n");
+  printf("    these possibilities, try again with the -c and -O switches.\n");
+  printf(
+"    Alternatively, all your input vertices may be collinear, in which case\n"
+);
+  printf("    you can hardly expect to triangulate them.\n\n");
+  printf("  `Triangle doesn't terminate, or just crashes.'\n\n");
+  printf(
+"    Bad things can happen when triangles get so small that the distance\n");
+  printf(
+"    between their vertices isn't much larger than the precision of your\n");
+  printf(
+"    machine's arithmetic.  If you've compiled Triangle for single-precision\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    arithmetic, you might do better by recompiling it for double-precision.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    Then again, you might just have to settle for more lenient constraints\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    on the minimum angle and the maximum area than you had planned.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    You can minimize precision problems by ensuring that the origin lies\n");
+  printf(
+"    inside your vertex set, or even inside the densest part of your\n");
+  printf(
+"    mesh.  If you're triangulating an object whose x-coordinates all fall\n");
+  printf(
+"    between 6247133 and 6247134, you're not leaving much floating-point\n");
+  printf("    precision for Triangle to work with.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"    Precision problems can occur covertly if the input PSLG contains two\n");
+  printf(
+"    segments that meet (or intersect) at an extremely small angle, or if\n");
+  printf(
+"    such an angle is introduced by the -c switch.  If you don't realize\n");
+  printf(
+"    that a tiny angle is being formed, you might never discover why\n");
+  printf(
+"    Triangle is crashing.  To check for this possibility, use the -S switch\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    (with an appropriate limit on the number of Steiner points, found by\n");
+  printf(
+"    trial-and-error) to stop Triangle early, and view the output .poly file\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    with Show Me (described below).  Look carefully for regions where dense\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    clusters of vertices are forming and for small angles between segments.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    Zoom in closely, as such segments might look like a single segment from\n"
+);
+  printf("    a distance.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"    If some of the input values are too large, Triangle may suffer a\n");
+  printf(
+"    floating exception due to overflow when attempting to perform an\n");
+  printf(
+"    orientation or incircle test.  (Read the section on exact arithmetic\n");
+  printf(
+"    above.)  Again, I recommend compiling Triangle for double (rather\n");
+  printf("    than single) precision arithmetic.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"    Unexpected problems can arise if you use quality meshing (-q, -a, or\n");
+  printf(
+"    -u) with an input that is not segment-bounded--that is, if your input\n");
+  printf(
+"    is a vertex set, or you're using the -c switch.  If the convex hull of\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    your input vertices has collinear vertices on its boundary, an input\n");
+  printf(
+"    vertex that you think lies on the convex hull might actually lie just\n");
+  printf(
+"    inside the convex hull.  If so, the vertex and the nearby convex hull\n");
+  printf(
+"    edge form an extremely thin triangle.  When Triangle tries to refine\n");
+  printf(
+"    the mesh to enforce angle and area constraints, Triangle might generate\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    extremely tiny triangles, or it might fail because of insufficient\n");
+  printf("    floating-point precision.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  `The numbering of the output vertices doesn't match the input vertices.'\n"
+);
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    You may have had duplicate input vertices, or you may have eaten some\n");
+  printf(
+"    of your input vertices with a hole, or by placing them outside the area\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    enclosed by segments.  In any case, you can solve the problem by not\n");
+  printf("    using the -j switch.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  `Triangle executes without incident, but when I look at the resulting\n");
+  printf(
+"  mesh, it has overlapping triangles or other geometric inconsistencies.'\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    If you select the -X switch, Triangle occasionally makes mistakes due\n");
+  printf(
+"    to floating-point roundoff error.  Although these errors are rare,\n");
+  printf(
+"    don't use the -X switch.  If you still have problems, please report the\n"
+);
+  printf("    bug.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  `Triangle executes without incident, but when I look at the resulting\n");
+  printf("  Voronoi diagram, it has overlapping edges or other geometric\n");
+  printf("  inconsistencies.'\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"    If your input is a PSLG (-p), you can only expect a meaningful Voronoi\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"    diagram if the domain you are triangulating is convex and free of\n");
+  printf(
+"    holes, and you use the -D switch to construct a conforming Delaunay\n");
+  printf("    triangulation (instead of a CDT or CCDT).\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Strange things can happen if you've taken liberties with your PSLG.  Do\n");
+  printf(
+"  you have a vertex lying in the middle of a segment?  Triangle sometimes\n");
+  printf(
+"  copes poorly with that sort of thing.  Do you want to lay out a collinear\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  row of evenly spaced, segment-connected vertices?  Have you simply\n");
+  printf(
+"  defined one long segment connecting the leftmost vertex to the rightmost\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  vertex, and a bunch of vertices lying along it?  This method occasionally\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  works, especially with horizontal and vertical lines, but often it\n");
+  printf(
+"  doesn't, and you'll have to connect each adjacent pair of vertices with a\n"
+);
+  printf("  separate segment.  If you don't like it, tough.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Furthermore, if you have segments that intersect other than at their\n");
+  printf(
+"  endpoints, try not to let the intersections fall extremely close to PSLG\n"
+);
+  printf("  vertices or each other.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  If you have problems refining a triangulation not produced by Triangle:\n");
+  printf(
+"  Are you sure the triangulation is geometrically valid?  Is it formatted\n");
+  printf(
+"  correctly for Triangle?  Are the triangles all listed so the first three\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  vertices are their corners in counterclockwise order?  Are all of the\n");
+  printf(
+"  triangles constrained Delaunay?  Triangle's Delaunay refinement algorithm\n"
+);
+  printf("  assumes that it starts with a CDT.\n\n");
+  printf("Show Me:\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Triangle comes with a separate program named `Show Me', whose primary\n");
+  printf(
+"  purpose is to draw meshes on your screen or in PostScript.  Its secondary\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  purpose is to check the validity of your input files, and do so more\n");
+  printf(
+"  thoroughly than Triangle does.  Unlike Triangle, Show Me requires that\n");
+  printf(
+"  you have the X Windows system.  Sorry, Microsoft Windows users.\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf("Triangle on the Web:\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf("  To see an illustrated version of these instructions, check out\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf("    http://www.cs.cmu.edu/~quake/triangle.html\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf("A Brief Plea:\n");
+  printf("\n");
+  printf(
+"  If you use Triangle, and especially if you use it to accomplish real\n");
+  printf(
+"  work, I would like very much to hear from you.  A short letter or email\n");
+  printf(
+"  (to jrs at cs.berkeley.edu) describing how you use Triangle will mean a lot\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  to me.  The more people I know are using this program, the more easily I\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  can justify spending time on improvements, which in turn will benefit\n");
+  printf(
+"  you.  Also, I can put you on a list to receive email whenever a new\n");
+  printf("  version of Triangle is available.\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  If you use a mesh generated by Triangle in a publication, please include\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  an acknowledgment as well.  And please spell Triangle with a capital `T'!\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  If you want to include a citation, use `Jonathan Richard Shewchuk,\n");
+  printf(
+"  ``Triangle: Engineering a 2D Quality Mesh Generator and Delaunay\n");
+  printf(
+"  Triangulator,'' in Applied Computational Geometry:  Towards Geometric\n");
+  printf(
+"  Engineering (Ming C. Lin and Dinesh Manocha, editors), volume 1148 of\n");
+  printf(
+"  Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 203-222, Springer-Verlag,\n");
+  printf(
+"  Berlin, May 1996.  (From the First ACM Workshop on Applied Computational\n"
+);
+  printf("  Geometry.)'\n\n");
+  printf("Research credit:\n\n");
+  printf(
+"  Of course, I can take credit for only a fraction of the ideas that made\n");
+  printf(
+"  this mesh generator possible.  Triangle owes its existence to the efforts\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  of many fine computational geometers and other researchers, including\n");
+  printf(
+"  Marshall Bern, L. Paul Chew, Kenneth L. Clarkson, Boris Delaunay, Rex A.\n"
+);
+  printf(
+"  Dwyer, David Eppstein, Steven Fortune, Leonidas J. Guibas, Donald E.\n");
+  printf(
+"  Knuth, Charles L. Lawson, Der-Tsai Lee, Gary L. Miller, Ernst P. Mucke,\n");
+  printf(
+"  Steven E. Pav, Douglas M. Priest, Jim Ruppert, Isaac Saias, Bruce J.\n");
+  printf(
+"  Schachter, Micha Sharir, Peter W. Shor, Daniel D. Sleator, Jorge Stolfi,\n"
+);
+  printf("  Robert E. Tarjan, Alper Ungor, Christopher J. Van Wyk, Noel J.\n");
+  printf(
+"  Walkington, and Binhai Zhu.  See the comments at the beginning of the\n");
+  printf("  source code for references.\n\n");
+  triexit(0);
+}
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  internalerror()   Ask the user to send me the defective product.  Exit.  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+void internalerror()
+{
+  printf("  Please report this bug to jrs at cs.berkeley.edu\n");
+  printf("  Include the message above, your input data set, and the exact\n");
+  printf("    command line you used to run Triangle.\n");
+  triexit(1);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  parsecommandline()   Read the command line, identify switches, and set   */
+/*                       up options and file names.                          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void parsecommandline(int argc, char **argv, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void parsecommandline(argc, argv, b)
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+#define STARTINDEX 0
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+#define STARTINDEX 1
+  int increment;
+  int meshnumber;
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  int i, j, k;
+  char workstring[FILENAMESIZE];
+
+  b->poly = b->refine = b->quality = 0;
+  b->vararea = b->fixedarea = b->usertest = 0;
+  b->regionattrib = b->convex = b->weighted = b->jettison = 0;
+  b->firstnumber = 1;
+  b->edgesout = b->voronoi = b->neighbors = b->geomview = 0;
+  b->nobound = b->nopolywritten = b->nonodewritten = b->noelewritten = 0;
+  b->noiterationnum = 0;
+  b->noholes = b->noexact = 0;
+  b->incremental = b->sweepline = 0;
+  b->dwyer = 1;
+  b->splitseg = 0;
+  b->docheck = 0;
+  b->nobisect = 0;
+  b->conformdel = 0;
+  b->steiner = -1;
+  b->order = 1;
+  b->minangle = 0.0;
+  b->maxarea = -1.0;
+  b->quiet = b->verbose = 0;
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+  b->innodefilename[0] = '\0';
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+  for (i = STARTINDEX; i < argc; i++) {
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+    if (argv[i][0] == '-') {
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      for (j = STARTINDEX; argv[i][j] != '\0'; j++) {
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'p') {
+          b->poly = 1;
+	}
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'r') {
+          b->refine = 1;
+	}
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'q') {
+          b->quality = 1;
+          if (((argv[i][j + 1] >= '0') && (argv[i][j + 1] <= '9')) ||
+              (argv[i][j + 1] == '.')) {
+            k = 0;
+            while (((argv[i][j + 1] >= '0') && (argv[i][j + 1] <= '9')) ||
+                   (argv[i][j + 1] == '.')) {
+              j++;
+              workstring[k] = argv[i][j];
+              k++;
+            }
+            workstring[k] = '\0';
+            b->minangle = (REAL) strtod(workstring, (char **) NULL);
+	  } else {
+            b->minangle = 20.0;
+	  }
+	}
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'a') {
+          b->quality = 1;
+          if (((argv[i][j + 1] >= '0') && (argv[i][j + 1] <= '9')) ||
+              (argv[i][j + 1] == '.')) {
+            b->fixedarea = 1;
+            k = 0;
+            while (((argv[i][j + 1] >= '0') && (argv[i][j + 1] <= '9')) ||
+                   (argv[i][j + 1] == '.')) {
+              j++;
+              workstring[k] = argv[i][j];
+              k++;
+            }
+            workstring[k] = '\0';
+            b->maxarea = (REAL) strtod(workstring, (char **) NULL);
+            if (b->maxarea <= 0.0) {
+              printf("Error:  Maximum area must be greater than zero.\n");
+              triexit(1);
+	    }
+	  } else {
+            b->vararea = 1;
+	  }
+	}
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'u') {
+          b->quality = 1;
+          b->usertest = 1;
+        }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'A') {
+          b->regionattrib = 1;
+        }
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'c') {
+          b->convex = 1;
+        }
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'w') {
+          b->weighted = 1;
+        }
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'W') {
+          b->weighted = 2;
+        }
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'j') {
+          b->jettison = 1;
+        }
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'z') {
+          b->firstnumber = 0;
+        }
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'e') {
+          b->edgesout = 1;
+	}
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'v') {
+          b->voronoi = 1;
+	}
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'n') {
+          b->neighbors = 1;
+	}
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'g') {
+          b->geomview = 1;
+	}
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'B') {
+          b->nobound = 1;
+	}
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'P') {
+          b->nopolywritten = 1;
+	}
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'N') {
+          b->nonodewritten = 1;
+	}
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'E') {
+          b->noelewritten = 1;
+	}
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'I') {
+          b->noiterationnum = 1;
+	}
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'O') {
+          b->noholes = 1;
+	}
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'X') {
+          b->noexact = 1;
+	}
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'o') {
+          if (argv[i][j + 1] == '2') {
+            j++;
+            b->order = 2;
+          }
+	}
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'Y') {
+          b->nobisect++;
+	}
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'S') {
+          b->steiner = 0;
+          while ((argv[i][j + 1] >= '0') && (argv[i][j + 1] <= '9')) {
+            j++;
+            b->steiner = b->steiner * 10 + (int) (argv[i][j] - '0');
+          }
+        }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+#ifndef REDUCED
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'i') {
+          b->incremental = 1;
+        }
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'F') {
+          b->sweepline = 1;
+        }
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'l') {
+          b->dwyer = 0;
+        }
+#ifndef REDUCED
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+        if (argv[i][j] == 's') {
+          b->splitseg = 1;
+        }
+        if ((argv[i][j] == 'D') || (argv[i][j] == 'L')) {
+          b->quality = 1;
+          b->conformdel = 1;
+        }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'C') {
+          b->docheck = 1;
+        }
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'Q') {
+          b->quiet = 1;
+        }
+        if (argv[i][j] == 'V') {
+          b->verbose++;
+        }
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+        if ((argv[i][j] == 'h') || (argv[i][j] == 'H') ||
+            (argv[i][j] == '?')) {
+          info();
+	}
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      }
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+    } else {
+      strncpy(b->innodefilename, argv[i], FILENAMESIZE - 1);
+      b->innodefilename[FILENAMESIZE - 1] = '\0';
+    }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  }
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+  if (b->innodefilename[0] == '\0') {
+    syntax();
+  }
+  if (!strcmp(&b->innodefilename[strlen(b->innodefilename) - 5], ".node")) {
+    b->innodefilename[strlen(b->innodefilename) - 5] = '\0';
+  }
+  if (!strcmp(&b->innodefilename[strlen(b->innodefilename) - 5], ".poly")) {
+    b->innodefilename[strlen(b->innodefilename) - 5] = '\0';
+    b->poly = 1;
+  }
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+  if (!strcmp(&b->innodefilename[strlen(b->innodefilename) - 4], ".ele")) {
+    b->innodefilename[strlen(b->innodefilename) - 4] = '\0';
+    b->refine = 1;
+  }
+  if (!strcmp(&b->innodefilename[strlen(b->innodefilename) - 5], ".area")) {
+    b->innodefilename[strlen(b->innodefilename) - 5] = '\0';
+    b->refine = 1;
+    b->quality = 1;
+    b->vararea = 1;
+  }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  b->usesegments = b->poly || b->refine || b->quality || b->convex;
+  b->goodangle = cos(b->minangle * PI / 180.0);
+  if (b->goodangle == 1.0) {
+    b->offconstant = 0.0;
+  } else {
+    b->offconstant = 0.475 * sqrt((1.0 + b->goodangle) / (1.0 - b->goodangle));
+  }
+  b->goodangle *= b->goodangle;
+  if (b->refine && b->noiterationnum) {
+    printf(
+      "Error:  You cannot use the -I switch when refining a triangulation.\n");
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  /* Be careful not to allocate space for element area constraints that */
+  /*   will never be assigned any value (other than the default -1.0).  */
+  if (!b->refine && !b->poly) {
+    b->vararea = 0;
+  }
+  /* Be careful not to add an extra attribute to each element unless the */
+  /*   input supports it (PSLG in, but not refining a preexisting mesh). */
+  if (b->refine || !b->poly) {
+    b->regionattrib = 0;
+  }
+  /* Regular/weighted triangulations are incompatible with PSLGs */
+  /*   and meshing.                                              */
+  if (b->weighted && (b->poly || b->quality)) {
+    b->weighted = 0;
+    if (!b->quiet) {
+      printf("Warning:  weighted triangulations (-w, -W) are incompatible\n");
+      printf("  with PSLGs (-p) and meshing (-q, -a, -u).  Weights ignored.\n"
+             );
+    }
+  }
+  if (b->jettison && b->nonodewritten && !b->quiet) {
+    printf("Warning:  -j and -N switches are somewhat incompatible.\n");
+    printf("  If any vertices are jettisoned, you will need the output\n");
+    printf("  .node file to reconstruct the new node indices.");
+  }
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+  strcpy(b->inpolyfilename, b->innodefilename);
+  strcpy(b->inelefilename, b->innodefilename);
+  strcpy(b->areafilename, b->innodefilename);
+  increment = 0;
+  strcpy(workstring, b->innodefilename);
+  j = 1;
+  while (workstring[j] != '\0') {
+    if ((workstring[j] == '.') && (workstring[j + 1] != '\0')) {
+      increment = j + 1;
+    }
+    j++;
+  }
+  meshnumber = 0;
+  if (increment > 0) {
+    j = increment;
+    do {
+      if ((workstring[j] >= '0') && (workstring[j] <= '9')) {
+        meshnumber = meshnumber * 10 + (int) (workstring[j] - '0');
+      } else {
+        increment = 0;
+      }
+      j++;
+    } while (workstring[j] != '\0');
+  }
+  if (b->noiterationnum) {
+    strcpy(b->outnodefilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->outelefilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->edgefilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->vnodefilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->vedgefilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->neighborfilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->offfilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcat(b->outnodefilename, ".node");
+    strcat(b->outelefilename, ".ele");
+    strcat(b->edgefilename, ".edge");
+    strcat(b->vnodefilename, ".v.node");
+    strcat(b->vedgefilename, ".v.edge");
+    strcat(b->neighborfilename, ".neigh");
+    strcat(b->offfilename, ".off");
+  } else if (increment == 0) {
+    strcpy(b->outnodefilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->outpolyfilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->outelefilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->edgefilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->vnodefilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->vedgefilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->neighborfilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->offfilename, b->innodefilename);
+    strcat(b->outnodefilename, ".1.node");
+    strcat(b->outpolyfilename, ".1.poly");
+    strcat(b->outelefilename, ".1.ele");
+    strcat(b->edgefilename, ".1.edge");
+    strcat(b->vnodefilename, ".1.v.node");
+    strcat(b->vedgefilename, ".1.v.edge");
+    strcat(b->neighborfilename, ".1.neigh");
+    strcat(b->offfilename, ".1.off");
+  } else {
+    workstring[increment] = '%';
+    workstring[increment + 1] = 'd';
+    workstring[increment + 2] = '\0';
+    sprintf(b->outnodefilename, workstring, meshnumber + 1);
+    strcpy(b->outpolyfilename, b->outnodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->outelefilename, b->outnodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->edgefilename, b->outnodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->vnodefilename, b->outnodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->vedgefilename, b->outnodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->neighborfilename, b->outnodefilename);
+    strcpy(b->offfilename, b->outnodefilename);
+    strcat(b->outnodefilename, ".node");
+    strcat(b->outpolyfilename, ".poly");
+    strcat(b->outelefilename, ".ele");
+    strcat(b->edgefilename, ".edge");
+    strcat(b->vnodefilename, ".v.node");
+    strcat(b->vedgefilename, ".v.edge");
+    strcat(b->neighborfilename, ".neigh");
+    strcat(b->offfilename, ".off");
+  }
+  strcat(b->innodefilename, ".node");
+  strcat(b->inpolyfilename, ".poly");
+  strcat(b->inelefilename, ".ele");
+  strcat(b->areafilename, ".area");
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+}
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* User interaction routines begin here                      *********/
+
+/********* Debugging routines begin here                             *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  printtriangle()   Print out the details of an oriented triangle.         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  I originally wrote this procedure to simplify debugging; it can be       */
+/*  called directly from the debugger, and presents information about an     */
+/*  oriented triangle in digestible form.  It's also used when the           */
+/*  highest level of verbosity (`-VVV') is specified.                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void printtriangle(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, struct otri *t)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void printtriangle(m, b, t)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *t;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri printtri;
+  struct osub printsh;
+  vertex printvertex;
+
+  printf("triangle x%lx with orientation %d:\n", (unsigned long) t->tri,
+         t->orient);
+  decode(t->tri[0], printtri);
+  if (printtri.tri == m->dummytri) {
+    printf("    [0] = Outer space\n");
+  } else {
+    printf("    [0] = x%lx  %d\n", (unsigned long) printtri.tri,
+           printtri.orient);
+  }
+  decode(t->tri[1], printtri);
+  if (printtri.tri == m->dummytri) {
+    printf("    [1] = Outer space\n");
+  } else {
+    printf("    [1] = x%lx  %d\n", (unsigned long) printtri.tri,
+           printtri.orient);
+  }
+  decode(t->tri[2], printtri);
+  if (printtri.tri == m->dummytri) {
+    printf("    [2] = Outer space\n");
+  } else {
+    printf("    [2] = x%lx  %d\n", (unsigned long) printtri.tri,
+           printtri.orient);
+  }
+
+  org(*t, printvertex);
+  if (printvertex == (vertex) NULL)
+    printf("    Origin[%d] = NULL\n", (t->orient + 1) % 3 + 3);
+  else
+    printf("    Origin[%d] = x%lx  (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+           (t->orient + 1) % 3 + 3, (unsigned long) printvertex,
+           printvertex[0], printvertex[1]);
+  dest(*t, printvertex);
+  if (printvertex == (vertex) NULL)
+    printf("    Dest  [%d] = NULL\n", (t->orient + 2) % 3 + 3);
+  else
+    printf("    Dest  [%d] = x%lx  (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+           (t->orient + 2) % 3 + 3, (unsigned long) printvertex,
+           printvertex[0], printvertex[1]);
+  apex(*t, printvertex);
+  if (printvertex == (vertex) NULL)
+    printf("    Apex  [%d] = NULL\n", t->orient + 3);
+  else
+    printf("    Apex  [%d] = x%lx  (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+           t->orient + 3, (unsigned long) printvertex,
+           printvertex[0], printvertex[1]);
+
+  if (b->usesegments) {
+    sdecode(t->tri[6], printsh);
+    if (printsh.ss != m->dummysub) {
+      printf("    [6] = x%lx  %d\n", (unsigned long) printsh.ss,
+             printsh.ssorient);
+    }
+    sdecode(t->tri[7], printsh);
+    if (printsh.ss != m->dummysub) {
+      printf("    [7] = x%lx  %d\n", (unsigned long) printsh.ss,
+             printsh.ssorient);
+    }
+    sdecode(t->tri[8], printsh);
+    if (printsh.ss != m->dummysub) {
+      printf("    [8] = x%lx  %d\n", (unsigned long) printsh.ss,
+             printsh.ssorient);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (b->vararea) {
+    printf("    Area constraint:  %.4g\n", areabound(*t));
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  printsubseg()   Print out the details of an oriented subsegment.         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  I originally wrote this procedure to simplify debugging; it can be       */
+/*  called directly from the debugger, and presents information about an     */
+/*  oriented subsegment in digestible form.  It's also used when the highest */
+/*  level of verbosity (`-VVV') is specified.                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void printsubseg(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, struct osub *s)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void printsubseg(m, b, s)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct osub *s;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct osub printsh;
+  struct otri printtri;
+  vertex printvertex;
+
+  printf("subsegment x%lx with orientation %d and mark %d:\n",
+         (unsigned long) s->ss, s->ssorient, mark(*s));
+  sdecode(s->ss[0], printsh);
+  if (printsh.ss == m->dummysub) {
+    printf("    [0] = No subsegment\n");
+  } else {
+    printf("    [0] = x%lx  %d\n", (unsigned long) printsh.ss,
+           printsh.ssorient);
+  }
+  sdecode(s->ss[1], printsh);
+  if (printsh.ss == m->dummysub) {
+    printf("    [1] = No subsegment\n");
+  } else {
+    printf("    [1] = x%lx  %d\n", (unsigned long) printsh.ss,
+           printsh.ssorient);
+  }
+
+  sorg(*s, printvertex);
+  if (printvertex == (vertex) NULL)
+    printf("    Origin[%d] = NULL\n", 2 + s->ssorient);
+  else
+    printf("    Origin[%d] = x%lx  (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+           2 + s->ssorient, (unsigned long) printvertex,
+           printvertex[0], printvertex[1]);
+  sdest(*s, printvertex);
+  if (printvertex == (vertex) NULL)
+    printf("    Dest  [%d] = NULL\n", 3 - s->ssorient);
+  else
+    printf("    Dest  [%d] = x%lx  (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+           3 - s->ssorient, (unsigned long) printvertex,
+           printvertex[0], printvertex[1]);
+
+  decode(s->ss[6], printtri);
+  if (printtri.tri == m->dummytri) {
+    printf("    [6] = Outer space\n");
+  } else {
+    printf("    [6] = x%lx  %d\n", (unsigned long) printtri.tri,
+           printtri.orient);
+  }
+  decode(s->ss[7], printtri);
+  if (printtri.tri == m->dummytri) {
+    printf("    [7] = Outer space\n");
+  } else {
+    printf("    [7] = x%lx  %d\n", (unsigned long) printtri.tri,
+           printtri.orient);
+  }
+
+  segorg(*s, printvertex);
+  if (printvertex == (vertex) NULL)
+    printf("    Segment origin[%d] = NULL\n", 4 + s->ssorient);
+  else
+    printf("    Segment origin[%d] = x%lx  (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+           4 + s->ssorient, (unsigned long) printvertex,
+           printvertex[0], printvertex[1]);
+  segdest(*s, printvertex);
+  if (printvertex == (vertex) NULL)
+    printf("    Segment dest  [%d] = NULL\n", 5 - s->ssorient);
+  else
+    printf("    Segment dest  [%d] = x%lx  (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+           5 - s->ssorient, (unsigned long) printvertex,
+           printvertex[0], printvertex[1]);
+}
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Debugging routines end here                               *********/
+
+/********* Memory management routines begin here                     *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  poolzero()   Set all of a pool's fields to zero.                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This procedure should never be called on a pool that has any memory      */
+/*  allocated to it, as that memory would leak.                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void poolzero(struct memorypool *pool)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void poolzero(pool)
+struct memorypool *pool;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  pool->firstblock = (VOID **) NULL;
+  pool->nowblock = (VOID **) NULL;
+  pool->nextitem = (VOID *) NULL;
+  pool->deaditemstack = (VOID *) NULL;
+  pool->pathblock = (VOID **) NULL;
+  pool->pathitem = (VOID *) NULL;
+  pool->alignbytes = 0;
+  pool->itembytes = 0;
+  pool->itemsperblock = 0;
+  pool->itemsfirstblock = 0;
+  pool->items = 0;
+  pool->maxitems = 0;
+  pool->unallocateditems = 0;
+  pool->pathitemsleft = 0;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  poolrestart()   Deallocate all items in a pool.                          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The pool is returned to its starting state, except that no memory is     */
+/*  freed to the operating system.  Rather, the previously allocated blocks  */
+/*  are ready to be reused.                                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void poolrestart(struct memorypool *pool)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void poolrestart(pool)
+struct memorypool *pool;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  unsigned long alignptr;
+
+  pool->items = 0;
+  pool->maxitems = 0;
+
+  /* Set the currently active block. */
+  pool->nowblock = pool->firstblock;
+  /* Find the first item in the pool.  Increment by the size of (VOID *). */
+  alignptr = (unsigned long) (pool->nowblock + 1);
+  /* Align the item on an `alignbytes'-byte boundary. */
+  pool->nextitem = (VOID *)
+    (alignptr + (unsigned long) pool->alignbytes -
+     (alignptr % (unsigned long) pool->alignbytes));
+  /* There are lots of unallocated items left in this block. */
+  pool->unallocateditems = pool->itemsfirstblock;
+  /* The stack of deallocated items is empty. */
+  pool->deaditemstack = (VOID *) NULL;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  poolinit()   Initialize a pool of memory for allocation of items.        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This routine initializes the machinery for allocating items.  A `pool'   */
+/*  is created whose records have size at least `bytecount'.  Items will be  */
+/*  allocated in `itemcount'-item blocks.  Each item is assumed to be a      */
+/*  collection of words, and either pointers or floating-point values are    */
+/*  assumed to be the "primary" word type.  (The "primary" word type is used */
+/*  to determine alignment of items.)  If `alignment' isn't zero, all items  */
+/*  will be `alignment'-byte aligned in memory.  `alignment' must be either  */
+/*  a multiple or a factor of the primary word size; powers of two are safe. */
+/*  `alignment' is normally used to create a few unused bits at the bottom   */
+/*  of each item's pointer, in which information may be stored.              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Don't change this routine unless you understand it.                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void poolinit(struct memorypool *pool, int bytecount, int itemcount,
+              int firstitemcount, int alignment)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void poolinit(pool, bytecount, itemcount, firstitemcount, alignment)
+struct memorypool *pool;
+int bytecount;
+int itemcount;
+int firstitemcount;
+int alignment;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  /* Find the proper alignment, which must be at least as large as:   */
+  /*   - The parameter `alignment'.                                   */
+  /*   - sizeof(VOID *), so the stack of dead items can be maintained */
+  /*       without unaligned accesses.                                */
+  if (alignment > sizeof(VOID *)) {
+    pool->alignbytes = alignment;
+  } else {
+    pool->alignbytes = sizeof(VOID *);
+  }
+  pool->itembytes = ((bytecount - 1) / pool->alignbytes + 1) *
+                    pool->alignbytes;
+  pool->itemsperblock = itemcount;
+  if (firstitemcount == 0) {
+    pool->itemsfirstblock = itemcount;
+  } else {
+    pool->itemsfirstblock = firstitemcount;
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate a block of items.  Space for `itemsfirstblock' items and one  */
+  /*   pointer (to point to the next block) are allocated, as well as space */
+  /*   to ensure alignment of the items.                                    */
+  pool->firstblock = (VOID **)
+    trimalloc(pool->itemsfirstblock * pool->itembytes + (int) sizeof(VOID *) +
+              pool->alignbytes);
+  /* Set the next block pointer to NULL. */
+  *(pool->firstblock) = (VOID *) NULL;
+  poolrestart(pool);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  pooldeinit()   Free to the operating system all memory taken by a pool.  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void pooldeinit(struct memorypool *pool)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void pooldeinit(pool)
+struct memorypool *pool;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  while (pool->firstblock != (VOID **) NULL) {
+    pool->nowblock = (VOID **) *(pool->firstblock);
+    trifree((VOID *) pool->firstblock);
+    pool->firstblock = pool->nowblock;
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  poolalloc()   Allocate space for an item.                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+VOID *poolalloc(struct memorypool *pool)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+VOID *poolalloc(pool)
+struct memorypool *pool;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  VOID *newitem;
+  VOID **newblock;
+  unsigned long alignptr;
+
+  /* First check the linked list of dead items.  If the list is not   */
+  /*   empty, allocate an item from the list rather than a fresh one. */
+  if (pool->deaditemstack != (VOID *) NULL) {
+    newitem = pool->deaditemstack;               /* Take first item in list. */
+    pool->deaditemstack = * (VOID **) pool->deaditemstack;
+  } else {
+    /* Check if there are any free items left in the current block. */
+    if (pool->unallocateditems == 0) {
+      /* Check if another block must be allocated. */
+      if (*(pool->nowblock) == (VOID *) NULL) {
+        /* Allocate a new block of items, pointed to by the previous block. */
+        newblock = (VOID **) trimalloc(pool->itemsperblock * pool->itembytes +
+                                       (int) sizeof(VOID *) +
+                                       pool->alignbytes);
+        *(pool->nowblock) = (VOID *) newblock;
+        /* The next block pointer is NULL. */
+        *newblock = (VOID *) NULL;
+      }
+
+      /* Move to the new block. */
+      pool->nowblock = (VOID **) *(pool->nowblock);
+      /* Find the first item in the block.    */
+      /*   Increment by the size of (VOID *). */
+      alignptr = (unsigned long) (pool->nowblock + 1);
+      /* Align the item on an `alignbytes'-byte boundary. */
+      pool->nextitem = (VOID *)
+        (alignptr + (unsigned long) pool->alignbytes -
+         (alignptr % (unsigned long) pool->alignbytes));
+      /* There are lots of unallocated items left in this block. */
+      pool->unallocateditems = pool->itemsperblock;
+    }
+
+    /* Allocate a new item. */
+    newitem = pool->nextitem;
+    /* Advance `nextitem' pointer to next free item in block. */
+    pool->nextitem = (VOID *) ((char *) pool->nextitem + pool->itembytes);
+    pool->unallocateditems--;
+    pool->maxitems++;
+  }
+  pool->items++;
+  return newitem;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  pooldealloc()   Deallocate space for an item.                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The deallocated space is stored in a queue for later reuse.              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void pooldealloc(struct memorypool *pool, VOID *dyingitem)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void pooldealloc(pool, dyingitem)
+struct memorypool *pool;
+VOID *dyingitem;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  /* Push freshly killed item onto stack. */
+  *((VOID **) dyingitem) = pool->deaditemstack;
+  pool->deaditemstack = dyingitem;
+  pool->items--;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  traversalinit()   Prepare to traverse the entire list of items.          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This routine is used in conjunction with traverse().                     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void traversalinit(struct memorypool *pool)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void traversalinit(pool)
+struct memorypool *pool;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  unsigned long alignptr;
+
+  /* Begin the traversal in the first block. */
+  pool->pathblock = pool->firstblock;
+  /* Find the first item in the block.  Increment by the size of (VOID *). */
+  alignptr = (unsigned long) (pool->pathblock + 1);
+  /* Align with item on an `alignbytes'-byte boundary. */
+  pool->pathitem = (VOID *)
+    (alignptr + (unsigned long) pool->alignbytes -
+     (alignptr % (unsigned long) pool->alignbytes));
+  /* Set the number of items left in the current block. */
+  pool->pathitemsleft = pool->itemsfirstblock;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  traverse()   Find the next item in the list.                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This routine is used in conjunction with traversalinit().  Be forewarned */
+/*  that this routine successively returns all items in the list, including  */
+/*  deallocated ones on the deaditemqueue.  It's up to you to figure out     */
+/*  which ones are actually dead.  Why?  I don't want to allocate extra      */
+/*  space just to demarcate dead items.  It can usually be done more         */
+/*  space-efficiently by a routine that knows something about the structure  */
+/*  of the item.                                                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+VOID *traverse(struct memorypool *pool)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+VOID *traverse(pool)
+struct memorypool *pool;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  VOID *newitem;
+  unsigned long alignptr;
+
+  /* Stop upon exhausting the list of items. */
+  if (pool->pathitem == pool->nextitem) {
+    return (VOID *) NULL;
+  }
+
+  /* Check whether any untraversed items remain in the current block. */
+  if (pool->pathitemsleft == 0) {
+    /* Find the next block. */
+    pool->pathblock = (VOID **) *(pool->pathblock);
+    /* Find the first item in the block.  Increment by the size of (VOID *). */
+    alignptr = (unsigned long) (pool->pathblock + 1);
+    /* Align with item on an `alignbytes'-byte boundary. */
+    pool->pathitem = (VOID *)
+      (alignptr + (unsigned long) pool->alignbytes -
+       (alignptr % (unsigned long) pool->alignbytes));
+    /* Set the number of items left in the current block. */
+    pool->pathitemsleft = pool->itemsperblock;
+  }
+
+  newitem = pool->pathitem;
+  /* Find the next item in the block. */
+  pool->pathitem = (VOID *) ((char *) pool->pathitem + pool->itembytes);
+  pool->pathitemsleft--;
+  return newitem;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  dummyinit()   Initialize the triangle that fills "outer space" and the   */
+/*                omnipresent subsegment.                                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The triangle that fills "outer space," called `dummytri', is pointed to  */
+/*  by every triangle and subsegment on a boundary (be it outer or inner) of */
+/*  the triangulation.  Also, `dummytri' points to one of the triangles on   */
+/*  the convex hull (until the holes and concavities are carved), making it  */
+/*  possible to find a starting triangle for point location.                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The omnipresent subsegment, `dummysub', is pointed to by every triangle  */
+/*  or subsegment that doesn't have a full complement of real subsegments    */
+/*  to point to.                                                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `dummytri' and `dummysub' are generally required to fulfill only a few   */
+/*  invariants:  their vertices must remain NULL and `dummytri' must always  */
+/*  be bonded (at offset zero) to some triangle on the convex hull of the    */
+/*  mesh, via a boundary edge.  Otherwise, the connections of `dummytri' and */
+/*  `dummysub' may change willy-nilly.  This makes it possible to avoid      */
+/*  writing a good deal of special-case code (in the edge flip, for example) */
+/*  for dealing with the boundary of the mesh, places where no subsegment is */
+/*  present, and so forth.  Other entities are frequently bonded to          */
+/*  `dummytri' and `dummysub' as if they were real mesh entities, with no    */
+/*  harm done.                                                               */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void dummyinit(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, int trianglebytes,
+               int subsegbytes)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void dummyinit(m, b, trianglebytes, subsegbytes)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+int trianglebytes;
+int subsegbytes;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  unsigned long alignptr;
+
+  /* Set up `dummytri', the `triangle' that occupies "outer space." */
+  m->dummytribase = (triangle *) trimalloc(trianglebytes +
+                                           m->triangles.alignbytes);
+  /* Align `dummytri' on a `triangles.alignbytes'-byte boundary. */
+  alignptr = (unsigned long) m->dummytribase;
+  m->dummytri = (triangle *)
+    (alignptr + (unsigned long) m->triangles.alignbytes -
+     (alignptr % (unsigned long) m->triangles.alignbytes));
+  /* Initialize the three adjoining triangles to be "outer space."  These  */
+  /*   will eventually be changed by various bonding operations, but their */
+  /*   values don't really matter, as long as they can legally be          */
+  /*   dereferenced.                                                       */
+  m->dummytri[0] = (triangle) m->dummytri;
+  m->dummytri[1] = (triangle) m->dummytri;
+  m->dummytri[2] = (triangle) m->dummytri;
+  /* Three NULL vertices. */
+  m->dummytri[3] = (triangle) NULL;
+  m->dummytri[4] = (triangle) NULL;
+  m->dummytri[5] = (triangle) NULL;
+
+  if (b->usesegments) {
+    /* Set up `dummysub', the omnipresent subsegment pointed to by any */
+    /*   triangle side or subsegment end that isn't attached to a real */
+    /*   subsegment.                                                   */
+    m->dummysubbase = (subseg *) trimalloc(subsegbytes +
+                                           m->subsegs.alignbytes);
+    /* Align `dummysub' on a `subsegs.alignbytes'-byte boundary. */
+    alignptr = (unsigned long) m->dummysubbase;
+    m->dummysub = (subseg *)
+      (alignptr + (unsigned long) m->subsegs.alignbytes -
+       (alignptr % (unsigned long) m->subsegs.alignbytes));
+    /* Initialize the two adjoining subsegments to be the omnipresent      */
+    /*   subsegment.  These will eventually be changed by various bonding  */
+    /*   operations, but their values don't really matter, as long as they */
+    /*   can legally be dereferenced.                                      */
+    m->dummysub[0] = (subseg) m->dummysub;
+    m->dummysub[1] = (subseg) m->dummysub;
+    /* Four NULL vertices. */
+    m->dummysub[2] = (subseg) NULL;
+    m->dummysub[3] = (subseg) NULL;
+    m->dummysub[4] = (subseg) NULL;
+    m->dummysub[5] = (subseg) NULL;
+    /* Initialize the two adjoining triangles to be "outer space." */
+    m->dummysub[6] = (subseg) m->dummytri;
+    m->dummysub[7] = (subseg) m->dummytri;
+    /* Set the boundary marker to zero. */
+    * (int *) (m->dummysub + 8) = 0;
+
+    /* Initialize the three adjoining subsegments of `dummytri' to be */
+    /*   the omnipresent subsegment.                                  */
+    m->dummytri[6] = (triangle) m->dummysub;
+    m->dummytri[7] = (triangle) m->dummysub;
+    m->dummytri[8] = (triangle) m->dummysub;
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  initializevertexpool()   Calculate the size of the vertex data structure */
+/*                           and initialize its memory pool.                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This routine also computes the `vertexmarkindex' and `vertex2triindex'   */
+/*  indices used to find values within each vertex.                          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void initializevertexpool(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void initializevertexpool(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  int vertexsize;
+
+  /* The index within each vertex at which the boundary marker is found,    */
+  /*   followed by the vertex type.  Ensure the vertex marker is aligned to */
+  /*   a sizeof(int)-byte address.                                          */
+  m->vertexmarkindex = ((m->mesh_dim + m->nextras) * sizeof(REAL) +
+                        sizeof(int) - 1) /
+                       sizeof(int);
+  vertexsize = (m->vertexmarkindex + 2) * sizeof(int);
+  if (b->poly) {
+    /* The index within each vertex at which a triangle pointer is found.  */
+    /*   Ensure the pointer is aligned to a sizeof(triangle)-byte address. */
+    m->vertex2triindex = (vertexsize + sizeof(triangle) - 1) /
+                         sizeof(triangle);
+    vertexsize = (m->vertex2triindex + 1) * sizeof(triangle);
+  }
+
+  /* Initialize the pool of vertices. */
+  poolinit(&m->vertices, vertexsize, VERTEXPERBLOCK,
+           m->invertices > VERTEXPERBLOCK ? m->invertices : VERTEXPERBLOCK,
+           sizeof(REAL));
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  initializetrisubpools()   Calculate the sizes of the triangle and        */
+/*                            subsegment data structures and initialize      */
+/*                            their memory pools.                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This routine also computes the `highorderindex', `elemattribindex', and  */
+/*  `areaboundindex' indices used to find values within each triangle.       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void initializetrisubpools(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void initializetrisubpools(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  int trisize;
+
+  /* The index within each triangle at which the extra nodes (above three)  */
+  /*   associated with high order elements are found.  There are three      */
+  /*   pointers to other triangles, three pointers to corners, and possibly */
+  /*   three pointers to subsegments before the extra nodes.                */
+  m->highorderindex = 6 + (b->usesegments * 3);
+  /* The number of bytes occupied by a triangle. */
+  trisize = ((b->order + 1) * (b->order + 2) / 2 + (m->highorderindex - 3)) *
+            sizeof(triangle);
+  /* The index within each triangle at which its attributes are found, */
+  /*   where the index is measured in REALs.                           */
+  m->elemattribindex = (trisize + sizeof(REAL) - 1) / sizeof(REAL);
+  /* The index within each triangle at which the maximum area constraint  */
+  /*   is found, where the index is measured in REALs.  Note that if the  */
+  /*   `regionattrib' flag is set, an additional attribute will be added. */
+  m->areaboundindex = m->elemattribindex + m->eextras + b->regionattrib;
+  /* If triangle attributes or an area bound are needed, increase the number */
+  /*   of bytes occupied by a triangle.                                      */
+  if (b->vararea) {
+    trisize = (m->areaboundindex + 1) * sizeof(REAL);
+  } else if (m->eextras + b->regionattrib > 0) {
+    trisize = m->areaboundindex * sizeof(REAL);
+  }
+  /* If a Voronoi diagram or triangle neighbor graph is requested, make    */
+  /*   sure there's room to store an integer index in each triangle.  This */
+  /*   integer index can occupy the same space as the subsegment pointers  */
+  /*   or attributes or area constraint or extra nodes.                    */
+  if ((b->voronoi || b->neighbors) &&
+      (trisize < 6 * sizeof(triangle) + sizeof(int))) {
+    trisize = 6 * sizeof(triangle) + sizeof(int);
+  }
+
+  /* Having determined the memory size of a triangle, initialize the pool. */
+  poolinit(&m->triangles, trisize, TRIPERBLOCK,
+           (2 * m->invertices - 2) > TRIPERBLOCK ? (2 * m->invertices - 2) :
+           TRIPERBLOCK, 4);
+
+  if (b->usesegments) {
+    /* Initialize the pool of subsegments.  Take into account all eight */
+    /*   pointers and one boundary marker.                              */
+    poolinit(&m->subsegs, 8 * sizeof(triangle) + sizeof(int),
+             SUBSEGPERBLOCK, SUBSEGPERBLOCK, 4);
+
+    /* Initialize the "outer space" triangle and omnipresent subsegment. */
+    dummyinit(m, b, m->triangles.itembytes, m->subsegs.itembytes);
+  } else {
+    /* Initialize the "outer space" triangle. */
+    dummyinit(m, b, m->triangles.itembytes, 0);
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  triangledealloc()   Deallocate space for a triangle, marking it dead.    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void triangledealloc(struct mesh *m, triangle *dyingtriangle)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void triangledealloc(m, dyingtriangle)
+struct mesh *m;
+triangle *dyingtriangle;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  /* Mark the triangle as dead.  This makes it possible to detect dead */
+  /*   triangles when traversing the list of all triangles.            */
+  killtri(dyingtriangle);
+  pooldealloc(&m->triangles, (VOID *) dyingtriangle);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  triangletraverse()   Traverse the triangles, skipping dead ones.         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+triangle *triangletraverse(struct mesh *m)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+triangle *triangletraverse(m)
+struct mesh *m;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  triangle *newtriangle;
+
+  do {
+    newtriangle = (triangle *) traverse(&m->triangles);
+    if (newtriangle == (triangle *) NULL) {
+      return (triangle *) NULL;
+    }
+  } while (deadtri(newtriangle));                         /* Skip dead ones. */
+  return newtriangle;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  subsegdealloc()   Deallocate space for a subsegment, marking it dead.    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void subsegdealloc(struct mesh *m, subseg *dyingsubseg)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void subsegdealloc(m, dyingsubseg)
+struct mesh *m;
+subseg *dyingsubseg;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  /* Mark the subsegment as dead.  This makes it possible to detect dead */
+  /*   subsegments when traversing the list of all subsegments.          */
+  killsubseg(dyingsubseg);
+  pooldealloc(&m->subsegs, (VOID *) dyingsubseg);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  subsegtraverse()   Traverse the subsegments, skipping dead ones.         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+subseg *subsegtraverse(struct mesh *m)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+subseg *subsegtraverse(m)
+struct mesh *m;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  subseg *newsubseg;
+
+  do {
+    newsubseg = (subseg *) traverse(&m->subsegs);
+    if (newsubseg == (subseg *) NULL) {
+      return (subseg *) NULL;
+    }
+  } while (deadsubseg(newsubseg));                        /* Skip dead ones. */
+  return newsubseg;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  vertexdealloc()   Deallocate space for a vertex, marking it dead.        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void vertexdealloc(struct mesh *m, vertex dyingvertex)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void vertexdealloc(m, dyingvertex)
+struct mesh *m;
+vertex dyingvertex;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  /* Mark the vertex as dead.  This makes it possible to detect dead */
+  /*   vertices when traversing the list of all vertices.            */
+  setvertextype(dyingvertex, DEADVERTEX);
+  pooldealloc(&m->vertices, (VOID *) dyingvertex);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  vertextraverse()   Traverse the vertices, skipping dead ones.            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+vertex vertextraverse(struct mesh *m)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+vertex vertextraverse(m)
+struct mesh *m;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  vertex newvertex;
+
+  do {
+    newvertex = (vertex) traverse(&m->vertices);
+    if (newvertex == (vertex) NULL) {
+      return (vertex) NULL;
+    }
+  } while (vertextype(newvertex) == DEADVERTEX);          /* Skip dead ones. */
+  return newvertex;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  badsubsegdealloc()   Deallocate space for a bad subsegment, marking it   */
+/*                       dead.                                               */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void badsubsegdealloc(struct mesh *m, struct badsubseg *dyingseg)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void badsubsegdealloc(m, dyingseg)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct badsubseg *dyingseg;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  /* Set subsegment's origin to NULL.  This makes it possible to detect dead */
+  /*   badsubsegs when traversing the list of all badsubsegs             .   */
+  dyingseg->subsegorg = (vertex) NULL;
+  pooldealloc(&m->badsubsegs, (VOID *) dyingseg);
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  badsubsegtraverse()   Traverse the bad subsegments, skipping dead ones.  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+struct badsubseg *badsubsegtraverse(struct mesh *m)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+struct badsubseg *badsubsegtraverse(m)
+struct mesh *m;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct badsubseg *newseg;
+
+  do {
+    newseg = (struct badsubseg *) traverse(&m->badsubsegs);
+    if (newseg == (struct badsubseg *) NULL) {
+      return (struct badsubseg *) NULL;
+    }
+  } while (newseg->subsegorg == (vertex) NULL);           /* Skip dead ones. */
+  return newseg;
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  getvertex()   Get a specific vertex, by number, from the list.           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The first vertex is number 'firstnumber'.                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Note that this takes O(n) time (with a small constant, if VERTEXPERBLOCK */
+/*  is large).  I don't care to take the trouble to make it work in constant */
+/*  time.                                                                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+vertex getvertex(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, int number)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+vertex getvertex(m, b, number)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+int number;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  VOID **getblock;
+  char *foundvertex;
+  unsigned long alignptr;
+  int current;
+
+  getblock = m->vertices.firstblock;
+  current = b->firstnumber;
+
+  /* Find the right block. */
+  if (current + m->vertices.itemsfirstblock <= number) {
+    getblock = (VOID **) *getblock;
+    current += m->vertices.itemsfirstblock;
+    while (current + m->vertices.itemsperblock <= number) {
+      getblock = (VOID **) *getblock;
+      current += m->vertices.itemsperblock;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Now find the right vertex. */
+  alignptr = (unsigned long) (getblock + 1);
+  foundvertex = (char *) (alignptr + (unsigned long) m->vertices.alignbytes -
+                          (alignptr % (unsigned long) m->vertices.alignbytes));
+  return (vertex) (foundvertex + m->vertices.itembytes * (number - current));
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  triangledeinit()   Free all remaining allocated memory.                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void triangledeinit(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void triangledeinit(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  pooldeinit(&m->triangles);
+  trifree((VOID *) m->dummytribase);
+  if (b->usesegments) {
+    pooldeinit(&m->subsegs);
+    trifree((VOID *) m->dummysubbase);
+  }
+  pooldeinit(&m->vertices);
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+  if (b->quality) {
+    pooldeinit(&m->badsubsegs);
+    if ((b->minangle > 0.0) || b->vararea || b->fixedarea || b->usertest) {
+      pooldeinit(&m->badtriangles);
+      pooldeinit(&m->flipstackers);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+}
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Memory management routines end here                       *********/
+
+/********* Constructors begin here                                   *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  maketriangle()   Create a new triangle with orientation zero.            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void maketriangle(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, struct otri *newotri)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void maketriangle(m, b, newotri)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *newotri;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  int i;
+
+  newotri->tri = (triangle *) poolalloc(&m->triangles);
+  /* Initialize the three adjoining triangles to be "outer space". */
+  newotri->tri[0] = (triangle) m->dummytri;
+  newotri->tri[1] = (triangle) m->dummytri;
+  newotri->tri[2] = (triangle) m->dummytri;
+  /* Three NULL vertices. */
+  newotri->tri[3] = (triangle) NULL;
+  newotri->tri[4] = (triangle) NULL;
+  newotri->tri[5] = (triangle) NULL;
+  if (b->usesegments) {
+    /* Initialize the three adjoining subsegments to be the omnipresent */
+    /*   subsegment.                                                    */
+    newotri->tri[6] = (triangle) m->dummysub;
+    newotri->tri[7] = (triangle) m->dummysub;
+    newotri->tri[8] = (triangle) m->dummysub;
+  }
+  for (i = 0; i < m->eextras; i++) {
+    setelemattribute(*newotri, i, 0.0);
+  }
+  if (b->vararea) {
+    setareabound(*newotri, -1.0);
+  }
+
+  newotri->orient = 0;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  makesubseg()   Create a new subsegment with orientation zero.            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void makesubseg(struct mesh *m, struct osub *newsubseg)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void makesubseg(m, newsubseg)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct osub *newsubseg;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  newsubseg->ss = (subseg *) poolalloc(&m->subsegs);
+  /* Initialize the two adjoining subsegments to be the omnipresent */
+  /*   subsegment.                                                  */
+  newsubseg->ss[0] = (subseg) m->dummysub;
+  newsubseg->ss[1] = (subseg) m->dummysub;
+  /* Four NULL vertices. */
+  newsubseg->ss[2] = (subseg) NULL;
+  newsubseg->ss[3] = (subseg) NULL;
+  newsubseg->ss[4] = (subseg) NULL;
+  newsubseg->ss[5] = (subseg) NULL;
+  /* Initialize the two adjoining triangles to be "outer space." */
+  newsubseg->ss[6] = (subseg) m->dummytri;
+  newsubseg->ss[7] = (subseg) m->dummytri;
+  /* Set the boundary marker to zero. */
+  setmark(*newsubseg, 0);
+
+  newsubseg->ssorient = 0;
+}
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Constructors end here                                     *********/
+
+/********* Geometric primitives begin here                           *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/* The adaptive exact arithmetic geometric predicates implemented herein are */
+/*   described in detail in my paper, "Adaptive Precision Floating-Point     */
+/*   Arithmetic and Fast Robust Geometric Predicates."  See the header for a */
+/*   full citation.                                                          */
+
+/* Which of the following two methods of finding the absolute values is      */
+/*   fastest is compiler-dependent.  A few compilers can inline and optimize */
+/*   the fabs() call; but most will incur the overhead of a function call,   */
+/*   which is disastrously slow.  A faster way on IEEE machines might be to  */
+/*   mask the appropriate bit, but that's difficult to do in C without       */
+/*   forcing the value to be stored to memory (rather than be kept in the    */
+/*   register to which the optimizer assigned it).                           */
+
+#define Absolute(a)  ((a) >= 0.0 ? (a) : -(a))
+/* #define Absolute(a)  fabs(a) */
+
+/* Many of the operations are broken up into two pieces, a main part that    */
+/*   performs an approximate operation, and a "tail" that computes the       */
+/*   roundoff error of that operation.                                       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/* The operations Fast_Two_Sum(), Fast_Two_Diff(), Two_Sum(), Two_Diff(),    */
+/*   Split(), and Two_Product() are all implemented as described in the      */
+/*   reference.  Each of these macros requires certain variables to be       */
+/*   defined in the calling routine.  The variables `bvirt', `c', `abig',    */
+/*   `_i', `_j', `_k', `_l', `_m', and `_n' are declared `INEXACT' because   */
+/*   they store the result of an operation that may incur roundoff error.    */
+/*   The input parameter `x' (or the highest numbered `x_' parameter) must   */
+/*   also be declared `INEXACT'.                                             */
+
+#define Fast_Two_Sum_Tail(a, b, x, y) \
+  bvirt = x - a; \
+  y = b - bvirt
+
+#define Fast_Two_Sum(a, b, x, y) \
+  x = (REAL) (a + b); \
+  Fast_Two_Sum_Tail(a, b, x, y)
+
+#define Two_Sum_Tail(a, b, x, y) \
+  bvirt = (REAL) (x - a); \
+  avirt = x - bvirt; \
+  bround = b - bvirt; \
+  around = a - avirt; \
+  y = around + bround
+
+#define Two_Sum(a, b, x, y) \
+  x = (REAL) (a + b); \
+  Two_Sum_Tail(a, b, x, y)
+
+#define Two_Diff_Tail(a, b, x, y) \
+  bvirt = (REAL) (a - x); \
+  avirt = x + bvirt; \
+  bround = bvirt - b; \
+  around = a - avirt; \
+  y = around + bround
+
+#define Two_Diff(a, b, x, y) \
+  x = (REAL) (a - b); \
+  Two_Diff_Tail(a, b, x, y)
+
+#define Split(a, ahi, alo) \
+  c = (REAL) (splitter * a); \
+  abig = (REAL) (c - a); \
+  ahi = c - abig; \
+  alo = a - ahi
+
+#define Two_Product_Tail(a, b, x, y) \
+  Split(a, ahi, alo); \
+  Split(b, bhi, blo); \
+  err1 = x - (ahi * bhi); \
+  err2 = err1 - (alo * bhi); \
+  err3 = err2 - (ahi * blo); \
+  y = (alo * blo) - err3
+
+#define Two_Product(a, b, x, y) \
+  x = (REAL) (a * b); \
+  Two_Product_Tail(a, b, x, y)
+
+/* Two_Product_Presplit() is Two_Product() where one of the inputs has       */
+/*   already been split.  Avoids redundant splitting.                        */
+
+#define Two_Product_Presplit(a, b, bhi, blo, x, y) \
+  x = (REAL) (a * b); \
+  Split(a, ahi, alo); \
+  err1 = x - (ahi * bhi); \
+  err2 = err1 - (alo * bhi); \
+  err3 = err2 - (ahi * blo); \
+  y = (alo * blo) - err3
+
+/* Square() can be done more quickly than Two_Product().                     */
+
+#define Square_Tail(a, x, y) \
+  Split(a, ahi, alo); \
+  err1 = x - (ahi * ahi); \
+  err3 = err1 - ((ahi + ahi) * alo); \
+  y = (alo * alo) - err3
+
+#define Square(a, x, y) \
+  x = (REAL) (a * a); \
+  Square_Tail(a, x, y)
+
+/* Macros for summing expansions of various fixed lengths.  These are all    */
+/*   unrolled versions of Expansion_Sum().                                   */
+
+#define Two_One_Sum(a1, a0, b, x2, x1, x0) \
+  Two_Sum(a0, b , _i, x0); \
+  Two_Sum(a1, _i, x2, x1)
+
+#define Two_One_Diff(a1, a0, b, x2, x1, x0) \
+  Two_Diff(a0, b , _i, x0); \
+  Two_Sum( a1, _i, x2, x1)
+
+#define Two_Two_Sum(a1, a0, b1, b0, x3, x2, x1, x0) \
+  Two_One_Sum(a1, a0, b0, _j, _0, x0); \
+  Two_One_Sum(_j, _0, b1, x3, x2, x1)
+
+#define Two_Two_Diff(a1, a0, b1, b0, x3, x2, x1, x0) \
+  Two_One_Diff(a1, a0, b0, _j, _0, x0); \
+  Two_One_Diff(_j, _0, b1, x3, x2, x1)
+
+/* Macro for multiplying a two-component expansion by a single component.    */
+
+#define Two_One_Product(a1, a0, b, x3, x2, x1, x0) \
+  Split(b, bhi, blo); \
+  Two_Product_Presplit(a0, b, bhi, blo, _i, x0); \
+  Two_Product_Presplit(a1, b, bhi, blo, _j, _0); \
+  Two_Sum(_i, _0, _k, x1); \
+  Fast_Two_Sum(_j, _k, x3, x2)
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  exactinit()   Initialize the variables used for exact arithmetic.        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `epsilon' is the largest power of two such that 1.0 + epsilon = 1.0 in   */
+/*  floating-point arithmetic.  `epsilon' bounds the relative roundoff       */
+/*  error.  It is used for floating-point error analysis.                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `splitter' is used to split floating-point numbers into two half-        */
+/*  length significands for exact multiplication.                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  I imagine that a highly optimizing compiler might be too smart for its   */
+/*  own good, and somehow cause this routine to fail, if it pretends that    */
+/*  floating-point arithmetic is too much like real arithmetic.              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Don't change this routine unless you fully understand it.                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+void exactinit()
+{
+  REAL half;
+  REAL check, lastcheck;
+  int every_other;
+#ifdef LINUX
+  int cword;
+#endif /* LINUX */
+
+#ifdef CPU86
+#ifdef SINGLE
+  _control87(_PC_24, _MCW_PC); /* Set FPU control word for single precision. */
+#else /* not SINGLE */
+  _control87(_PC_53, _MCW_PC); /* Set FPU control word for double precision. */
+#endif /* not SINGLE */
+#endif /* CPU86 */
+#ifdef LINUX
+#ifdef SINGLE
+  /*  cword = 4223; */
+  cword = 4210;                 /* set FPU control word for single precision */
+#else /* not SINGLE */
+  /*  cword = 4735; */
+  cword = 4722;                 /* set FPU control word for double precision */
+#endif /* not SINGLE */
+  _FPU_SETCW(cword);
+#endif /* LINUX */
+
+  every_other = 1;
+  half = 0.5;
+  epsilon = 1.0;
+  splitter = 1.0;
+  check = 1.0;
+  /* Repeatedly divide `epsilon' by two until it is too small to add to      */
+  /*   one without causing roundoff.  (Also check if the sum is equal to     */
+  /*   the previous sum, for machines that round up instead of using exact   */
+  /*   rounding.  Not that these routines will work on such machines.)       */
+  do {
+    lastcheck = check;
+    epsilon *= half;
+    if (every_other) {
+      splitter *= 2.0;
+    }
+    every_other = !every_other;
+    check = 1.0 + epsilon;
+  } while ((check != 1.0) && (check != lastcheck));
+  splitter += 1.0;
+  /* Error bounds for orientation and incircle tests. */
+  resulterrbound = (3.0 + 8.0 * epsilon) * epsilon;
+  ccwerrboundA = (3.0 + 16.0 * epsilon) * epsilon;
+  ccwerrboundB = (2.0 + 12.0 * epsilon) * epsilon;
+  ccwerrboundC = (9.0 + 64.0 * epsilon) * epsilon * epsilon;
+  iccerrboundA = (10.0 + 96.0 * epsilon) * epsilon;
+  iccerrboundB = (4.0 + 48.0 * epsilon) * epsilon;
+  iccerrboundC = (44.0 + 576.0 * epsilon) * epsilon * epsilon;
+  o3derrboundA = (7.0 + 56.0 * epsilon) * epsilon;
+  o3derrboundB = (3.0 + 28.0 * epsilon) * epsilon;
+  o3derrboundC = (26.0 + 288.0 * epsilon) * epsilon * epsilon;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim()   Sum two expansions, eliminating zero     */
+/*                                  components from the output expansion.    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Sets h = e + f.  See my Robust Predicates paper for details.             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  If round-to-even is used (as with IEEE 754), maintains the strongly      */
+/*  nonoverlapping property.  (That is, if e is strongly nonoverlapping, h   */
+/*  will be also.)  Does NOT maintain the nonoverlapping or nonadjacent      */
+/*  properties.                                                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+int fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(int elen, REAL *e, int flen, REAL *f, REAL *h)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+int fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(elen, e, flen, f, h)  /* h cannot be e or f. */
+int elen;
+REAL *e;
+int flen;
+REAL *f;
+REAL *h;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  REAL Q;
+  INEXACT REAL Qnew;
+  INEXACT REAL hh;
+  INEXACT REAL bvirt;
+  REAL avirt, bround, around;
+  int eindex, findex, hindex;
+  REAL enow, fnow;
+
+  enow = e[0];
+  fnow = f[0];
+  eindex = findex = 0;
+  if ((fnow > enow) == (fnow > -enow)) {
+    Q = enow;
+    enow = e[++eindex];
+  } else {
+    Q = fnow;
+    fnow = f[++findex];
+  }
+  hindex = 0;
+  if ((eindex < elen) && (findex < flen)) {
+    if ((fnow > enow) == (fnow > -enow)) {
+      Fast_Two_Sum(enow, Q, Qnew, hh);
+      enow = e[++eindex];
+    } else {
+      Fast_Two_Sum(fnow, Q, Qnew, hh);
+      fnow = f[++findex];
+    }
+    Q = Qnew;
+    if (hh != 0.0) {
+      h[hindex++] = hh;
+    }
+    while ((eindex < elen) && (findex < flen)) {
+      if ((fnow > enow) == (fnow > -enow)) {
+        Two_Sum(Q, enow, Qnew, hh);
+        enow = e[++eindex];
+      } else {
+        Two_Sum(Q, fnow, Qnew, hh);
+        fnow = f[++findex];
+      }
+      Q = Qnew;
+      if (hh != 0.0) {
+        h[hindex++] = hh;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  while (eindex < elen) {
+    Two_Sum(Q, enow, Qnew, hh);
+    enow = e[++eindex];
+    Q = Qnew;
+    if (hh != 0.0) {
+      h[hindex++] = hh;
+    }
+  }
+  while (findex < flen) {
+    Two_Sum(Q, fnow, Qnew, hh);
+    fnow = f[++findex];
+    Q = Qnew;
+    if (hh != 0.0) {
+      h[hindex++] = hh;
+    }
+  }
+  if ((Q != 0.0) || (hindex == 0)) {
+    h[hindex++] = Q;
+  }
+  return hindex;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  scale_expansion_zeroelim()   Multiply an expansion by a scalar,          */
+/*                               eliminating zero components from the        */
+/*                               output expansion.                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Sets h = be.  See my Robust Predicates paper for details.                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Maintains the nonoverlapping property.  If round-to-even is used (as     */
+/*  with IEEE 754), maintains the strongly nonoverlapping and nonadjacent    */
+/*  properties as well.  (That is, if e has one of these properties, so      */
+/*  will h.)                                                                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+int scale_expansion_zeroelim(int elen, REAL *e, REAL b, REAL *h)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+int scale_expansion_zeroelim(elen, e, b, h)   /* e and h cannot be the same. */
+int elen;
+REAL *e;
+REAL b;
+REAL *h;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  INEXACT REAL Q, sum;
+  REAL hh;
+  INEXACT REAL product1;
+  REAL product0;
+  int eindex, hindex;
+  REAL enow;
+  INEXACT REAL bvirt;
+  REAL avirt, bround, around;
+  INEXACT REAL c;
+  INEXACT REAL abig;
+  REAL ahi, alo, bhi, blo;
+  REAL err1, err2, err3;
+
+  Split(b, bhi, blo);
+  Two_Product_Presplit(e[0], b, bhi, blo, Q, hh);
+  hindex = 0;
+  if (hh != 0) {
+    h[hindex++] = hh;
+  }
+  for (eindex = 1; eindex < elen; eindex++) {
+    enow = e[eindex];
+    Two_Product_Presplit(enow, b, bhi, blo, product1, product0);
+    Two_Sum(Q, product0, sum, hh);
+    if (hh != 0) {
+      h[hindex++] = hh;
+    }
+    Fast_Two_Sum(product1, sum, Q, hh);
+    if (hh != 0) {
+      h[hindex++] = hh;
+    }
+  }
+  if ((Q != 0.0) || (hindex == 0)) {
+    h[hindex++] = Q;
+  }
+  return hindex;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  estimate()   Produce a one-word estimate of an expansion's value.        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  See my Robust Predicates paper for details.                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+REAL estimate(int elen, REAL *e)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+REAL estimate(elen, e)
+int elen;
+REAL *e;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  REAL Q;
+  int eindex;
+
+  Q = e[0];
+  for (eindex = 1; eindex < elen; eindex++) {
+    Q += e[eindex];
+  }
+  return Q;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  counterclockwise()   Return a positive value if the points pa, pb, and   */
+/*                       pc occur in counterclockwise order; a negative      */
+/*                       value if they occur in clockwise order; and zero    */
+/*                       if they are collinear.  The result is also a rough  */
+/*                       approximation of twice the signed area of the       */
+/*                       triangle defined by the three points.               */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Uses exact arithmetic if necessary to ensure a correct answer.  The      */
+/*  result returned is the determinant of a matrix.  This determinant is     */
+/*  computed adaptively, in the sense that exact arithmetic is used only to  */
+/*  the degree it is needed to ensure that the returned value has the        */
+/*  correct sign.  Hence, this function is usually quite fast, but will run  */
+/*  more slowly when the input points are collinear or nearly so.            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  See my Robust Predicates paper for details.                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+REAL counterclockwiseadapt(vertex pa, vertex pb, vertex pc, REAL detsum)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+REAL counterclockwiseadapt(pa, pb, pc, detsum)
+vertex pa;
+vertex pb;
+vertex pc;
+REAL detsum;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  INEXACT REAL acx, acy, bcx, bcy;
+  REAL acxtail, acytail, bcxtail, bcytail;
+  INEXACT REAL detleft, detright;
+  REAL detlefttail, detrighttail;
+  REAL det, errbound;
+  REAL B[4], C1[8], C2[12], D[16];
+  INEXACT REAL B3;
+  int C1length, C2length, Dlength;
+  REAL u[4];
+  INEXACT REAL u3;
+  INEXACT REAL s1, t1;
+  REAL s0, t0;
+
+  INEXACT REAL bvirt;
+  REAL avirt, bround, around;
+  INEXACT REAL c;
+  INEXACT REAL abig;
+  REAL ahi, alo, bhi, blo;
+  REAL err1, err2, err3;
+  INEXACT REAL _i, _j;
+  REAL _0;
+
+  acx = (REAL) (pa[0] - pc[0]);
+  bcx = (REAL) (pb[0] - pc[0]);
+  acy = (REAL) (pa[1] - pc[1]);
+  bcy = (REAL) (pb[1] - pc[1]);
+
+  Two_Product(acx, bcy, detleft, detlefttail);
+  Two_Product(acy, bcx, detright, detrighttail);
+
+  Two_Two_Diff(detleft, detlefttail, detright, detrighttail,
+               B3, B[2], B[1], B[0]);
+  B[3] = B3;
+
+  det = estimate(4, B);
+  errbound = ccwerrboundB * detsum;
+  if ((det >= errbound) || (-det >= errbound)) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pa[0], pc[0], acx, acxtail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pb[0], pc[0], bcx, bcxtail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pa[1], pc[1], acy, acytail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pb[1], pc[1], bcy, bcytail);
+
+  if ((acxtail == 0.0) && (acytail == 0.0)
+      && (bcxtail == 0.0) && (bcytail == 0.0)) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  errbound = ccwerrboundC * detsum + resulterrbound * Absolute(det);
+  det += (acx * bcytail + bcy * acxtail)
+       - (acy * bcxtail + bcx * acytail);
+  if ((det >= errbound) || (-det >= errbound)) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  Two_Product(acxtail, bcy, s1, s0);
+  Two_Product(acytail, bcx, t1, t0);
+  Two_Two_Diff(s1, s0, t1, t0, u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+  u[3] = u3;
+  C1length = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(4, B, 4, u, C1);
+
+  Two_Product(acx, bcytail, s1, s0);
+  Two_Product(acy, bcxtail, t1, t0);
+  Two_Two_Diff(s1, s0, t1, t0, u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+  u[3] = u3;
+  C2length = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(C1length, C1, 4, u, C2);
+
+  Two_Product(acxtail, bcytail, s1, s0);
+  Two_Product(acytail, bcxtail, t1, t0);
+  Two_Two_Diff(s1, s0, t1, t0, u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+  u[3] = u3;
+  Dlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(C2length, C2, 4, u, D);
+
+  return(D[Dlength - 1]);
+}
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+REAL counterclockwise(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                      vertex pa, vertex pb, vertex pc)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+REAL counterclockwise(m, b, pa, pb, pc)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+vertex pa;
+vertex pb;
+vertex pc;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  REAL detleft, detright, det;
+  REAL detsum, errbound;
+
+  m->counterclockcount++;
+
+  detleft = (pa[0] - pc[0]) * (pb[1] - pc[1]);
+  detright = (pa[1] - pc[1]) * (pb[0] - pc[0]);
+  det = detleft - detright;
+
+  if (b->noexact) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  if (detleft > 0.0) {
+    if (detright <= 0.0) {
+      return det;
+    } else {
+      detsum = detleft + detright;
+    }
+  } else if (detleft < 0.0) {
+    if (detright >= 0.0) {
+      return det;
+    } else {
+      detsum = -detleft - detright;
+    }
+  } else {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  errbound = ccwerrboundA * detsum;
+  if ((det >= errbound) || (-det >= errbound)) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  return counterclockwiseadapt(pa, pb, pc, detsum);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  incircle()   Return a positive value if the point pd lies inside the     */
+/*               circle passing through pa, pb, and pc; a negative value if  */
+/*               it lies outside; and zero if the four points are cocircular.*/
+/*               The points pa, pb, and pc must be in counterclockwise       */
+/*               order, or the sign of the result will be reversed.          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Uses exact arithmetic if necessary to ensure a correct answer.  The      */
+/*  result returned is the determinant of a matrix.  This determinant is     */
+/*  computed adaptively, in the sense that exact arithmetic is used only to  */
+/*  the degree it is needed to ensure that the returned value has the        */
+/*  correct sign.  Hence, this function is usually quite fast, but will run  */
+/*  more slowly when the input points are cocircular or nearly so.           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  See my Robust Predicates paper for details.                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+REAL incircleadapt(vertex pa, vertex pb, vertex pc, vertex pd, REAL permanent)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+REAL incircleadapt(pa, pb, pc, pd, permanent)
+vertex pa;
+vertex pb;
+vertex pc;
+vertex pd;
+REAL permanent;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  INEXACT REAL adx, bdx, cdx, ady, bdy, cdy;
+  REAL det, errbound;
+
+  INEXACT REAL bdxcdy1, cdxbdy1, cdxady1, adxcdy1, adxbdy1, bdxady1;
+  REAL bdxcdy0, cdxbdy0, cdxady0, adxcdy0, adxbdy0, bdxady0;
+  REAL bc[4], ca[4], ab[4];
+  INEXACT REAL bc3, ca3, ab3;
+  REAL axbc[8], axxbc[16], aybc[8], ayybc[16], adet[32];
+  int axbclen, axxbclen, aybclen, ayybclen, alen;
+  REAL bxca[8], bxxca[16], byca[8], byyca[16], bdet[32];
+  int bxcalen, bxxcalen, bycalen, byycalen, blen;
+  REAL cxab[8], cxxab[16], cyab[8], cyyab[16], cdet[32];
+  int cxablen, cxxablen, cyablen, cyyablen, clen;
+  REAL abdet[64];
+  int ablen;
+  REAL fin1[1152], fin2[1152];
+  REAL *finnow, *finother, *finswap;
+  int finlength;
+
+  REAL adxtail, bdxtail, cdxtail, adytail, bdytail, cdytail;
+  INEXACT REAL adxadx1, adyady1, bdxbdx1, bdybdy1, cdxcdx1, cdycdy1;
+  REAL adxadx0, adyady0, bdxbdx0, bdybdy0, cdxcdx0, cdycdy0;
+  REAL aa[4], bb[4], cc[4];
+  INEXACT REAL aa3, bb3, cc3;
+  INEXACT REAL ti1, tj1;
+  REAL ti0, tj0;
+  REAL u[4], v[4];
+  INEXACT REAL u3, v3;
+  REAL temp8[8], temp16a[16], temp16b[16], temp16c[16];
+  REAL temp32a[32], temp32b[32], temp48[48], temp64[64];
+  int temp8len, temp16alen, temp16blen, temp16clen;
+  int temp32alen, temp32blen, temp48len, temp64len;
+  REAL axtbb[8], axtcc[8], aytbb[8], aytcc[8];
+  int axtbblen, axtcclen, aytbblen, aytcclen;
+  REAL bxtaa[8], bxtcc[8], bytaa[8], bytcc[8];
+  int bxtaalen, bxtcclen, bytaalen, bytcclen;
+  REAL cxtaa[8], cxtbb[8], cytaa[8], cytbb[8];
+  int cxtaalen, cxtbblen, cytaalen, cytbblen;
+  REAL axtbc[8], aytbc[8], bxtca[8], bytca[8], cxtab[8], cytab[8];
+  int axtbclen, aytbclen, bxtcalen, bytcalen, cxtablen, cytablen;
+  REAL axtbct[16], aytbct[16], bxtcat[16], bytcat[16], cxtabt[16], cytabt[16];
+  int axtbctlen, aytbctlen, bxtcatlen, bytcatlen, cxtabtlen, cytabtlen;
+  REAL axtbctt[8], aytbctt[8], bxtcatt[8];
+  REAL bytcatt[8], cxtabtt[8], cytabtt[8];
+  int axtbcttlen, aytbcttlen, bxtcattlen, bytcattlen, cxtabttlen, cytabttlen;
+  REAL abt[8], bct[8], cat[8];
+  int abtlen, bctlen, catlen;
+  REAL abtt[4], bctt[4], catt[4];
+  int abttlen, bcttlen, cattlen;
+  INEXACT REAL abtt3, bctt3, catt3;
+  REAL negate;
+
+  INEXACT REAL bvirt;
+  REAL avirt, bround, around;
+  INEXACT REAL c;
+  INEXACT REAL abig;
+  REAL ahi, alo, bhi, blo;
+  REAL err1, err2, err3;
+  INEXACT REAL _i, _j;
+  REAL _0;
+
+  adx = (REAL) (pa[0] - pd[0]);
+  bdx = (REAL) (pb[0] - pd[0]);
+  cdx = (REAL) (pc[0] - pd[0]);
+  ady = (REAL) (pa[1] - pd[1]);
+  bdy = (REAL) (pb[1] - pd[1]);
+  cdy = (REAL) (pc[1] - pd[1]);
+
+  Two_Product(bdx, cdy, bdxcdy1, bdxcdy0);
+  Two_Product(cdx, bdy, cdxbdy1, cdxbdy0);
+  Two_Two_Diff(bdxcdy1, bdxcdy0, cdxbdy1, cdxbdy0, bc3, bc[2], bc[1], bc[0]);
+  bc[3] = bc3;
+  axbclen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, bc, adx, axbc);
+  axxbclen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(axbclen, axbc, adx, axxbc);
+  aybclen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, bc, ady, aybc);
+  ayybclen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(aybclen, aybc, ady, ayybc);
+  alen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(axxbclen, axxbc, ayybclen, ayybc, adet);
+
+  Two_Product(cdx, ady, cdxady1, cdxady0);
+  Two_Product(adx, cdy, adxcdy1, adxcdy0);
+  Two_Two_Diff(cdxady1, cdxady0, adxcdy1, adxcdy0, ca3, ca[2], ca[1], ca[0]);
+  ca[3] = ca3;
+  bxcalen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, ca, bdx, bxca);
+  bxxcalen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bxcalen, bxca, bdx, bxxca);
+  bycalen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, ca, bdy, byca);
+  byycalen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bycalen, byca, bdy, byyca);
+  blen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(bxxcalen, bxxca, byycalen, byyca, bdet);
+
+  Two_Product(adx, bdy, adxbdy1, adxbdy0);
+  Two_Product(bdx, ady, bdxady1, bdxady0);
+  Two_Two_Diff(adxbdy1, adxbdy0, bdxady1, bdxady0, ab3, ab[2], ab[1], ab[0]);
+  ab[3] = ab3;
+  cxablen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, ab, cdx, cxab);
+  cxxablen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cxablen, cxab, cdx, cxxab);
+  cyablen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, ab, cdy, cyab);
+  cyyablen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cyablen, cyab, cdy, cyyab);
+  clen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(cxxablen, cxxab, cyyablen, cyyab, cdet);
+
+  ablen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(alen, adet, blen, bdet, abdet);
+  finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(ablen, abdet, clen, cdet, fin1);
+
+  det = estimate(finlength, fin1);
+  errbound = iccerrboundB * permanent;
+  if ((det >= errbound) || (-det >= errbound)) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pa[0], pd[0], adx, adxtail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pa[1], pd[1], ady, adytail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pb[0], pd[0], bdx, bdxtail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pb[1], pd[1], bdy, bdytail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pc[0], pd[0], cdx, cdxtail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pc[1], pd[1], cdy, cdytail);
+  if ((adxtail == 0.0) && (bdxtail == 0.0) && (cdxtail == 0.0)
+      && (adytail == 0.0) && (bdytail == 0.0) && (cdytail == 0.0)) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  errbound = iccerrboundC * permanent + resulterrbound * Absolute(det);
+  det += ((adx * adx + ady * ady) * ((bdx * cdytail + cdy * bdxtail)
+                                     - (bdy * cdxtail + cdx * bdytail))
+          + 2.0 * (adx * adxtail + ady * adytail) * (bdx * cdy - bdy * cdx))
+       + ((bdx * bdx + bdy * bdy) * ((cdx * adytail + ady * cdxtail)
+                                     - (cdy * adxtail + adx * cdytail))
+          + 2.0 * (bdx * bdxtail + bdy * bdytail) * (cdx * ady - cdy * adx))
+       + ((cdx * cdx + cdy * cdy) * ((adx * bdytail + bdy * adxtail)
+                                     - (ady * bdxtail + bdx * adytail))
+          + 2.0 * (cdx * cdxtail + cdy * cdytail) * (adx * bdy - ady * bdx));
+  if ((det >= errbound) || (-det >= errbound)) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  finnow = fin1;
+  finother = fin2;
+
+  if ((bdxtail != 0.0) || (bdytail != 0.0)
+      || (cdxtail != 0.0) || (cdytail != 0.0)) {
+    Square(adx, adxadx1, adxadx0);
+    Square(ady, adyady1, adyady0);
+    Two_Two_Sum(adxadx1, adxadx0, adyady1, adyady0, aa3, aa[2], aa[1], aa[0]);
+    aa[3] = aa3;
+  }
+  if ((cdxtail != 0.0) || (cdytail != 0.0)
+      || (adxtail != 0.0) || (adytail != 0.0)) {
+    Square(bdx, bdxbdx1, bdxbdx0);
+    Square(bdy, bdybdy1, bdybdy0);
+    Two_Two_Sum(bdxbdx1, bdxbdx0, bdybdy1, bdybdy0, bb3, bb[2], bb[1], bb[0]);
+    bb[3] = bb3;
+  }
+  if ((adxtail != 0.0) || (adytail != 0.0)
+      || (bdxtail != 0.0) || (bdytail != 0.0)) {
+    Square(cdx, cdxcdx1, cdxcdx0);
+    Square(cdy, cdycdy1, cdycdy0);
+    Two_Two_Sum(cdxcdx1, cdxcdx0, cdycdy1, cdycdy0, cc3, cc[2], cc[1], cc[0]);
+    cc[3] = cc3;
+  }
+
+  if (adxtail != 0.0) {
+    axtbclen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, bc, adxtail, axtbc);
+    temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(axtbclen, axtbc, 2.0 * adx,
+                                          temp16a);
+
+    axtcclen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, cc, adxtail, axtcc);
+    temp16blen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(axtcclen, axtcc, bdy, temp16b);
+
+    axtbblen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, bb, adxtail, axtbb);
+    temp16clen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(axtbblen, axtbb, -cdy, temp16c);
+
+    temp32alen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                            temp16blen, temp16b, temp32a);
+    temp48len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16clen, temp16c,
+                                            temp32alen, temp32a, temp48);
+    finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp48len,
+                                            temp48, finother);
+    finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+  }
+  if (adytail != 0.0) {
+    aytbclen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, bc, adytail, aytbc);
+    temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(aytbclen, aytbc, 2.0 * ady,
+                                          temp16a);
+
+    aytbblen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, bb, adytail, aytbb);
+    temp16blen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(aytbblen, aytbb, cdx, temp16b);
+
+    aytcclen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, cc, adytail, aytcc);
+    temp16clen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(aytcclen, aytcc, -bdx, temp16c);
+
+    temp32alen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                            temp16blen, temp16b, temp32a);
+    temp48len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16clen, temp16c,
+                                            temp32alen, temp32a, temp48);
+    finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp48len,
+                                            temp48, finother);
+    finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+  }
+  if (bdxtail != 0.0) {
+    bxtcalen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, ca, bdxtail, bxtca);
+    temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bxtcalen, bxtca, 2.0 * bdx,
+                                          temp16a);
+
+    bxtaalen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, aa, bdxtail, bxtaa);
+    temp16blen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bxtaalen, bxtaa, cdy, temp16b);
+
+    bxtcclen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, cc, bdxtail, bxtcc);
+    temp16clen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bxtcclen, bxtcc, -ady, temp16c);
+
+    temp32alen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                            temp16blen, temp16b, temp32a);
+    temp48len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16clen, temp16c,
+                                            temp32alen, temp32a, temp48);
+    finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp48len,
+                                            temp48, finother);
+    finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+  }
+  if (bdytail != 0.0) {
+    bytcalen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, ca, bdytail, bytca);
+    temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bytcalen, bytca, 2.0 * bdy,
+                                          temp16a);
+
+    bytcclen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, cc, bdytail, bytcc);
+    temp16blen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bytcclen, bytcc, adx, temp16b);
+
+    bytaalen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, aa, bdytail, bytaa);
+    temp16clen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bytaalen, bytaa, -cdx, temp16c);
+
+    temp32alen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                            temp16blen, temp16b, temp32a);
+    temp48len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16clen, temp16c,
+                                            temp32alen, temp32a, temp48);
+    finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp48len,
+                                            temp48, finother);
+    finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+  }
+  if (cdxtail != 0.0) {
+    cxtablen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, ab, cdxtail, cxtab);
+    temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cxtablen, cxtab, 2.0 * cdx,
+                                          temp16a);
+
+    cxtbblen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, bb, cdxtail, cxtbb);
+    temp16blen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cxtbblen, cxtbb, ady, temp16b);
+
+    cxtaalen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, aa, cdxtail, cxtaa);
+    temp16clen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cxtaalen, cxtaa, -bdy, temp16c);
+
+    temp32alen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                            temp16blen, temp16b, temp32a);
+    temp48len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16clen, temp16c,
+                                            temp32alen, temp32a, temp48);
+    finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp48len,
+                                            temp48, finother);
+    finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+  }
+  if (cdytail != 0.0) {
+    cytablen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, ab, cdytail, cytab);
+    temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cytablen, cytab, 2.0 * cdy,
+                                          temp16a);
+
+    cytaalen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, aa, cdytail, cytaa);
+    temp16blen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cytaalen, cytaa, bdx, temp16b);
+
+    cytbblen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, bb, cdytail, cytbb);
+    temp16clen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cytbblen, cytbb, -adx, temp16c);
+
+    temp32alen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                            temp16blen, temp16b, temp32a);
+    temp48len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16clen, temp16c,
+                                            temp32alen, temp32a, temp48);
+    finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp48len,
+                                            temp48, finother);
+    finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+  }
+
+  if ((adxtail != 0.0) || (adytail != 0.0)) {
+    if ((bdxtail != 0.0) || (bdytail != 0.0)
+        || (cdxtail != 0.0) || (cdytail != 0.0)) {
+      Two_Product(bdxtail, cdy, ti1, ti0);
+      Two_Product(bdx, cdytail, tj1, tj0);
+      Two_Two_Sum(ti1, ti0, tj1, tj0, u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+      u[3] = u3;
+      negate = -bdy;
+      Two_Product(cdxtail, negate, ti1, ti0);
+      negate = -bdytail;
+      Two_Product(cdx, negate, tj1, tj0);
+      Two_Two_Sum(ti1, ti0, tj1, tj0, v3, v[2], v[1], v[0]);
+      v[3] = v3;
+      bctlen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(4, u, 4, v, bct);
+
+      Two_Product(bdxtail, cdytail, ti1, ti0);
+      Two_Product(cdxtail, bdytail, tj1, tj0);
+      Two_Two_Diff(ti1, ti0, tj1, tj0, bctt3, bctt[2], bctt[1], bctt[0]);
+      bctt[3] = bctt3;
+      bcttlen = 4;
+    } else {
+      bct[0] = 0.0;
+      bctlen = 1;
+      bctt[0] = 0.0;
+      bcttlen = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (adxtail != 0.0) {
+      temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(axtbclen, axtbc, adxtail, temp16a);
+      axtbctlen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bctlen, bct, adxtail, axtbct);
+      temp32alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(axtbctlen, axtbct, 2.0 * adx,
+                                            temp32a);
+      temp48len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                              temp32alen, temp32a, temp48);
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp48len,
+                                              temp48, finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      if (bdytail != 0.0) {
+        temp8len = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, cc, adxtail, temp8);
+        temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(temp8len, temp8, bdytail,
+                                              temp16a);
+        finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp16alen,
+                                                temp16a, finother);
+        finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      }
+      if (cdytail != 0.0) {
+        temp8len = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, bb, -adxtail, temp8);
+        temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(temp8len, temp8, cdytail,
+                                              temp16a);
+        finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp16alen,
+                                                temp16a, finother);
+        finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      }
+
+      temp32alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(axtbctlen, axtbct, adxtail,
+                                            temp32a);
+      axtbcttlen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bcttlen, bctt, adxtail, axtbctt);
+      temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(axtbcttlen, axtbctt, 2.0 * adx,
+                                            temp16a);
+      temp16blen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(axtbcttlen, axtbctt, adxtail,
+                                            temp16b);
+      temp32blen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                              temp16blen, temp16b, temp32b);
+      temp64len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp32alen, temp32a,
+                                              temp32blen, temp32b, temp64);
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp64len,
+                                              temp64, finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+    }
+    if (adytail != 0.0) {
+      temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(aytbclen, aytbc, adytail, temp16a);
+      aytbctlen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bctlen, bct, adytail, aytbct);
+      temp32alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(aytbctlen, aytbct, 2.0 * ady,
+                                            temp32a);
+      temp48len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                              temp32alen, temp32a, temp48);
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp48len,
+                                              temp48, finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+
+
+      temp32alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(aytbctlen, aytbct, adytail,
+                                            temp32a);
+      aytbcttlen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bcttlen, bctt, adytail, aytbctt);
+      temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(aytbcttlen, aytbctt, 2.0 * ady,
+                                            temp16a);
+      temp16blen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(aytbcttlen, aytbctt, adytail,
+                                            temp16b);
+      temp32blen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                              temp16blen, temp16b, temp32b);
+      temp64len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp32alen, temp32a,
+                                              temp32blen, temp32b, temp64);
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp64len,
+                                              temp64, finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+    }
+  }
+  if ((bdxtail != 0.0) || (bdytail != 0.0)) {
+    if ((cdxtail != 0.0) || (cdytail != 0.0)
+        || (adxtail != 0.0) || (adytail != 0.0)) {
+      Two_Product(cdxtail, ady, ti1, ti0);
+      Two_Product(cdx, adytail, tj1, tj0);
+      Two_Two_Sum(ti1, ti0, tj1, tj0, u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+      u[3] = u3;
+      negate = -cdy;
+      Two_Product(adxtail, negate, ti1, ti0);
+      negate = -cdytail;
+      Two_Product(adx, negate, tj1, tj0);
+      Two_Two_Sum(ti1, ti0, tj1, tj0, v3, v[2], v[1], v[0]);
+      v[3] = v3;
+      catlen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(4, u, 4, v, cat);
+
+      Two_Product(cdxtail, adytail, ti1, ti0);
+      Two_Product(adxtail, cdytail, tj1, tj0);
+      Two_Two_Diff(ti1, ti0, tj1, tj0, catt3, catt[2], catt[1], catt[0]);
+      catt[3] = catt3;
+      cattlen = 4;
+    } else {
+      cat[0] = 0.0;
+      catlen = 1;
+      catt[0] = 0.0;
+      cattlen = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (bdxtail != 0.0) {
+      temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bxtcalen, bxtca, bdxtail, temp16a);
+      bxtcatlen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(catlen, cat, bdxtail, bxtcat);
+      temp32alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bxtcatlen, bxtcat, 2.0 * bdx,
+                                            temp32a);
+      temp48len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                              temp32alen, temp32a, temp48);
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp48len,
+                                              temp48, finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      if (cdytail != 0.0) {
+        temp8len = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, aa, bdxtail, temp8);
+        temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(temp8len, temp8, cdytail,
+                                              temp16a);
+        finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp16alen,
+                                                temp16a, finother);
+        finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      }
+      if (adytail != 0.0) {
+        temp8len = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, cc, -bdxtail, temp8);
+        temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(temp8len, temp8, adytail,
+                                              temp16a);
+        finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp16alen,
+                                                temp16a, finother);
+        finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      }
+
+      temp32alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bxtcatlen, bxtcat, bdxtail,
+                                            temp32a);
+      bxtcattlen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cattlen, catt, bdxtail, bxtcatt);
+      temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bxtcattlen, bxtcatt, 2.0 * bdx,
+                                            temp16a);
+      temp16blen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bxtcattlen, bxtcatt, bdxtail,
+                                            temp16b);
+      temp32blen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                              temp16blen, temp16b, temp32b);
+      temp64len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp32alen, temp32a,
+                                              temp32blen, temp32b, temp64);
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp64len,
+                                              temp64, finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+    }
+    if (bdytail != 0.0) {
+      temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bytcalen, bytca, bdytail, temp16a);
+      bytcatlen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(catlen, cat, bdytail, bytcat);
+      temp32alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bytcatlen, bytcat, 2.0 * bdy,
+                                            temp32a);
+      temp48len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                              temp32alen, temp32a, temp48);
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp48len,
+                                              temp48, finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+
+
+      temp32alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bytcatlen, bytcat, bdytail,
+                                            temp32a);
+      bytcattlen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cattlen, catt, bdytail, bytcatt);
+      temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bytcattlen, bytcatt, 2.0 * bdy,
+                                            temp16a);
+      temp16blen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bytcattlen, bytcatt, bdytail,
+                                            temp16b);
+      temp32blen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                              temp16blen, temp16b, temp32b);
+      temp64len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp32alen, temp32a,
+                                              temp32blen, temp32b, temp64);
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp64len,
+                                              temp64, finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+    }
+  }
+  if ((cdxtail != 0.0) || (cdytail != 0.0)) {
+    if ((adxtail != 0.0) || (adytail != 0.0)
+        || (bdxtail != 0.0) || (bdytail != 0.0)) {
+      Two_Product(adxtail, bdy, ti1, ti0);
+      Two_Product(adx, bdytail, tj1, tj0);
+      Two_Two_Sum(ti1, ti0, tj1, tj0, u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+      u[3] = u3;
+      negate = -ady;
+      Two_Product(bdxtail, negate, ti1, ti0);
+      negate = -adytail;
+      Two_Product(bdx, negate, tj1, tj0);
+      Two_Two_Sum(ti1, ti0, tj1, tj0, v3, v[2], v[1], v[0]);
+      v[3] = v3;
+      abtlen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(4, u, 4, v, abt);
+
+      Two_Product(adxtail, bdytail, ti1, ti0);
+      Two_Product(bdxtail, adytail, tj1, tj0);
+      Two_Two_Diff(ti1, ti0, tj1, tj0, abtt3, abtt[2], abtt[1], abtt[0]);
+      abtt[3] = abtt3;
+      abttlen = 4;
+    } else {
+      abt[0] = 0.0;
+      abtlen = 1;
+      abtt[0] = 0.0;
+      abttlen = 1;
+    }
+
+    if (cdxtail != 0.0) {
+      temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cxtablen, cxtab, cdxtail, temp16a);
+      cxtabtlen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(abtlen, abt, cdxtail, cxtabt);
+      temp32alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cxtabtlen, cxtabt, 2.0 * cdx,
+                                            temp32a);
+      temp48len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                              temp32alen, temp32a, temp48);
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp48len,
+                                              temp48, finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      if (adytail != 0.0) {
+        temp8len = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, bb, cdxtail, temp8);
+        temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(temp8len, temp8, adytail,
+                                              temp16a);
+        finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp16alen,
+                                                temp16a, finother);
+        finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      }
+      if (bdytail != 0.0) {
+        temp8len = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, aa, -cdxtail, temp8);
+        temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(temp8len, temp8, bdytail,
+                                              temp16a);
+        finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp16alen,
+                                                temp16a, finother);
+        finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      }
+
+      temp32alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cxtabtlen, cxtabt, cdxtail,
+                                            temp32a);
+      cxtabttlen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(abttlen, abtt, cdxtail, cxtabtt);
+      temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cxtabttlen, cxtabtt, 2.0 * cdx,
+                                            temp16a);
+      temp16blen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cxtabttlen, cxtabtt, cdxtail,
+                                            temp16b);
+      temp32blen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                              temp16blen, temp16b, temp32b);
+      temp64len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp32alen, temp32a,
+                                              temp32blen, temp32b, temp64);
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp64len,
+                                              temp64, finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+    }
+    if (cdytail != 0.0) {
+      temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cytablen, cytab, cdytail, temp16a);
+      cytabtlen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(abtlen, abt, cdytail, cytabt);
+      temp32alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cytabtlen, cytabt, 2.0 * cdy,
+                                            temp32a);
+      temp48len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                              temp32alen, temp32a, temp48);
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp48len,
+                                              temp48, finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+
+
+      temp32alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cytabtlen, cytabt, cdytail,
+                                            temp32a);
+      cytabttlen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(abttlen, abtt, cdytail, cytabtt);
+      temp16alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cytabttlen, cytabtt, 2.0 * cdy,
+                                            temp16a);
+      temp16blen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(cytabttlen, cytabtt, cdytail,
+                                            temp16b);
+      temp32blen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp16alen, temp16a,
+                                              temp16blen, temp16b, temp32b);
+      temp64len = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(temp32alen, temp32a,
+                                              temp32blen, temp32b, temp64);
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, temp64len,
+                                              temp64, finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return finnow[finlength - 1];
+}
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+REAL incircle(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+              vertex pa, vertex pb, vertex pc, vertex pd)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+REAL incircle(m, b, pa, pb, pc, pd)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+vertex pa;
+vertex pb;
+vertex pc;
+vertex pd;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  REAL adx, bdx, cdx, ady, bdy, cdy;
+  REAL bdxcdy, cdxbdy, cdxady, adxcdy, adxbdy, bdxady;
+  REAL alift, blift, clift;
+  REAL det;
+  REAL permanent, errbound;
+
+  m->incirclecount++;
+
+  adx = pa[0] - pd[0];
+  bdx = pb[0] - pd[0];
+  cdx = pc[0] - pd[0];
+  ady = pa[1] - pd[1];
+  bdy = pb[1] - pd[1];
+  cdy = pc[1] - pd[1];
+
+  bdxcdy = bdx * cdy;
+  cdxbdy = cdx * bdy;
+  alift = adx * adx + ady * ady;
+
+  cdxady = cdx * ady;
+  adxcdy = adx * cdy;
+  blift = bdx * bdx + bdy * bdy;
+
+  adxbdy = adx * bdy;
+  bdxady = bdx * ady;
+  clift = cdx * cdx + cdy * cdy;
+
+  det = alift * (bdxcdy - cdxbdy)
+      + blift * (cdxady - adxcdy)
+      + clift * (adxbdy - bdxady);
+
+  if (b->noexact) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  permanent = (Absolute(bdxcdy) + Absolute(cdxbdy)) * alift
+            + (Absolute(cdxady) + Absolute(adxcdy)) * blift
+            + (Absolute(adxbdy) + Absolute(bdxady)) * clift;
+  errbound = iccerrboundA * permanent;
+  if ((det > errbound) || (-det > errbound)) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  return incircleadapt(pa, pb, pc, pd, permanent);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  orient3d()   Return a positive value if the point pd lies below the      */
+/*               plane passing through pa, pb, and pc; "below" is defined so */
+/*               that pa, pb, and pc appear in counterclockwise order when   */
+/*               viewed from above the plane.  Returns a negative value if   */
+/*               pd lies above the plane.  Returns zero if the points are    */
+/*               coplanar.  The result is also a rough approximation of six  */
+/*               times the signed volume of the tetrahedron defined by the   */
+/*               four points.                                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Uses exact arithmetic if necessary to ensure a correct answer.  The      */
+/*  result returned is the determinant of a matrix.  This determinant is     */
+/*  computed adaptively, in the sense that exact arithmetic is used only to  */
+/*  the degree it is needed to ensure that the returned value has the        */
+/*  correct sign.  Hence, this function is usually quite fast, but will run  */
+/*  more slowly when the input points are coplanar or nearly so.             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  See my Robust Predicates paper for details.                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+REAL orient3dadapt(vertex pa, vertex pb, vertex pc, vertex pd,
+                   REAL aheight, REAL bheight, REAL cheight, REAL dheight,
+                   REAL permanent)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+REAL orient3dadapt(pa, pb, pc, pd,
+                   aheight, bheight, cheight, dheight, permanent)
+vertex pa;
+vertex pb;
+vertex pc;
+vertex pd;
+REAL aheight;
+REAL bheight;
+REAL cheight;
+REAL dheight;
+REAL permanent;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  INEXACT REAL adx, bdx, cdx, ady, bdy, cdy, adheight, bdheight, cdheight;
+  REAL det, errbound;
+
+  INEXACT REAL bdxcdy1, cdxbdy1, cdxady1, adxcdy1, adxbdy1, bdxady1;
+  REAL bdxcdy0, cdxbdy0, cdxady0, adxcdy0, adxbdy0, bdxady0;
+  REAL bc[4], ca[4], ab[4];
+  INEXACT REAL bc3, ca3, ab3;
+  REAL adet[8], bdet[8], cdet[8];
+  int alen, blen, clen;
+  REAL abdet[16];
+  int ablen;
+  REAL *finnow, *finother, *finswap;
+  REAL fin1[192], fin2[192];
+  int finlength;
+
+  REAL adxtail, bdxtail, cdxtail;
+  REAL adytail, bdytail, cdytail;
+  REAL adheighttail, bdheighttail, cdheighttail;
+  INEXACT REAL at_blarge, at_clarge;
+  INEXACT REAL bt_clarge, bt_alarge;
+  INEXACT REAL ct_alarge, ct_blarge;
+  REAL at_b[4], at_c[4], bt_c[4], bt_a[4], ct_a[4], ct_b[4];
+  int at_blen, at_clen, bt_clen, bt_alen, ct_alen, ct_blen;
+  INEXACT REAL bdxt_cdy1, cdxt_bdy1, cdxt_ady1;
+  INEXACT REAL adxt_cdy1, adxt_bdy1, bdxt_ady1;
+  REAL bdxt_cdy0, cdxt_bdy0, cdxt_ady0;
+  REAL adxt_cdy0, adxt_bdy0, bdxt_ady0;
+  INEXACT REAL bdyt_cdx1, cdyt_bdx1, cdyt_adx1;
+  INEXACT REAL adyt_cdx1, adyt_bdx1, bdyt_adx1;
+  REAL bdyt_cdx0, cdyt_bdx0, cdyt_adx0;
+  REAL adyt_cdx0, adyt_bdx0, bdyt_adx0;
+  REAL bct[8], cat[8], abt[8];
+  int bctlen, catlen, abtlen;
+  INEXACT REAL bdxt_cdyt1, cdxt_bdyt1, cdxt_adyt1;
+  INEXACT REAL adxt_cdyt1, adxt_bdyt1, bdxt_adyt1;
+  REAL bdxt_cdyt0, cdxt_bdyt0, cdxt_adyt0;
+  REAL adxt_cdyt0, adxt_bdyt0, bdxt_adyt0;
+  REAL u[4], v[12], w[16];
+  INEXACT REAL u3;
+  int vlength, wlength;
+  REAL negate;
+
+  INEXACT REAL bvirt;
+  REAL avirt, bround, around;
+  INEXACT REAL c;
+  INEXACT REAL abig;
+  REAL ahi, alo, bhi, blo;
+  REAL err1, err2, err3;
+  INEXACT REAL _i, _j, _k;
+  REAL _0;
+
+  adx = (REAL) (pa[0] - pd[0]);
+  bdx = (REAL) (pb[0] - pd[0]);
+  cdx = (REAL) (pc[0] - pd[0]);
+  ady = (REAL) (pa[1] - pd[1]);
+  bdy = (REAL) (pb[1] - pd[1]);
+  cdy = (REAL) (pc[1] - pd[1]);
+  adheight = (REAL) (aheight - dheight);
+  bdheight = (REAL) (bheight - dheight);
+  cdheight = (REAL) (cheight - dheight);
+
+  Two_Product(bdx, cdy, bdxcdy1, bdxcdy0);
+  Two_Product(cdx, bdy, cdxbdy1, cdxbdy0);
+  Two_Two_Diff(bdxcdy1, bdxcdy0, cdxbdy1, cdxbdy0, bc3, bc[2], bc[1], bc[0]);
+  bc[3] = bc3;
+  alen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, bc, adheight, adet);
+
+  Two_Product(cdx, ady, cdxady1, cdxady0);
+  Two_Product(adx, cdy, adxcdy1, adxcdy0);
+  Two_Two_Diff(cdxady1, cdxady0, adxcdy1, adxcdy0, ca3, ca[2], ca[1], ca[0]);
+  ca[3] = ca3;
+  blen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, ca, bdheight, bdet);
+
+  Two_Product(adx, bdy, adxbdy1, adxbdy0);
+  Two_Product(bdx, ady, bdxady1, bdxady0);
+  Two_Two_Diff(adxbdy1, adxbdy0, bdxady1, bdxady0, ab3, ab[2], ab[1], ab[0]);
+  ab[3] = ab3;
+  clen = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, ab, cdheight, cdet);
+
+  ablen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(alen, adet, blen, bdet, abdet);
+  finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(ablen, abdet, clen, cdet, fin1);
+
+  det = estimate(finlength, fin1);
+  errbound = o3derrboundB * permanent;
+  if ((det >= errbound) || (-det >= errbound)) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pa[0], pd[0], adx, adxtail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pb[0], pd[0], bdx, bdxtail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pc[0], pd[0], cdx, cdxtail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pa[1], pd[1], ady, adytail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pb[1], pd[1], bdy, bdytail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(pc[1], pd[1], cdy, cdytail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(aheight, dheight, adheight, adheighttail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(bheight, dheight, bdheight, bdheighttail);
+  Two_Diff_Tail(cheight, dheight, cdheight, cdheighttail);
+
+  if ((adxtail == 0.0) && (bdxtail == 0.0) && (cdxtail == 0.0) &&
+      (adytail == 0.0) && (bdytail == 0.0) && (cdytail == 0.0) &&
+      (adheighttail == 0.0) &&
+      (bdheighttail == 0.0) &&
+      (cdheighttail == 0.0)) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  errbound = o3derrboundC * permanent + resulterrbound * Absolute(det);
+  det += (adheight * ((bdx * cdytail + cdy * bdxtail) -
+                      (bdy * cdxtail + cdx * bdytail)) +
+          adheighttail * (bdx * cdy - bdy * cdx)) +
+         (bdheight * ((cdx * adytail + ady * cdxtail) -
+                      (cdy * adxtail + adx * cdytail)) +
+          bdheighttail * (cdx * ady - cdy * adx)) +
+         (cdheight * ((adx * bdytail + bdy * adxtail) -
+                      (ady * bdxtail + bdx * adytail)) +
+          cdheighttail * (adx * bdy - ady * bdx));
+  if ((det >= errbound) || (-det >= errbound)) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  finnow = fin1;
+  finother = fin2;
+
+  if (adxtail == 0.0) {
+    if (adytail == 0.0) {
+      at_b[0] = 0.0;
+      at_blen = 1;
+      at_c[0] = 0.0;
+      at_clen = 1;
+    } else {
+      negate = -adytail;
+      Two_Product(negate, bdx, at_blarge, at_b[0]);
+      at_b[1] = at_blarge;
+      at_blen = 2;
+      Two_Product(adytail, cdx, at_clarge, at_c[0]);
+      at_c[1] = at_clarge;
+      at_clen = 2;
+    }
+  } else {
+    if (adytail == 0.0) {
+      Two_Product(adxtail, bdy, at_blarge, at_b[0]);
+      at_b[1] = at_blarge;
+      at_blen = 2;
+      negate = -adxtail;
+      Two_Product(negate, cdy, at_clarge, at_c[0]);
+      at_c[1] = at_clarge;
+      at_clen = 2;
+    } else {
+      Two_Product(adxtail, bdy, adxt_bdy1, adxt_bdy0);
+      Two_Product(adytail, bdx, adyt_bdx1, adyt_bdx0);
+      Two_Two_Diff(adxt_bdy1, adxt_bdy0, adyt_bdx1, adyt_bdx0,
+                   at_blarge, at_b[2], at_b[1], at_b[0]);
+      at_b[3] = at_blarge;
+      at_blen = 4;
+      Two_Product(adytail, cdx, adyt_cdx1, adyt_cdx0);
+      Two_Product(adxtail, cdy, adxt_cdy1, adxt_cdy0);
+      Two_Two_Diff(adyt_cdx1, adyt_cdx0, adxt_cdy1, adxt_cdy0,
+                   at_clarge, at_c[2], at_c[1], at_c[0]);
+      at_c[3] = at_clarge;
+      at_clen = 4;
+    }
+  }
+  if (bdxtail == 0.0) {
+    if (bdytail == 0.0) {
+      bt_c[0] = 0.0;
+      bt_clen = 1;
+      bt_a[0] = 0.0;
+      bt_alen = 1;
+    } else {
+      negate = -bdytail;
+      Two_Product(negate, cdx, bt_clarge, bt_c[0]);
+      bt_c[1] = bt_clarge;
+      bt_clen = 2;
+      Two_Product(bdytail, adx, bt_alarge, bt_a[0]);
+      bt_a[1] = bt_alarge;
+      bt_alen = 2;
+    }
+  } else {
+    if (bdytail == 0.0) {
+      Two_Product(bdxtail, cdy, bt_clarge, bt_c[0]);
+      bt_c[1] = bt_clarge;
+      bt_clen = 2;
+      negate = -bdxtail;
+      Two_Product(negate, ady, bt_alarge, bt_a[0]);
+      bt_a[1] = bt_alarge;
+      bt_alen = 2;
+    } else {
+      Two_Product(bdxtail, cdy, bdxt_cdy1, bdxt_cdy0);
+      Two_Product(bdytail, cdx, bdyt_cdx1, bdyt_cdx0);
+      Two_Two_Diff(bdxt_cdy1, bdxt_cdy0, bdyt_cdx1, bdyt_cdx0,
+                   bt_clarge, bt_c[2], bt_c[1], bt_c[0]);
+      bt_c[3] = bt_clarge;
+      bt_clen = 4;
+      Two_Product(bdytail, adx, bdyt_adx1, bdyt_adx0);
+      Two_Product(bdxtail, ady, bdxt_ady1, bdxt_ady0);
+      Two_Two_Diff(bdyt_adx1, bdyt_adx0, bdxt_ady1, bdxt_ady0,
+                  bt_alarge, bt_a[2], bt_a[1], bt_a[0]);
+      bt_a[3] = bt_alarge;
+      bt_alen = 4;
+    }
+  }
+  if (cdxtail == 0.0) {
+    if (cdytail == 0.0) {
+      ct_a[0] = 0.0;
+      ct_alen = 1;
+      ct_b[0] = 0.0;
+      ct_blen = 1;
+    } else {
+      negate = -cdytail;
+      Two_Product(negate, adx, ct_alarge, ct_a[0]);
+      ct_a[1] = ct_alarge;
+      ct_alen = 2;
+      Two_Product(cdytail, bdx, ct_blarge, ct_b[0]);
+      ct_b[1] = ct_blarge;
+      ct_blen = 2;
+    }
+  } else {
+    if (cdytail == 0.0) {
+      Two_Product(cdxtail, ady, ct_alarge, ct_a[0]);
+      ct_a[1] = ct_alarge;
+      ct_alen = 2;
+      negate = -cdxtail;
+      Two_Product(negate, bdy, ct_blarge, ct_b[0]);
+      ct_b[1] = ct_blarge;
+      ct_blen = 2;
+    } else {
+      Two_Product(cdxtail, ady, cdxt_ady1, cdxt_ady0);
+      Two_Product(cdytail, adx, cdyt_adx1, cdyt_adx0);
+      Two_Two_Diff(cdxt_ady1, cdxt_ady0, cdyt_adx1, cdyt_adx0,
+                   ct_alarge, ct_a[2], ct_a[1], ct_a[0]);
+      ct_a[3] = ct_alarge;
+      ct_alen = 4;
+      Two_Product(cdytail, bdx, cdyt_bdx1, cdyt_bdx0);
+      Two_Product(cdxtail, bdy, cdxt_bdy1, cdxt_bdy0);
+      Two_Two_Diff(cdyt_bdx1, cdyt_bdx0, cdxt_bdy1, cdxt_bdy0,
+                   ct_blarge, ct_b[2], ct_b[1], ct_b[0]);
+      ct_b[3] = ct_blarge;
+      ct_blen = 4;
+    }
+  }
+
+  bctlen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(bt_clen, bt_c, ct_blen, ct_b, bct);
+  wlength = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bctlen, bct, adheight, w);
+  finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, wlength, w,
+                                          finother);
+  finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+
+  catlen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(ct_alen, ct_a, at_clen, at_c, cat);
+  wlength = scale_expansion_zeroelim(catlen, cat, bdheight, w);
+  finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, wlength, w,
+                                          finother);
+  finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+
+  abtlen = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(at_blen, at_b, bt_alen, bt_a, abt);
+  wlength = scale_expansion_zeroelim(abtlen, abt, cdheight, w);
+  finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, wlength, w,
+                                          finother);
+  finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+
+  if (adheighttail != 0.0) {
+    vlength = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, bc, adheighttail, v);
+    finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, vlength, v,
+                                            finother);
+    finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+  }
+  if (bdheighttail != 0.0) {
+    vlength = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, ca, bdheighttail, v);
+    finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, vlength, v,
+                                            finother);
+    finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+  }
+  if (cdheighttail != 0.0) {
+    vlength = scale_expansion_zeroelim(4, ab, cdheighttail, v);
+    finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, vlength, v,
+                                            finother);
+    finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+  }
+
+  if (adxtail != 0.0) {
+    if (bdytail != 0.0) {
+      Two_Product(adxtail, bdytail, adxt_bdyt1, adxt_bdyt0);
+      Two_One_Product(adxt_bdyt1, adxt_bdyt0, cdheight, u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+      u[3] = u3;
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, 4, u,
+                                              finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      if (cdheighttail != 0.0) {
+        Two_One_Product(adxt_bdyt1, adxt_bdyt0, cdheighttail,
+                        u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+        u[3] = u3;
+        finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, 4, u,
+                                                finother);
+        finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      }
+    }
+    if (cdytail != 0.0) {
+      negate = -adxtail;
+      Two_Product(negate, cdytail, adxt_cdyt1, adxt_cdyt0);
+      Two_One_Product(adxt_cdyt1, adxt_cdyt0, bdheight, u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+      u[3] = u3;
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, 4, u,
+                                              finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      if (bdheighttail != 0.0) {
+        Two_One_Product(adxt_cdyt1, adxt_cdyt0, bdheighttail,
+                        u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+        u[3] = u3;
+        finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, 4, u,
+                                                finother);
+        finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (bdxtail != 0.0) {
+    if (cdytail != 0.0) {
+      Two_Product(bdxtail, cdytail, bdxt_cdyt1, bdxt_cdyt0);
+      Two_One_Product(bdxt_cdyt1, bdxt_cdyt0, adheight, u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+      u[3] = u3;
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, 4, u,
+                                              finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      if (adheighttail != 0.0) {
+        Two_One_Product(bdxt_cdyt1, bdxt_cdyt0, adheighttail,
+                        u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+        u[3] = u3;
+        finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, 4, u,
+                                                finother);
+        finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      }
+    }
+    if (adytail != 0.0) {
+      negate = -bdxtail;
+      Two_Product(negate, adytail, bdxt_adyt1, bdxt_adyt0);
+      Two_One_Product(bdxt_adyt1, bdxt_adyt0, cdheight, u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+      u[3] = u3;
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, 4, u,
+                                              finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      if (cdheighttail != 0.0) {
+        Two_One_Product(bdxt_adyt1, bdxt_adyt0, cdheighttail,
+                        u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+        u[3] = u3;
+        finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, 4, u,
+                                                finother);
+        finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  if (cdxtail != 0.0) {
+    if (adytail != 0.0) {
+      Two_Product(cdxtail, adytail, cdxt_adyt1, cdxt_adyt0);
+      Two_One_Product(cdxt_adyt1, cdxt_adyt0, bdheight, u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+      u[3] = u3;
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, 4, u,
+                                              finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      if (bdheighttail != 0.0) {
+        Two_One_Product(cdxt_adyt1, cdxt_adyt0, bdheighttail,
+                        u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+        u[3] = u3;
+        finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, 4, u,
+                                                finother);
+        finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      }
+    }
+    if (bdytail != 0.0) {
+      negate = -cdxtail;
+      Two_Product(negate, bdytail, cdxt_bdyt1, cdxt_bdyt0);
+      Two_One_Product(cdxt_bdyt1, cdxt_bdyt0, adheight, u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+      u[3] = u3;
+      finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, 4, u,
+                                              finother);
+      finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      if (adheighttail != 0.0) {
+        Two_One_Product(cdxt_bdyt1, cdxt_bdyt0, adheighttail,
+                        u3, u[2], u[1], u[0]);
+        u[3] = u3;
+        finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, 4, u,
+                                                finother);
+        finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (adheighttail != 0.0) {
+    wlength = scale_expansion_zeroelim(bctlen, bct, adheighttail, w);
+    finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, wlength, w,
+                                            finother);
+    finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+  }
+  if (bdheighttail != 0.0) {
+    wlength = scale_expansion_zeroelim(catlen, cat, bdheighttail, w);
+    finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, wlength, w,
+                                            finother);
+    finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+  }
+  if (cdheighttail != 0.0) {
+    wlength = scale_expansion_zeroelim(abtlen, abt, cdheighttail, w);
+    finlength = fast_expansion_sum_zeroelim(finlength, finnow, wlength, w,
+                                            finother);
+    finswap = finnow; finnow = finother; finother = finswap;
+  }
+
+  return finnow[finlength - 1];
+}
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+REAL orient3d(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+              vertex pa, vertex pb, vertex pc, vertex pd,
+              REAL aheight, REAL bheight, REAL cheight, REAL dheight)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+REAL orient3d(m, b, pa, pb, pc, pd, aheight, bheight, cheight, dheight)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+vertex pa;
+vertex pb;
+vertex pc;
+vertex pd;
+REAL aheight;
+REAL bheight;
+REAL cheight;
+REAL dheight;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  REAL adx, bdx, cdx, ady, bdy, cdy, adheight, bdheight, cdheight;
+  REAL bdxcdy, cdxbdy, cdxady, adxcdy, adxbdy, bdxady;
+  REAL det;
+  REAL permanent, errbound;
+
+  m->orient3dcount++;
+
+  adx = pa[0] - pd[0];
+  bdx = pb[0] - pd[0];
+  cdx = pc[0] - pd[0];
+  ady = pa[1] - pd[1];
+  bdy = pb[1] - pd[1];
+  cdy = pc[1] - pd[1];
+  adheight = aheight - dheight;
+  bdheight = bheight - dheight;
+  cdheight = cheight - dheight;
+
+  bdxcdy = bdx * cdy;
+  cdxbdy = cdx * bdy;
+
+  cdxady = cdx * ady;
+  adxcdy = adx * cdy;
+
+  adxbdy = adx * bdy;
+  bdxady = bdx * ady;
+
+  det = adheight * (bdxcdy - cdxbdy) 
+      + bdheight * (cdxady - adxcdy)
+      + cdheight * (adxbdy - bdxady);
+
+  if (b->noexact) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  permanent = (Absolute(bdxcdy) + Absolute(cdxbdy)) * Absolute(adheight)
+            + (Absolute(cdxady) + Absolute(adxcdy)) * Absolute(bdheight)
+            + (Absolute(adxbdy) + Absolute(bdxady)) * Absolute(cdheight);
+  errbound = o3derrboundA * permanent;
+  if ((det > errbound) || (-det > errbound)) {
+    return det;
+  }
+
+  return orient3dadapt(pa, pb, pc, pd, aheight, bheight, cheight, dheight,
+                       permanent);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  nonregular()   Return a positive value if the point pd is incompatible   */
+/*                 with the circle or plane passing through pa, pb, and pc   */
+/*                 (meaning that pd is inside the circle or below the        */
+/*                 plane); a negative value if it is compatible; and zero if */
+/*                 the four points are cocircular/coplanar.  The points pa,  */
+/*                 pb, and pc must be in counterclockwise order, or the sign */
+/*                 of the result will be reversed.                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  If the -w switch is used, the points are lifted onto the parabolic       */
+/*  lifting map, then they are dropped according to their weights, then the  */
+/*  3D orientation test is applied.  If the -W switch is used, the points'   */
+/*  heights are already provided, so the 3D orientation test is applied      */
+/*  directly.  If neither switch is used, the incircle test is applied.      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+REAL nonregular(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                vertex pa, vertex pb, vertex pc, vertex pd)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+REAL nonregular(m, b, pa, pb, pc, pd)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+vertex pa;
+vertex pb;
+vertex pc;
+vertex pd;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  if (b->weighted == 0) {
+    return incircle(m, b, pa, pb, pc, pd);
+  } else if (b->weighted == 1) {
+    return orient3d(m, b, pa, pb, pc, pd,
+                    pa[0] * pa[0] + pa[1] * pa[1] - pa[2],
+                    pb[0] * pb[0] + pb[1] * pb[1] - pb[2],
+                    pc[0] * pc[0] + pc[1] * pc[1] - pc[2],
+                    pd[0] * pd[0] + pd[1] * pd[1] - pd[2]);
+  } else {
+    return orient3d(m, b, pa, pb, pc, pd, pa[2], pb[2], pc[2], pd[2]);
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  findcircumcenter()   Find the circumcenter of a triangle.                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The result is returned both in terms of x-y coordinates and xi-eta       */
+/*  (barycentric) coordinates.  The xi-eta coordinate system is defined in   */
+/*  terms of the triangle:  the origin of the triangle is the origin of the  */
+/*  coordinate system; the destination of the triangle is one unit along the */
+/*  xi axis; and the apex of the triangle is one unit along the eta axis.    */
+/*  This procedure also returns the square of the length of the triangle's   */
+/*  shortest edge.                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void findcircumcenter(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                      vertex torg, vertex tdest, vertex tapex,
+                      vertex circumcenter, REAL *xi, REAL *eta, int offcenter)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void findcircumcenter(m, b, torg, tdest, tapex, circumcenter, xi, eta,
+                      offcenter)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+vertex torg;
+vertex tdest;
+vertex tapex;
+vertex circumcenter;
+REAL *xi;
+REAL *eta;
+int offcenter;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  REAL xdo, ydo, xao, yao;
+  REAL dodist, aodist, dadist;
+  REAL denominator;
+  REAL dx, dy, dxoff, dyoff;
+
+  m->circumcentercount++;
+
+  /* Compute the circumcenter of the triangle. */
+  xdo = tdest[0] - torg[0];
+  ydo = tdest[1] - torg[1];
+  xao = tapex[0] - torg[0];
+  yao = tapex[1] - torg[1];
+  dodist = xdo * xdo + ydo * ydo;
+  aodist = xao * xao + yao * yao;
+  dadist = (tdest[0] - tapex[0]) * (tdest[0] - tapex[0]) +
+           (tdest[1] - tapex[1]) * (tdest[1] - tapex[1]);
+  if (b->noexact) {
+    denominator = 0.5 / (xdo * yao - xao * ydo);
+  } else {
+    /* Use the counterclockwise() routine to ensure a positive (and */
+    /*   reasonably accurate) result, avoiding any possibility of   */
+    /*   division by zero.                                          */
+    denominator = 0.5 / counterclockwise(m, b, tdest, tapex, torg);
+    /* Don't count the above as an orientation test. */
+    m->counterclockcount--;
+  }
+  dx = (yao * dodist - ydo * aodist) * denominator;
+  dy = (xdo * aodist - xao * dodist) * denominator;
+
+  /* Find the (squared) length of the triangle's shortest edge.  This   */
+  /*   serves as a conservative estimate of the insertion radius of the */
+  /*   circumcenter's parent.  The estimate is used to ensure that      */
+  /*   the algorithm terminates even if very small angles appear in     */
+  /*   the input PSLG.                                                  */
+  if ((dodist < aodist) && (dodist < dadist)) {
+    if (offcenter && (b->offconstant > 0.0)) {
+      /* Find the position of the off-center, as described by Alper Ungor. */
+      dxoff = 0.5 * xdo - b->offconstant * ydo;
+      dyoff = 0.5 * ydo + b->offconstant * xdo;
+      /* If the off-center is closer to the origin than the */
+      /*   circumcenter, use the off-center instead.        */
+      if (dxoff * dxoff + dyoff * dyoff < dx * dx + dy * dy) {
+        dx = dxoff;
+        dy = dyoff;
+      }
+    }
+  } else if (aodist < dadist) {
+    if (offcenter && (b->offconstant > 0.0)) {
+      dxoff = 0.5 * xao + b->offconstant * yao;
+      dyoff = 0.5 * yao - b->offconstant * xao;
+      /* If the off-center is closer to the origin than the */
+      /*   circumcenter, use the off-center instead.        */
+      if (dxoff * dxoff + dyoff * dyoff < dx * dx + dy * dy) {
+        dx = dxoff;
+        dy = dyoff;
+      }
+    }
+  } else {
+    if (offcenter && (b->offconstant > 0.0)) {
+      dxoff = 0.5 * (tapex[0] - tdest[0]) -
+              b->offconstant * (tapex[1] - tdest[1]);
+      dyoff = 0.5 * (tapex[1] - tdest[1]) +
+              b->offconstant * (tapex[0] - tdest[0]);
+      /* If the off-center is closer to the destination than the */
+      /*   circumcenter, use the off-center instead.             */
+      if (dxoff * dxoff + dyoff * dyoff <
+          (dx - xdo) * (dx - xdo) + (dy - ydo) * (dy - ydo)) {
+        dx = xdo + dxoff;
+        dy = ydo + dyoff;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  circumcenter[0] = torg[0] + dx;
+  circumcenter[1] = torg[1] + dy;
+
+  /* To interpolate vertex attributes for the new vertex inserted at */
+  /*   the circumcenter, define a coordinate system with a xi-axis,  */
+  /*   directed from the triangle's origin to its destination, and   */
+  /*   an eta-axis, directed from its origin to its apex.            */
+  /*   Calculate the xi and eta coordinates of the circumcenter.     */
+  *xi = (yao * dx - xao * dy) * (2.0 * denominator);
+  *eta = (xdo * dy - ydo * dx) * (2.0 * denominator);
+}
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Geometric primitives end here                             *********/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  triangleinit()   Initialize some variables.                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void triangleinit(struct mesh *m)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void triangleinit(m)
+struct mesh *m;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  poolzero(&m->vertices);
+  poolzero(&m->triangles);
+  poolzero(&m->subsegs);
+  poolzero(&m->viri);
+  poolzero(&m->badsubsegs);
+  poolzero(&m->badtriangles);
+  poolzero(&m->flipstackers);
+  poolzero(&m->splaynodes);
+
+  m->recenttri.tri = (triangle *) NULL; /* No triangle has been visited yet. */
+  m->undeads = 0;                       /* No eliminated input vertices yet. */
+  m->samples = 1;         /* Point location should take at least one sample. */
+  m->checksegments = 0;   /* There are no segments in the triangulation yet. */
+  m->checkquality = 0;     /* The quality triangulation stage has not begun. */
+  m->incirclecount = m->counterclockcount = m->orient3dcount = 0;
+  m->hyperbolacount = m->circletopcount = m->circumcentercount = 0;
+  randomseed = 1;
+
+  exactinit();                     /* Initialize exact arithmetic constants. */
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  randomnation()   Generate a random number between 0 and `choices' - 1.   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This is a simple linear congruential random number generator.  Hence, it */
+/*  is a bad random number generator, but good enough for most randomized    */
+/*  geometric algorithms.                                                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+unsigned long randomnation(unsigned int choices)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+unsigned long randomnation(choices)
+unsigned int choices;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  randomseed = (randomseed * 1366l + 150889l) % 714025l;
+  return randomseed / (714025l / choices + 1);
+}
+
+/********* Mesh quality testing routines begin here                  *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  checkmesh()   Test the mesh for topological consistency.                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void checkmesh(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void checkmesh(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri triangleloop;
+  struct otri oppotri, oppooppotri;
+  vertex triorg, tridest, triapex;
+  vertex oppoorg, oppodest;
+  int horrors;
+  int saveexact;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+
+  /* Temporarily turn on exact arithmetic if it's off. */
+  saveexact = b->noexact;
+  b->noexact = 0;
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("  Checking consistency of mesh...\n");
+  }
+  horrors = 0;
+  /* Run through the list of triangles, checking each one. */
+  traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+  triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+    /* Check all three edges of the triangle. */
+    for (triangleloop.orient = 0; triangleloop.orient < 3;
+         triangleloop.orient++) {
+      org(triangleloop, triorg);
+      dest(triangleloop, tridest);
+      if (triangleloop.orient == 0) {       /* Only test for inversion once. */
+        /* Test if the triangle is flat or inverted. */
+        apex(triangleloop, triapex);
+        if (counterclockwise(m, b, triorg, tridest, triapex) <= 0.0) {
+          printf("  !! !! Inverted ");
+          printtriangle(m, b, &triangleloop);
+          horrors++;
+        }
+      }
+      /* Find the neighboring triangle on this edge. */
+      sym(triangleloop, oppotri);
+      if (oppotri.tri != m->dummytri) {
+        /* Check that the triangle's neighbor knows it's a neighbor. */
+        sym(oppotri, oppooppotri);
+        if ((triangleloop.tri != oppooppotri.tri)
+            || (triangleloop.orient != oppooppotri.orient)) {
+          printf("  !! !! Asymmetric triangle-triangle bond:\n");
+          if (triangleloop.tri == oppooppotri.tri) {
+            printf("   (Right triangle, wrong orientation)\n");
+          }
+          printf("    First ");
+          printtriangle(m, b, &triangleloop);
+          printf("    Second (nonreciprocating) ");
+          printtriangle(m, b, &oppotri);
+          horrors++;
+        }
+        /* Check that both triangles agree on the identities */
+        /*   of their shared vertices.                       */
+        org(oppotri, oppoorg);
+        dest(oppotri, oppodest);
+        if ((triorg != oppodest) || (tridest != oppoorg)) {
+          printf("  !! !! Mismatched edge coordinates between two triangles:\n"
+                 );
+          printf("    First mismatched ");
+          printtriangle(m, b, &triangleloop);
+          printf("    Second mismatched ");
+          printtriangle(m, b, &oppotri);
+          horrors++;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  }
+  if (horrors == 0) {
+    if (!b->quiet) {
+      printf("  In my studied opinion, the mesh appears to be consistent.\n");
+    }
+  } else if (horrors == 1) {
+    printf("  !! !! !! !! Precisely one festering wound discovered.\n");
+  } else {
+    printf("  !! !! !! !! %d abominations witnessed.\n", horrors);
+  }
+  /* Restore the status of exact arithmetic. */
+  b->noexact = saveexact;
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  checkdelaunay()   Ensure that the mesh is (constrained) Delaunay.        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void checkdelaunay(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void checkdelaunay(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri triangleloop;
+  struct otri oppotri;
+  struct osub opposubseg;
+  vertex triorg, tridest, triapex;
+  vertex oppoapex;
+  int shouldbedelaunay;
+  int horrors;
+  int saveexact;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  /* Temporarily turn on exact arithmetic if it's off. */
+  saveexact = b->noexact;
+  b->noexact = 0;
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("  Checking Delaunay property of mesh...\n");
+  }
+  horrors = 0;
+  /* Run through the list of triangles, checking each one. */
+  traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+  triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+    /* Check all three edges of the triangle. */
+    for (triangleloop.orient = 0; triangleloop.orient < 3;
+         triangleloop.orient++) {
+      org(triangleloop, triorg);
+      dest(triangleloop, tridest);
+      apex(triangleloop, triapex);
+      sym(triangleloop, oppotri);
+      apex(oppotri, oppoapex);
+      /* Only test that the edge is locally Delaunay if there is an   */
+      /*   adjoining triangle whose pointer is larger (to ensure that */
+      /*   each pair isn't tested twice).                             */
+      shouldbedelaunay = (oppotri.tri != m->dummytri) &&
+            !deadtri(oppotri.tri) && (triangleloop.tri < oppotri.tri) &&
+            (triorg != m->infvertex1) && (triorg != m->infvertex2) &&
+            (triorg != m->infvertex3) &&
+            (tridest != m->infvertex1) && (tridest != m->infvertex2) &&
+            (tridest != m->infvertex3) &&
+            (triapex != m->infvertex1) && (triapex != m->infvertex2) &&
+            (triapex != m->infvertex3) &&
+            (oppoapex != m->infvertex1) && (oppoapex != m->infvertex2) &&
+            (oppoapex != m->infvertex3);
+      if (m->checksegments && shouldbedelaunay) {
+        /* If a subsegment separates the triangles, then the edge is */
+        /*   constrained, so no local Delaunay test should be done.  */
+        tspivot(triangleloop, opposubseg);
+        if (opposubseg.ss != m->dummysub){
+          shouldbedelaunay = 0;
+        }
+      }
+      if (shouldbedelaunay) {
+        if (nonregular(m, b, triorg, tridest, triapex, oppoapex) > 0.0) {
+          if (!b->weighted) {
+            printf("  !! !! Non-Delaunay pair of triangles:\n");
+            printf("    First non-Delaunay ");
+            printtriangle(m, b, &triangleloop);
+            printf("    Second non-Delaunay ");
+          } else {
+            printf("  !! !! Non-regular pair of triangles:\n");
+            printf("    First non-regular ");
+            printtriangle(m, b, &triangleloop);
+            printf("    Second non-regular ");
+          }
+          printtriangle(m, b, &oppotri);
+          horrors++;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  }
+  if (horrors == 0) {
+    if (!b->quiet) {
+      printf(
+  "  By virtue of my perceptive intelligence, I declare the mesh Delaunay.\n");
+    }
+  } else if (horrors == 1) {
+    printf(
+         "  !! !! !! !! Precisely one terrifying transgression identified.\n");
+  } else {
+    printf("  !! !! !! !! %d obscenities viewed with horror.\n", horrors);
+  }
+  /* Restore the status of exact arithmetic. */
+  b->noexact = saveexact;
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  enqueuebadtriang()   Add a bad triangle data structure to the end of a   */
+/*                       queue.                                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The queue is actually a set of 4096 queues.  I use multiple queues to    */
+/*  give priority to smaller angles.  I originally implemented a heap, but   */
+/*  the queues are faster by a larger margin than I'd suspected.             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void enqueuebadtriang(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                      struct badtriang *badtri)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void enqueuebadtriang(m, b, badtri)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct badtriang *badtri;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  REAL length, multiplier;
+  int exponent, expincrement;
+  int queuenumber;
+  int posexponent;
+  int i;
+
+  if (b->verbose > 2) {
+    printf("  Queueing bad triangle:\n");
+    printf("    (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+           badtri->triangorg[0], badtri->triangorg[1],
+           badtri->triangdest[0], badtri->triangdest[1],
+           badtri->triangapex[0], badtri->triangapex[1]);
+  }
+
+  /* Determine the appropriate queue to put the bad triangle into.    */
+  /*   Recall that the key is the square of its shortest edge length. */
+  if (badtri->key >= 1.0) {
+    length = badtri->key;
+    posexponent = 1;
+  } else {
+    /* `badtri->key' is 2.0 to a negative exponent, so we'll record that */
+    /*   fact and use the reciprocal of `badtri->key', which is > 1.0.   */
+    length = 1.0 / badtri->key;
+    posexponent = 0;
+  }
+  /* `length' is approximately 2.0 to what exponent?  The following code */
+  /*   determines the answer in time logarithmic in the exponent.        */
+  exponent = 0;
+  while (length > 2.0) {
+    /* Find an approximation by repeated squaring of two. */
+    expincrement = 1;
+    multiplier = 0.5;
+    while (length * multiplier * multiplier > 1.0) {
+      expincrement *= 2;
+      multiplier *= multiplier;
+    }
+    /* Reduce the value of `length', then iterate if necessary. */
+    exponent += expincrement;
+    length *= multiplier;
+  }
+  /* `length' is approximately squareroot(2.0) to what exponent? */
+  exponent = 2.0 * exponent + (length > SQUAREROOTTWO);
+  /* `exponent' is now in the range 0...2047 for IEEE double precision.   */
+  /*   Choose a queue in the range 0...4095.  The shortest edges have the */
+  /*   highest priority (queue 4095).                                     */
+  if (posexponent) {
+    queuenumber = 2047 - exponent;
+  } else {
+    queuenumber = 2048 + exponent;
+  }
+
+  /* Are we inserting into an empty queue? */
+  if (m->queuefront[queuenumber] == (struct badtriang *) NULL) {
+    /* Yes, we are inserting into an empty queue.     */
+    /*   Will this become the highest-priority queue? */
+    if (queuenumber > m->firstnonemptyq) {
+      /* Yes, this is the highest-priority queue. */
+      m->nextnonemptyq[queuenumber] = m->firstnonemptyq;
+      m->firstnonemptyq = queuenumber;
+    } else {
+      /* No, this is not the highest-priority queue. */
+      /*   Find the queue with next higher priority. */
+      i = queuenumber + 1;
+      while (m->queuefront[i] == (struct badtriang *) NULL) {
+        i++;
+      }
+      /* Mark the newly nonempty queue as following a higher-priority queue. */
+      m->nextnonemptyq[queuenumber] = m->nextnonemptyq[i];
+      m->nextnonemptyq[i] = queuenumber;
+    }
+    /* Put the bad triangle at the beginning of the (empty) queue. */
+    m->queuefront[queuenumber] = badtri;
+  } else {
+    /* Add the bad triangle to the end of an already nonempty queue. */
+    m->queuetail[queuenumber]->nexttriang = badtri;
+  }
+  /* Maintain a pointer to the last triangle of the queue. */
+  m->queuetail[queuenumber] = badtri;
+  /* Newly enqueued bad triangle has no successor in the queue. */
+  badtri->nexttriang = (struct badtriang *) NULL;
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  enqueuebadtri()   Add a bad triangle to the end of a queue.              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Allocates a badtriang data structure for the triangle, then passes it to */
+/*  enqueuebadtriang().                                                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void enqueuebadtri(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, struct otri *enqtri,
+                   REAL minedge, vertex enqapex, vertex enqorg, vertex enqdest)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void enqueuebadtri(m, b, enqtri, minedge, enqapex, enqorg, enqdest)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *enqtri;
+REAL minedge;
+vertex enqapex;
+vertex enqorg;
+vertex enqdest;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct badtriang *newbad;
+
+  /* Allocate space for the bad triangle. */
+  newbad = (struct badtriang *) poolalloc(&m->badtriangles);
+  newbad->poortri = encode(*enqtri);
+  newbad->key = minedge;
+  newbad->triangapex = enqapex;
+  newbad->triangorg = enqorg;
+  newbad->triangdest = enqdest;
+  enqueuebadtriang(m, b, newbad);
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  dequeuebadtriang()   Remove a triangle from the front of the queue.      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+struct badtriang *dequeuebadtriang(struct mesh *m)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+struct badtriang *dequeuebadtriang(m)
+struct mesh *m;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct badtriang *result;
+
+  /* If no queues are nonempty, return NULL. */
+  if (m->firstnonemptyq < 0) {
+    return (struct badtriang *) NULL;
+  }
+  /* Find the first triangle of the highest-priority queue. */
+  result = m->queuefront[m->firstnonemptyq];
+  /* Remove the triangle from the queue. */
+  m->queuefront[m->firstnonemptyq] = result->nexttriang;
+  /* If this queue is now empty, note the new highest-priority */
+  /*   nonempty queue.                                         */
+  if (result == m->queuetail[m->firstnonemptyq]) {
+    m->firstnonemptyq = m->nextnonemptyq[m->firstnonemptyq];
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  checkseg4encroach()   Check a subsegment to see if it is encroached; add */
+/*                        it to the list if it is.                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  A subsegment is encroached if there is a vertex in its diametral lens.   */
+/*  For Ruppert's algorithm (-D switch), the "diametral lens" is the         */
+/*  diametral circle.  For Chew's algorithm (default), the diametral lens is */
+/*  just big enough to enclose two isosceles triangles whose bases are the   */
+/*  subsegment.  Each of the two isosceles triangles has two angles equal    */
+/*  to `b->minangle'.                                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Chew's algorithm does not require diametral lenses at all--but they save */
+/*  time.  Any vertex inside a subsegment's diametral lens implies that the  */
+/*  triangle adjoining the subsegment will be too skinny, so it's only a     */
+/*  matter of time before the encroaching vertex is deleted by Chew's        */
+/*  algorithm.  It's faster to simply not insert the doomed vertex in the    */
+/*  first place, which is why I use diametral lenses with Chew's algorithm.  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Returns a nonzero value if the subsegment is encroached.                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+int checkseg4encroach(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                      struct osub *testsubseg)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+int checkseg4encroach(m, b, testsubseg)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct osub *testsubseg;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri neighbortri;
+  struct osub testsym;
+  struct badsubseg *encroachedseg;
+  REAL dotproduct;
+  int encroached;
+  int sides;
+  vertex eorg, edest, eapex;
+  triangle ptr;                     /* Temporary variable used by stpivot(). */
+
+  encroached = 0;
+  sides = 0;
+
+  sorg(*testsubseg, eorg);
+  sdest(*testsubseg, edest);
+  /* Check one neighbor of the subsegment. */
+  stpivot(*testsubseg, neighbortri);
+  /* Does the neighbor exist, or is this a boundary edge? */
+  if (neighbortri.tri != m->dummytri) {
+    sides++;
+    /* Find a vertex opposite this subsegment. */
+    apex(neighbortri, eapex);
+    /* Check whether the apex is in the diametral lens of the subsegment */
+    /*   (the diametral circle if `conformdel' is set).  A dot product   */
+    /*   of two sides of the triangle is used to check whether the angle */
+    /*   at the apex is greater than (180 - 2 `minangle') degrees (for   */
+    /*   lenses; 90 degrees for diametral circles).                      */
+    dotproduct = (eorg[0] - eapex[0]) * (edest[0] - eapex[0]) +
+                 (eorg[1] - eapex[1]) * (edest[1] - eapex[1]);
+    if (dotproduct < 0.0) {
+      if (b->conformdel ||
+          (dotproduct * dotproduct >=
+           (2.0 * b->goodangle - 1.0) * (2.0 * b->goodangle - 1.0) *
+           ((eorg[0] - eapex[0]) * (eorg[0] - eapex[0]) +
+            (eorg[1] - eapex[1]) * (eorg[1] - eapex[1])) *
+           ((edest[0] - eapex[0]) * (edest[0] - eapex[0]) +
+            (edest[1] - eapex[1]) * (edest[1] - eapex[1])))) {
+        encroached = 1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* Check the other neighbor of the subsegment. */
+  ssym(*testsubseg, testsym);
+  stpivot(testsym, neighbortri);
+  /* Does the neighbor exist, or is this a boundary edge? */
+  if (neighbortri.tri != m->dummytri) {
+    sides++;
+    /* Find the other vertex opposite this subsegment. */
+    apex(neighbortri, eapex);
+    /* Check whether the apex is in the diametral lens of the subsegment */
+    /*   (or the diametral circle, if `conformdel' is set).              */
+    dotproduct = (eorg[0] - eapex[0]) * (edest[0] - eapex[0]) +
+                 (eorg[1] - eapex[1]) * (edest[1] - eapex[1]);
+    if (dotproduct < 0.0) {
+      if (b->conformdel ||
+          (dotproduct * dotproduct >=
+           (2.0 * b->goodangle - 1.0) * (2.0 * b->goodangle - 1.0) *
+           ((eorg[0] - eapex[0]) * (eorg[0] - eapex[0]) +
+            (eorg[1] - eapex[1]) * (eorg[1] - eapex[1])) *
+           ((edest[0] - eapex[0]) * (edest[0] - eapex[0]) +
+            (edest[1] - eapex[1]) * (edest[1] - eapex[1])))) {
+        encroached += 2;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (encroached && (!b->nobisect || ((b->nobisect == 1) && (sides == 2)))) {
+    if (b->verbose > 2) {
+      printf(
+        "  Queueing encroached subsegment (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g).\n",
+        eorg[0], eorg[1], edest[0], edest[1]);
+    }
+    /* Add the subsegment to the list of encroached subsegments. */
+    /*   Be sure to get the orientation right.                   */
+    encroachedseg = (struct badsubseg *) poolalloc(&m->badsubsegs);
+    if (encroached == 1) {
+      encroachedseg->encsubseg = sencode(*testsubseg);
+      encroachedseg->subsegorg = eorg;
+      encroachedseg->subsegdest = edest;
+    } else {
+      encroachedseg->encsubseg = sencode(testsym);
+      encroachedseg->subsegorg = edest;
+      encroachedseg->subsegdest = eorg;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return encroached;
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  testtriangle()   Test a triangle for quality and size.                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Tests a triangle to see if it satisfies the minimum angle condition and  */
+/*  the maximum area condition.  Triangles that aren't up to spec are added  */
+/*  to the bad triangle queue.                                               */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void testtriangle(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, struct otri *testtri)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void testtriangle(m, b, testtri)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *testtri;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri tri1, tri2;
+  struct osub testsub;
+  vertex torg, tdest, tapex;
+  vertex base1, base2;
+  vertex org1, dest1, org2, dest2;
+  vertex joinvertex;
+  REAL dxod, dyod, dxda, dyda, dxao, dyao;
+  REAL dxod2, dyod2, dxda2, dyda2, dxao2, dyao2;
+  REAL apexlen, orglen, destlen, minedge;
+  REAL angle;
+  REAL area;
+  REAL dist1, dist2;
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+  triangle ptr;           /* Temporary variable used by oprev() and dnext(). */
+
+  org(*testtri, torg);
+  dest(*testtri, tdest);
+  apex(*testtri, tapex);
+  dxod = torg[0] - tdest[0];
+  dyod = torg[1] - tdest[1];
+  dxda = tdest[0] - tapex[0];
+  dyda = tdest[1] - tapex[1];
+  dxao = tapex[0] - torg[0];
+  dyao = tapex[1] - torg[1];
+  dxod2 = dxod * dxod;
+  dyod2 = dyod * dyod;
+  dxda2 = dxda * dxda;
+  dyda2 = dyda * dyda;
+  dxao2 = dxao * dxao;
+  dyao2 = dyao * dyao;
+  /* Find the lengths of the triangle's three edges. */
+  apexlen = dxod2 + dyod2;
+  orglen = dxda2 + dyda2;
+  destlen = dxao2 + dyao2;
+
+  if ((apexlen < orglen) && (apexlen < destlen)) {
+    /* The edge opposite the apex is shortest. */
+    minedge = apexlen;
+    /* Find the square of the cosine of the angle at the apex. */
+    angle = dxda * dxao + dyda * dyao;
+    angle = angle * angle / (orglen * destlen);
+    base1 = torg;
+    base2 = tdest;
+    otricopy(*testtri, tri1);
+  } else if (orglen < destlen) {
+    /* The edge opposite the origin is shortest. */
+    minedge = orglen;
+    /* Find the square of the cosine of the angle at the origin. */
+    angle = dxod * dxao + dyod * dyao;
+    angle = angle * angle / (apexlen * destlen);
+    base1 = tdest;
+    base2 = tapex;
+    lnext(*testtri, tri1);
+  } else {
+    /* The edge opposite the destination is shortest. */
+    minedge = destlen;
+    /* Find the square of the cosine of the angle at the destination. */
+    angle = dxod * dxda + dyod * dyda;
+    angle = angle * angle / (apexlen * orglen);
+    base1 = tapex;
+    base2 = torg;
+    lprev(*testtri, tri1);
+  }
+
+  if (b->vararea || b->fixedarea || b->usertest) {
+    /* Check whether the area is larger than permitted. */
+    area = 0.5 * (dxod * dyda - dyod * dxda);
+    if (b->fixedarea && (area > b->maxarea)) {
+      /* Add this triangle to the list of bad triangles. */
+      enqueuebadtri(m, b, testtri, minedge, tapex, torg, tdest);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* Nonpositive area constraints are treated as unconstrained. */
+    if ((b->vararea) && (area > areabound(*testtri)) &&
+        (areabound(*testtri) > 0.0)) {
+      /* Add this triangle to the list of bad triangles. */
+      enqueuebadtri(m, b, testtri, minedge, tapex, torg, tdest);
+      return;
+    }
+
+    if (b->usertest) {
+      /* Check whether the user thinks this triangle is too large. */
+      if (triunsuitable(torg, tdest, tapex, area)) {
+        enqueuebadtri(m, b, testtri, minedge, tapex, torg, tdest);
+        return;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Check whether the angle is smaller than permitted. */
+  if (angle > b->goodangle) {
+    /* Use the rules of Miller, Pav, and Walkington to decide that certain */
+    /*   triangles should not be split, even if they have bad angles.      */
+    /*   A skinny triangle is not split if its shortest edge subtends a    */
+    /*   small input angle, and both endpoints of the edge lie on a        */
+    /*   concentric circular shell.  For convenience, I make a small       */
+    /*   adjustment to that rule:  I check if the endpoints of the edge    */
+    /*   both lie in segment interiors, equidistant from the apex where    */
+    /*   the two segments meet.                                            */
+    /* First, check if both points lie in segment interiors.               */
+    if ((vertextype(base1) == SEGMENTVERTEX) &&
+        (vertextype(base2) == SEGMENTVERTEX)) {
+      /* Check if both points lie in a common segment.  If they do, the */
+      /*   skinny triangle is enqueued to be split as usual.            */
+      tspivot(tri1, testsub);
+      if (testsub.ss == m->dummysub) {
+        /* No common segment.  Find a subsegment that contains `torg'. */
+        otricopy(tri1, tri2);
+        do {
+          oprevself(tri1);
+          tspivot(tri1, testsub);
+        } while (testsub.ss == m->dummysub);
+        /* Find the endpoints of the containing segment. */
+        segorg(testsub, org1);
+        segdest(testsub, dest1);
+        /* Find a subsegment that contains `tdest'. */
+        do {
+          dnextself(tri2);
+          tspivot(tri2, testsub);
+        } while (testsub.ss == m->dummysub);
+        /* Find the endpoints of the containing segment. */
+        segorg(testsub, org2);
+        segdest(testsub, dest2);
+        /* Check if the two containing segments have an endpoint in common. */
+        joinvertex = (vertex) NULL;
+        if ((dest1[0] == org2[0]) && (dest1[1] == org2[1])) {
+          joinvertex = dest1;
+        } else if ((org1[0] == dest2[0]) && (org1[1] == dest2[1])) {
+          joinvertex = org1;
+        }
+        if (joinvertex != (vertex) NULL) {
+          /* Compute the distance from the common endpoint (of the two  */
+          /*   segments) to each of the endpoints of the shortest edge. */
+          dist1 = ((base1[0] - joinvertex[0]) * (base1[0] - joinvertex[0]) +
+                   (base1[1] - joinvertex[1]) * (base1[1] - joinvertex[1]));
+          dist2 = ((base2[0] - joinvertex[0]) * (base2[0] - joinvertex[0]) +
+                   (base2[1] - joinvertex[1]) * (base2[1] - joinvertex[1]));
+          /* If the two distances are equal, don't split the triangle. */
+          if ((dist1 < 1.001 * dist2) && (dist1 > 0.999 * dist2)) {
+            /* Return now to avoid enqueueing the bad triangle. */
+            return;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Add this triangle to the list of bad triangles. */
+    enqueuebadtri(m, b, testtri, minedge, tapex, torg, tdest);
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Mesh quality testing routines end here                    *********/
+
+/********* Point location routines begin here                        *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  makevertexmap()   Construct a mapping from vertices to triangles to      */
+/*                    improve the speed of point location for segment        */
+/*                    insertion.                                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Traverses all the triangles, and provides each corner of each triangle   */
+/*  with a pointer to that triangle.  Of course, pointers will be            */
+/*  overwritten by other pointers because (almost) each vertex is a corner   */
+/*  of several triangles, but in the end every vertex will point to some     */
+/*  triangle that contains it.                                               */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void makevertexmap(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void makevertexmap(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri triangleloop;
+  vertex triorg;
+
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("    Constructing mapping from vertices to triangles.\n");
+  }
+  traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+  triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+    /* Check all three vertices of the triangle. */
+    for (triangleloop.orient = 0; triangleloop.orient < 3;
+         triangleloop.orient++) {
+      org(triangleloop, triorg);
+      setvertex2tri(triorg, encode(triangleloop));
+    }
+    triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  preciselocate()   Find a triangle or edge containing a given point.      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Begins its search from `searchtri'.  It is important that `searchtri'    */
+/*  be a handle with the property that `searchpoint' is strictly to the left */
+/*  of the edge denoted by `searchtri', or is collinear with that edge and   */
+/*  does not intersect that edge.  (In particular, `searchpoint' should not  */
+/*  be the origin or destination of that edge.)                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  These conditions are imposed because preciselocate() is normally used in */
+/*  one of two situations:                                                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  (1)  To try to find the location to insert a new point.  Normally, we    */
+/*       know an edge that the point is strictly to the left of.  In the     */
+/*       incremental Delaunay algorithm, that edge is a bounding box edge.   */
+/*       In Ruppert's Delaunay refinement algorithm for quality meshing,     */
+/*       that edge is the shortest edge of the triangle whose circumcenter   */
+/*       is being inserted.                                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  (2)  To try to find an existing point.  In this case, any edge on the    */
+/*       convex hull is a good starting edge.  You must screen out the       */
+/*       possibility that the vertex sought is an endpoint of the starting   */
+/*       edge before you call preciselocate().                               */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  On completion, `searchtri' is a triangle that contains `searchpoint'.    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This implementation differs from that given by Guibas and Stolfi.  It    */
+/*  walks from triangle to triangle, crossing an edge only if `searchpoint'  */
+/*  is on the other side of the line containing that edge.  After entering   */
+/*  a triangle, there are two edges by which one can leave that triangle.    */
+/*  If both edges are valid (`searchpoint' is on the other side of both      */
+/*  edges), one of the two is chosen by drawing a line perpendicular to      */
+/*  the entry edge (whose endpoints are `forg' and `fdest') passing through  */
+/*  `fapex'.  Depending on which side of this perpendicular `searchpoint'    */
+/*  falls on, an exit edge is chosen.                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This implementation is empirically faster than the Guibas and Stolfi     */
+/*  point location routine (which I originally used), which tends to spiral  */
+/*  in toward its target.                                                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Returns ONVERTEX if the point lies on an existing vertex.  `searchtri'   */
+/*  is a handle whose origin is the existing vertex.                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Returns ONEDGE if the point lies on a mesh edge.  `searchtri' is a       */
+/*  handle whose primary edge is the edge on which the point lies.           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Returns INTRIANGLE if the point lies strictly within a triangle.         */
+/*  `searchtri' is a handle on the triangle that contains the point.         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Returns OUTSIDE if the point lies outside the mesh.  `searchtri' is a    */
+/*  handle whose primary edge the point is to the right of.  This might      */
+/*  occur when the circumcenter of a triangle falls just slightly outside    */
+/*  the mesh due to floating-point roundoff error.  It also occurs when      */
+/*  seeking a hole or region point that a foolish user has placed outside    */
+/*  the mesh.                                                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  If `stopatsubsegment' is nonzero, the search will stop if it tries to    */
+/*  walk through a subsegment, and will return OUTSIDE.                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  WARNING:  This routine is designed for convex triangulations, and will   */
+/*  not generally work after the holes and concavities have been carved.     */
+/*  However, it can still be used to find the circumcenter of a triangle, as */
+/*  long as the search is begun from the triangle in question.               */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+enum locateresult preciselocate(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                                vertex searchpoint, struct otri *searchtri,
+                                int stopatsubsegment)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+enum locateresult preciselocate(m, b, searchpoint, searchtri, stopatsubsegment)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+vertex searchpoint;
+struct otri *searchtri;
+int stopatsubsegment;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri backtracktri;
+  struct osub checkedge;
+  vertex forg, fdest, fapex;
+  REAL orgorient, destorient;
+  int moveleft;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  if (b->verbose > 2) {
+    printf("  Searching for point (%.12g, %.12g).\n",
+           searchpoint[0], searchpoint[1]);
+  }
+  /* Where are we? */
+  org(*searchtri, forg);
+  dest(*searchtri, fdest);
+  apex(*searchtri, fapex);
+  while (1) {
+    if (b->verbose > 2) {
+      printf("    At (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+             forg[0], forg[1], fdest[0], fdest[1], fapex[0], fapex[1]);
+    }
+    /* Check whether the apex is the point we seek. */
+    if ((fapex[0] == searchpoint[0]) && (fapex[1] == searchpoint[1])) {
+      lprevself(*searchtri);
+      return ONVERTEX;
+    }
+    /* Does the point lie on the other side of the line defined by the */
+    /*   triangle edge opposite the triangle's destination?            */
+    destorient = counterclockwise(m, b, forg, fapex, searchpoint);
+    /* Does the point lie on the other side of the line defined by the */
+    /*   triangle edge opposite the triangle's origin?                 */
+    orgorient = counterclockwise(m, b, fapex, fdest, searchpoint);
+    if (destorient > 0.0) {
+      if (orgorient > 0.0) {
+        /* Move left if the inner product of (fapex - searchpoint) and  */
+        /*   (fdest - forg) is positive.  This is equivalent to drawing */
+        /*   a line perpendicular to the line (forg, fdest) and passing */
+        /*   through `fapex', and determining which side of this line   */
+        /*   `searchpoint' falls on.                                    */
+        moveleft = (fapex[0] - searchpoint[0]) * (fdest[0] - forg[0]) +
+                   (fapex[1] - searchpoint[1]) * (fdest[1] - forg[1]) > 0.0;
+      } else {
+        moveleft = 1;
+      }
+    } else {
+      if (orgorient > 0.0) {
+        moveleft = 0;
+      } else {
+        /* The point we seek must be on the boundary of or inside this */
+        /*   triangle.                                                 */
+        if (destorient == 0.0) {
+          lprevself(*searchtri);
+          return ONEDGE;
+        }
+        if (orgorient == 0.0) {
+          lnextself(*searchtri);
+          return ONEDGE;
+        }
+        return INTRIANGLE;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Move to another triangle.  Leave a trace `backtracktri' in case */
+    /*   floating-point roundoff or some such bogey causes us to walk  */
+    /*   off a boundary of the triangulation.                          */
+    if (moveleft) {
+      lprev(*searchtri, backtracktri);
+      fdest = fapex;
+    } else {
+      lnext(*searchtri, backtracktri);
+      forg = fapex;
+    }
+    sym(backtracktri, *searchtri);
+
+    if (m->checksegments && stopatsubsegment) {
+      /* Check for walking through a subsegment. */
+      tspivot(backtracktri, checkedge);
+      if (checkedge.ss != m->dummysub) {
+        /* Go back to the last triangle. */
+        otricopy(backtracktri, *searchtri);
+        return OUTSIDE;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Check for walking right out of the triangulation. */
+    if (searchtri->tri == m->dummytri) {
+      /* Go back to the last triangle. */
+      otricopy(backtracktri, *searchtri);
+      return OUTSIDE;
+    }
+
+    apex(*searchtri, fapex);
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  locate()   Find a triangle or edge containing a given point.             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Searching begins from one of:  the input `searchtri', a recently         */
+/*  encountered triangle `recenttri', or from a triangle chosen from a       */
+/*  random sample.  The choice is made by determining which triangle's       */
+/*  origin is closest to the point we are searching for.  Normally,          */
+/*  `searchtri' should be a handle on the convex hull of the triangulation.  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Details on the random sampling method can be found in the Mucke, Saias,  */
+/*  and Zhu paper cited in the header of this code.                          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  On completion, `searchtri' is a triangle that contains `searchpoint'.    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Returns ONVERTEX if the point lies on an existing vertex.  `searchtri'   */
+/*  is a handle whose origin is the existing vertex.                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Returns ONEDGE if the point lies on a mesh edge.  `searchtri' is a       */
+/*  handle whose primary edge is the edge on which the point lies.           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Returns INTRIANGLE if the point lies strictly within a triangle.         */
+/*  `searchtri' is a handle on the triangle that contains the point.         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Returns OUTSIDE if the point lies outside the mesh.  `searchtri' is a    */
+/*  handle whose primary edge the point is to the right of.  This might      */
+/*  occur when the circumcenter of a triangle falls just slightly outside    */
+/*  the mesh due to floating-point roundoff error.  It also occurs when      */
+/*  seeking a hole or region point that a foolish user has placed outside    */
+/*  the mesh.                                                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  WARNING:  This routine is designed for convex triangulations, and will   */
+/*  not generally work after the holes and concavities have been carved.     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+enum locateresult locate(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                         vertex searchpoint, struct otri *searchtri)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+enum locateresult locate(m, b, searchpoint, searchtri)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+vertex searchpoint;
+struct otri *searchtri;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  VOID **sampleblock;
+  char *firsttri;
+  struct otri sampletri;
+  vertex torg, tdest;
+  unsigned long alignptr;
+  REAL searchdist, dist;
+  REAL ahead;
+  long samplesperblock, totalsamplesleft, samplesleft;
+  long population, totalpopulation;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+
+  if (b->verbose > 2) {
+    printf("  Randomly sampling for a triangle near point (%.12g, %.12g).\n",
+           searchpoint[0], searchpoint[1]);
+  }
+  /* Record the distance from the suggested starting triangle to the */
+  /*   point we seek.                                                */
+  org(*searchtri, torg);
+  searchdist = (searchpoint[0] - torg[0]) * (searchpoint[0] - torg[0]) +
+               (searchpoint[1] - torg[1]) * (searchpoint[1] - torg[1]);
+  if (b->verbose > 2) {
+    printf("    Boundary triangle has origin (%.12g, %.12g).\n",
+           torg[0], torg[1]);
+  }
+
+  /* If a recently encountered triangle has been recorded and has not been */
+  /*   deallocated, test it as a good starting point.                      */
+  if (m->recenttri.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+    if (!deadtri(m->recenttri.tri)) {
+      org(m->recenttri, torg);
+      if ((torg[0] == searchpoint[0]) && (torg[1] == searchpoint[1])) {
+        otricopy(m->recenttri, *searchtri);
+        return ONVERTEX;
+      }
+      dist = (searchpoint[0] - torg[0]) * (searchpoint[0] - torg[0]) +
+             (searchpoint[1] - torg[1]) * (searchpoint[1] - torg[1]);
+      if (dist < searchdist) {
+        otricopy(m->recenttri, *searchtri);
+        searchdist = dist;
+        if (b->verbose > 2) {
+          printf("    Choosing recent triangle with origin (%.12g, %.12g).\n",
+                 torg[0], torg[1]);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The number of random samples taken is proportional to the cube root of */
+  /*   the number of triangles in the mesh.  The next bit of code assumes   */
+  /*   that the number of triangles increases monotonically (or at least    */
+  /*   doesn't decrease enough to matter).                                  */
+  while (SAMPLEFACTOR * m->samples * m->samples * m->samples <
+         m->triangles.items) {
+    m->samples++;
+  }
+
+  /* We'll draw ceiling(samples * TRIPERBLOCK / maxitems) random samples  */
+  /*   from each block of triangles (except the first)--until we meet the */
+  /*   sample quota.  The ceiling means that blocks at the end might be   */
+  /*   neglected, but I don't care.                                       */
+  samplesperblock = (m->samples * TRIPERBLOCK - 1) / m->triangles.maxitems + 1;
+  /* We'll draw ceiling(samples * itemsfirstblock / maxitems) random samples */
+  /*   from the first block of triangles.                                    */
+  samplesleft = (m->samples * m->triangles.itemsfirstblock - 1) /
+                m->triangles.maxitems + 1;
+  totalsamplesleft = m->samples;
+  population = m->triangles.itemsfirstblock;
+  totalpopulation = m->triangles.maxitems;
+  sampleblock = m->triangles.firstblock;
+  sampletri.orient = 0;
+  while (totalsamplesleft > 0) {
+    /* If we're in the last block, `population' needs to be corrected. */
+    if (population > totalpopulation) {
+      population = totalpopulation;
+    }
+    /* Find a pointer to the first triangle in the block. */
+    alignptr = (unsigned long) (sampleblock + 1);
+    firsttri = (char *) (alignptr +
+                         (unsigned long) m->triangles.alignbytes -
+                         (alignptr %
+                          (unsigned long) m->triangles.alignbytes));
+
+    /* Choose `samplesleft' randomly sampled triangles in this block. */
+    do {
+      sampletri.tri = (triangle *) (firsttri +
+                                    (randomnation((unsigned int) population) *
+                                     m->triangles.itembytes));
+      if (!deadtri(sampletri.tri)) {
+        org(sampletri, torg);
+        dist = (searchpoint[0] - torg[0]) * (searchpoint[0] - torg[0]) +
+               (searchpoint[1] - torg[1]) * (searchpoint[1] - torg[1]);
+        if (dist < searchdist) {
+          otricopy(sampletri, *searchtri);
+          searchdist = dist;
+          if (b->verbose > 2) {
+            printf("    Choosing triangle with origin (%.12g, %.12g).\n",
+                   torg[0], torg[1]);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+
+      samplesleft--;
+      totalsamplesleft--;
+    } while ((samplesleft > 0) && (totalsamplesleft > 0));
+
+    if (totalsamplesleft > 0) {
+      sampleblock = (VOID **) *sampleblock;
+      samplesleft = samplesperblock;
+      totalpopulation -= population;
+      population = TRIPERBLOCK;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Where are we? */
+  org(*searchtri, torg);
+  dest(*searchtri, tdest);
+  /* Check the starting triangle's vertices. */
+  if ((torg[0] == searchpoint[0]) && (torg[1] == searchpoint[1])) {
+    return ONVERTEX;
+  }
+  if ((tdest[0] == searchpoint[0]) && (tdest[1] == searchpoint[1])) {
+    lnextself(*searchtri);
+    return ONVERTEX;
+  }
+  /* Orient `searchtri' to fit the preconditions of calling preciselocate(). */
+  ahead = counterclockwise(m, b, torg, tdest, searchpoint);
+  if (ahead < 0.0) {
+    /* Turn around so that `searchpoint' is to the left of the */
+    /*   edge specified by `searchtri'.                        */
+    symself(*searchtri);
+  } else if (ahead == 0.0) {
+    /* Check if `searchpoint' is between `torg' and `tdest'. */
+    if (((torg[0] < searchpoint[0]) == (searchpoint[0] < tdest[0])) &&
+        ((torg[1] < searchpoint[1]) == (searchpoint[1] < tdest[1]))) {
+      return ONEDGE;
+    }
+  }
+  return preciselocate(m, b, searchpoint, searchtri, 0);
+}
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Point location routines end here                          *********/
+
+/********* Mesh transformation routines begin here                   *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  insertsubseg()   Create a new subsegment and insert it between two       */
+/*                   triangles.                                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The new subsegment is inserted at the edge described by the handle       */
+/*  `tri'.  Its vertices are properly initialized.  The marker `subsegmark'  */
+/*  is applied to the subsegment and, if appropriate, its vertices.          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void insertsubseg(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, struct otri *tri,
+                  int subsegmark)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void insertsubseg(m, b, tri, subsegmark)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *tri;             /* Edge at which to insert the new subsegment. */
+int subsegmark;                            /* Marker for the new subsegment. */
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri oppotri;
+  struct osub newsubseg;
+  vertex triorg, tridest;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  org(*tri, triorg);
+  dest(*tri, tridest);
+  /* Mark vertices if possible. */
+  if (vertexmark(triorg) == 0) {
+    setvertexmark(triorg, subsegmark);
+  }
+  if (vertexmark(tridest) == 0) {
+    setvertexmark(tridest, subsegmark);
+  }
+  /* Check if there's already a subsegment here. */
+  tspivot(*tri, newsubseg);
+  if (newsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+    /* Make new subsegment and initialize its vertices. */
+    makesubseg(m, &newsubseg);
+    setsorg(newsubseg, tridest);
+    setsdest(newsubseg, triorg);
+    setsegorg(newsubseg, tridest);
+    setsegdest(newsubseg, triorg);
+    /* Bond new subsegment to the two triangles it is sandwiched between. */
+    /*   Note that the facing triangle `oppotri' might be equal to        */
+    /*   `dummytri' (outer space), but the new subsegment is bonded to it */
+    /*   all the same.                                                    */
+    tsbond(*tri, newsubseg);
+    sym(*tri, oppotri);
+    ssymself(newsubseg);
+    tsbond(oppotri, newsubseg);
+    setmark(newsubseg, subsegmark);
+    if (b->verbose > 2) {
+      printf("  Inserting new ");
+      printsubseg(m, b, &newsubseg);
+    }
+  } else {
+    if (mark(newsubseg) == 0) {
+      setmark(newsubseg, subsegmark);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Terminology                                                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  A "local transformation" replaces a small set of triangles with another  */
+/*  set of triangles.  This may or may not involve inserting or deleting a   */
+/*  vertex.                                                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The term "casing" is used to describe the set of triangles that are      */
+/*  attached to the triangles being transformed, but are not transformed     */
+/*  themselves.  Think of the casing as a fixed hollow structure inside      */
+/*  which all the action happens.  A "casing" is only defined relative to    */
+/*  a single transformation; each occurrence of a transformation will        */
+/*  involve a different casing.                                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  flip()   Transform two triangles to two different triangles by flipping  */
+/*           an edge counterclockwise within a quadrilateral.                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Imagine the original triangles, abc and bad, oriented so that the        */
+/*  shared edge ab lies in a horizontal plane, with the vertex b on the left */
+/*  and the vertex a on the right.  The vertex c lies below the edge, and    */
+/*  the vertex d lies above the edge.  The `flipedge' handle holds the edge  */
+/*  ab of triangle abc, and is directed left, from vertex a to vertex b.     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The triangles abc and bad are deleted and replaced by the triangles cdb  */
+/*  and dca.  The triangles that represent abc and bad are NOT deallocated;  */
+/*  they are reused for dca and cdb, respectively.  Hence, any handles that  */
+/*  may have held the original triangles are still valid, although not       */
+/*  directed as they were before.                                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Upon completion of this routine, the `flipedge' handle holds the edge    */
+/*  dc of triangle dca, and is directed down, from vertex d to vertex c.     */
+/*  (Hence, the two triangles have rotated counterclockwise.)                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  WARNING:  This transformation is geometrically valid only if the         */
+/*  quadrilateral adbc is convex.  Furthermore, this transformation is       */
+/*  valid only if there is not a subsegment between the triangles abc and    */
+/*  bad.  This routine does not check either of these preconditions, and     */
+/*  it is the responsibility of the calling routine to ensure that they are  */
+/*  met.  If they are not, the streets shall be filled with wailing and      */
+/*  gnashing of teeth.                                                       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void flip(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, struct otri *flipedge)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void flip(m, b, flipedge)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *flipedge;                    /* Handle for the triangle abc. */
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri botleft, botright;
+  struct otri topleft, topright;
+  struct otri top;
+  struct otri botlcasing, botrcasing;
+  struct otri toplcasing, toprcasing;
+  struct osub botlsubseg, botrsubseg;
+  struct osub toplsubseg, toprsubseg;
+  vertex leftvertex, rightvertex, botvertex;
+  vertex farvertex;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  /* Identify the vertices of the quadrilateral. */
+  org(*flipedge, rightvertex);
+  dest(*flipedge, leftvertex);
+  apex(*flipedge, botvertex);
+  sym(*flipedge, top);
+#ifdef SELF_CHECK
+  if (top.tri == m->dummytri) {
+    printf("Internal error in flip():  Attempt to flip on boundary.\n");
+    lnextself(*flipedge);
+    return;
+  }
+  if (m->checksegments) {
+    tspivot(*flipedge, toplsubseg);
+    if (toplsubseg.ss != m->dummysub) {
+      printf("Internal error in flip():  Attempt to flip a segment.\n");
+      lnextself(*flipedge);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SELF_CHECK */
+  apex(top, farvertex);
+
+  /* Identify the casing of the quadrilateral. */
+  lprev(top, topleft);
+  sym(topleft, toplcasing);
+  lnext(top, topright);
+  sym(topright, toprcasing);
+  lnext(*flipedge, botleft);
+  sym(botleft, botlcasing);
+  lprev(*flipedge, botright);
+  sym(botright, botrcasing);
+  /* Rotate the quadrilateral one-quarter turn counterclockwise. */
+  bond(topleft, botlcasing);
+  bond(botleft, botrcasing);
+  bond(botright, toprcasing);
+  bond(topright, toplcasing);
+
+  if (m->checksegments) {
+    /* Check for subsegments and rebond them to the quadrilateral. */
+    tspivot(topleft, toplsubseg);
+    tspivot(botleft, botlsubseg);
+    tspivot(botright, botrsubseg);
+    tspivot(topright, toprsubseg);
+    if (toplsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+      tsdissolve(topright);
+    } else {
+      tsbond(topright, toplsubseg);
+    }
+    if (botlsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+      tsdissolve(topleft);
+    } else {
+      tsbond(topleft, botlsubseg);
+    }
+    if (botrsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+      tsdissolve(botleft);
+    } else {
+      tsbond(botleft, botrsubseg);
+    }
+    if (toprsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+      tsdissolve(botright);
+    } else {
+      tsbond(botright, toprsubseg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* New vertex assignments for the rotated quadrilateral. */
+  setorg(*flipedge, farvertex);
+  setdest(*flipedge, botvertex);
+  setapex(*flipedge, rightvertex);
+  setorg(top, botvertex);
+  setdest(top, farvertex);
+  setapex(top, leftvertex);
+  if (b->verbose > 2) {
+    printf("  Edge flip results in left ");
+    printtriangle(m, b, &top);
+    printf("  and right ");
+    printtriangle(m, b, flipedge);
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  unflip()   Transform two triangles to two different triangles by         */
+/*             flipping an edge clockwise within a quadrilateral.  Reverses  */
+/*             the flip() operation so that the data structures representing */
+/*             the triangles are back where they were before the flip().     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Imagine the original triangles, abc and bad, oriented so that the        */
+/*  shared edge ab lies in a horizontal plane, with the vertex b on the left */
+/*  and the vertex a on the right.  The vertex c lies below the edge, and    */
+/*  the vertex d lies above the edge.  The `flipedge' handle holds the edge  */
+/*  ab of triangle abc, and is directed left, from vertex a to vertex b.     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The triangles abc and bad are deleted and replaced by the triangles cdb  */
+/*  and dca.  The triangles that represent abc and bad are NOT deallocated;  */
+/*  they are reused for cdb and dca, respectively.  Hence, any handles that  */
+/*  may have held the original triangles are still valid, although not       */
+/*  directed as they were before.                                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Upon completion of this routine, the `flipedge' handle holds the edge    */
+/*  cd of triangle cdb, and is directed up, from vertex c to vertex d.       */
+/*  (Hence, the two triangles have rotated clockwise.)                       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  WARNING:  This transformation is geometrically valid only if the         */
+/*  quadrilateral adbc is convex.  Furthermore, this transformation is       */
+/*  valid only if there is not a subsegment between the triangles abc and    */
+/*  bad.  This routine does not check either of these preconditions, and     */
+/*  it is the responsibility of the calling routine to ensure that they are  */
+/*  met.  If they are not, the streets shall be filled with wailing and      */
+/*  gnashing of teeth.                                                       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void unflip(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, struct otri *flipedge)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void unflip(m, b, flipedge)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *flipedge;                    /* Handle for the triangle abc. */
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri botleft, botright;
+  struct otri topleft, topright;
+  struct otri top;
+  struct otri botlcasing, botrcasing;
+  struct otri toplcasing, toprcasing;
+  struct osub botlsubseg, botrsubseg;
+  struct osub toplsubseg, toprsubseg;
+  vertex leftvertex, rightvertex, botvertex;
+  vertex farvertex;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  /* Identify the vertices of the quadrilateral. */
+  org(*flipedge, rightvertex);
+  dest(*flipedge, leftvertex);
+  apex(*flipedge, botvertex);
+  sym(*flipedge, top);
+#ifdef SELF_CHECK
+  if (top.tri == m->dummytri) {
+    printf("Internal error in unflip():  Attempt to flip on boundary.\n");
+    lnextself(*flipedge);
+    return;
+  }
+  if (m->checksegments) {
+    tspivot(*flipedge, toplsubseg);
+    if (toplsubseg.ss != m->dummysub) {
+      printf("Internal error in unflip():  Attempt to flip a subsegment.\n");
+      lnextself(*flipedge);
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* SELF_CHECK */
+  apex(top, farvertex);
+
+  /* Identify the casing of the quadrilateral. */
+  lprev(top, topleft);
+  sym(topleft, toplcasing);
+  lnext(top, topright);
+  sym(topright, toprcasing);
+  lnext(*flipedge, botleft);
+  sym(botleft, botlcasing);
+  lprev(*flipedge, botright);
+  sym(botright, botrcasing);
+  /* Rotate the quadrilateral one-quarter turn clockwise. */
+  bond(topleft, toprcasing);
+  bond(botleft, toplcasing);
+  bond(botright, botlcasing);
+  bond(topright, botrcasing);
+
+  if (m->checksegments) {
+    /* Check for subsegments and rebond them to the quadrilateral. */
+    tspivot(topleft, toplsubseg);
+    tspivot(botleft, botlsubseg);
+    tspivot(botright, botrsubseg);
+    tspivot(topright, toprsubseg);
+    if (toplsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+      tsdissolve(botleft);
+    } else {
+      tsbond(botleft, toplsubseg);
+    }
+    if (botlsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+      tsdissolve(botright);
+    } else {
+      tsbond(botright, botlsubseg);
+    }
+    if (botrsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+      tsdissolve(topright);
+    } else {
+      tsbond(topright, botrsubseg);
+    }
+    if (toprsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+      tsdissolve(topleft);
+    } else {
+      tsbond(topleft, toprsubseg);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* New vertex assignments for the rotated quadrilateral. */
+  setorg(*flipedge, botvertex);
+  setdest(*flipedge, farvertex);
+  setapex(*flipedge, leftvertex);
+  setorg(top, farvertex);
+  setdest(top, botvertex);
+  setapex(top, rightvertex);
+  if (b->verbose > 2) {
+    printf("  Edge unflip results in left ");
+    printtriangle(m, b, flipedge);
+    printf("  and right ");
+    printtriangle(m, b, &top);
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  insertvertex()   Insert a vertex into a Delaunay triangulation,          */
+/*                   performing flips as necessary to maintain the Delaunay  */
+/*                   property.                                               */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The point `insertvertex' is located.  If `searchtri.tri' is not NULL,    */
+/*  the search for the containing triangle begins from `searchtri'.  If      */
+/*  `searchtri.tri' is NULL, a full point location procedure is called.      */
+/*  If `insertvertex' is found inside a triangle, the triangle is split into */
+/*  three; if `insertvertex' lies on an edge, the edge is split in two,      */
+/*  thereby splitting the two adjacent triangles into four.  Edge flips are  */
+/*  used to restore the Delaunay property.  If `insertvertex' lies on an     */
+/*  existing vertex, no action is taken, and the value DUPLICATEVERTEX is    */
+/*  returned.  On return, `searchtri' is set to a handle whose origin is the */
+/*  existing vertex.                                                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Normally, the parameter `splitseg' is set to NULL, implying that no      */
+/*  subsegment should be split.  In this case, if `insertvertex' is found to */
+/*  lie on a segment, no action is taken, and the value VIOLATINGVERTEX is   */
+/*  returned.  On return, `searchtri' is set to a handle whose primary edge  */
+/*  is the violated subsegment.                                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  If the calling routine wishes to split a subsegment by inserting a       */
+/*  vertex in it, the parameter `splitseg' should be that subsegment.  In    */
+/*  this case, `searchtri' MUST be the triangle handle reached by pivoting   */
+/*  from that subsegment; no point location is done.                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `segmentflaws' and `triflaws' are flags that indicate whether or not     */
+/*  there should be checks for the creation of encroached subsegments or bad */
+/*  quality triangles.  If a newly inserted vertex encroaches upon           */
+/*  subsegments, these subsegments are added to the list of subsegments to   */
+/*  be split if `segmentflaws' is set.  If bad triangles are created, these  */
+/*  are added to the queue if `triflaws' is set.                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  If a duplicate vertex or violated segment does not prevent the vertex    */
+/*  from being inserted, the return value will be ENCROACHINGVERTEX if the   */
+/*  vertex encroaches upon a subsegment (and checking is enabled), or        */
+/*  SUCCESSFULVERTEX otherwise.  In either case, `searchtri' is set to a     */
+/*  handle whose origin is the newly inserted vertex.                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  insertvertex() does not use flip() for reasons of speed; some            */
+/*  information can be reused from edge flip to edge flip, like the          */
+/*  locations of subsegments.                                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+enum insertvertexresult insertvertex(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                                     vertex newvertex, struct otri *searchtri,
+                                     struct osub *splitseg,
+                                     int segmentflaws, int triflaws)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+enum insertvertexresult insertvertex(m, b, newvertex, searchtri, splitseg,
+                                     segmentflaws, triflaws)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+vertex newvertex;
+struct otri *searchtri;
+struct osub *splitseg;
+int segmentflaws;
+int triflaws;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri horiz;
+  struct otri top;
+  struct otri botleft, botright;
+  struct otri topleft, topright;
+  struct otri newbotleft, newbotright;
+  struct otri newtopright;
+  struct otri botlcasing, botrcasing;
+  struct otri toplcasing, toprcasing;
+  struct otri testtri;
+  struct osub botlsubseg, botrsubseg;
+  struct osub toplsubseg, toprsubseg;
+  struct osub brokensubseg;
+  struct osub checksubseg;
+  struct osub rightsubseg;
+  struct osub newsubseg;
+  struct badsubseg *encroached;
+  struct flipstacker *newflip;
+  vertex first;
+  vertex leftvertex, rightvertex, botvertex, topvertex, farvertex;
+  vertex segmentorg, segmentdest;
+  REAL attrib;
+  REAL area;
+  enum insertvertexresult success;
+  enum locateresult intersect;
+  int doflip;
+  int mirrorflag;
+  int enq;
+  int i;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+  subseg sptr;         /* Temporary variable used by spivot() and tspivot(). */
+
+  if (b->verbose > 1) {
+    printf("  Inserting (%.12g, %.12g).\n", newvertex[0], newvertex[1]);
+  }
+
+  if (splitseg == (struct osub *) NULL) {
+    /* Find the location of the vertex to be inserted.  Check if a good */
+    /*   starting triangle has already been provided by the caller.     */
+    if (searchtri->tri == m->dummytri) {
+      /* Find a boundary triangle. */
+      horiz.tri = m->dummytri;
+      horiz.orient = 0;
+      symself(horiz);
+      /* Search for a triangle containing `newvertex'. */
+      intersect = locate(m, b, newvertex, &horiz);
+    } else {
+      /* Start searching from the triangle provided by the caller. */
+      otricopy(*searchtri, horiz);
+      intersect = preciselocate(m, b, newvertex, &horiz, 1);
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* The calling routine provides the subsegment in which */
+    /*   the vertex is inserted.                             */
+    otricopy(*searchtri, horiz);
+    intersect = ONEDGE;
+  }
+
+  if (intersect == ONVERTEX) {
+    /* There's already a vertex there.  Return in `searchtri' a triangle */
+    /*   whose origin is the existing vertex.                            */
+    otricopy(horiz, *searchtri);
+    otricopy(horiz, m->recenttri);
+    return DUPLICATEVERTEX;
+  }
+  if ((intersect == ONEDGE) || (intersect == OUTSIDE)) {
+    /* The vertex falls on an edge or boundary. */
+    if (m->checksegments && (splitseg == (struct osub *) NULL)) {
+      /* Check whether the vertex falls on a subsegment. */
+      tspivot(horiz, brokensubseg);
+      if (brokensubseg.ss != m->dummysub) {
+        /* The vertex falls on a subsegment, and hence will not be inserted. */
+        if (segmentflaws) {
+          enq = b->nobisect != 2;
+          if (enq && (b->nobisect == 1)) {
+            /* This subsegment may be split only if it is an */
+            /*   internal boundary.                          */
+            sym(horiz, testtri);
+            enq = testtri.tri != m->dummytri;
+          }
+          if (enq) {
+            /* Add the subsegment to the list of encroached subsegments. */
+            encroached = (struct badsubseg *) poolalloc(&m->badsubsegs);
+            encroached->encsubseg = sencode(brokensubseg);
+            sorg(brokensubseg, encroached->subsegorg);
+            sdest(brokensubseg, encroached->subsegdest);
+            if (b->verbose > 2) {
+              printf(
+          "  Queueing encroached subsegment (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g).\n",
+                     encroached->subsegorg[0], encroached->subsegorg[1],
+                     encroached->subsegdest[0], encroached->subsegdest[1]);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+        /* Return a handle whose primary edge contains the vertex, */
+        /*   which has not been inserted.                          */
+        otricopy(horiz, *searchtri);
+        otricopy(horiz, m->recenttri);
+        return VIOLATINGVERTEX;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Insert the vertex on an edge, dividing one triangle into two (if */
+    /*   the edge lies on a boundary) or two triangles into four.       */
+    lprev(horiz, botright);
+    sym(botright, botrcasing);
+    sym(horiz, topright);
+    /* Is there a second triangle?  (Or does this edge lie on a boundary?) */
+    mirrorflag = topright.tri != m->dummytri;
+    if (mirrorflag) {
+      lnextself(topright);
+      sym(topright, toprcasing);
+      maketriangle(m, b, &newtopright);
+    } else {
+      /* Splitting a boundary edge increases the number of boundary edges. */
+      m->hullsize++;
+    }
+    maketriangle(m, b, &newbotright);
+
+    /* Set the vertices of changed and new triangles. */
+    org(horiz, rightvertex);
+    dest(horiz, leftvertex);
+    apex(horiz, botvertex);
+    setorg(newbotright, botvertex);
+    setdest(newbotright, rightvertex);
+    setapex(newbotright, newvertex);
+    setorg(horiz, newvertex);
+    for (i = 0; i < m->eextras; i++) {
+      /* Set the element attributes of a new triangle. */
+      setelemattribute(newbotright, i, elemattribute(botright, i));
+    }
+    if (b->vararea) {
+      /* Set the area constraint of a new triangle. */
+      setareabound(newbotright, areabound(botright));
+    }
+    if (mirrorflag) {
+      dest(topright, topvertex);
+      setorg(newtopright, rightvertex);
+      setdest(newtopright, topvertex);
+      setapex(newtopright, newvertex);
+      setorg(topright, newvertex);
+      for (i = 0; i < m->eextras; i++) {
+        /* Set the element attributes of another new triangle. */
+        setelemattribute(newtopright, i, elemattribute(topright, i));
+      }
+      if (b->vararea) {
+        /* Set the area constraint of another new triangle. */
+        setareabound(newtopright, areabound(topright));
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* There may be subsegments that need to be bonded */
+    /*   to the new triangle(s).                       */
+    if (m->checksegments) {
+      tspivot(botright, botrsubseg);
+      if (botrsubseg.ss != m->dummysub) {
+        tsdissolve(botright);
+        tsbond(newbotright, botrsubseg);
+      }
+      if (mirrorflag) {
+        tspivot(topright, toprsubseg);
+        if (toprsubseg.ss != m->dummysub) {
+          tsdissolve(topright);
+          tsbond(newtopright, toprsubseg);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Bond the new triangle(s) to the surrounding triangles. */
+    bond(newbotright, botrcasing);
+    lprevself(newbotright);
+    bond(newbotright, botright);
+    lprevself(newbotright);
+    if (mirrorflag) {
+      bond(newtopright, toprcasing);
+      lnextself(newtopright);
+      bond(newtopright, topright);
+      lnextself(newtopright);
+      bond(newtopright, newbotright);
+    }
+
+    if (splitseg != (struct osub *) NULL) {
+      /* Split the subsegment into two. */
+      setsdest(*splitseg, newvertex);
+      segorg(*splitseg, segmentorg);
+      segdest(*splitseg, segmentdest);
+      ssymself(*splitseg);
+      spivot(*splitseg, rightsubseg);
+      insertsubseg(m, b, &newbotright, mark(*splitseg));
+      tspivot(newbotright, newsubseg);
+      setsegorg(newsubseg, segmentorg);
+      setsegdest(newsubseg, segmentdest);
+      sbond(*splitseg, newsubseg);
+      ssymself(newsubseg);
+      sbond(newsubseg, rightsubseg);
+      ssymself(*splitseg);
+      /* Transfer the subsegment's boundary marker to the vertex */
+      /*   if required.                                          */
+      if (vertexmark(newvertex) == 0) {
+        setvertexmark(newvertex, mark(*splitseg));
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (m->checkquality) {
+      poolrestart(&m->flipstackers);
+      m->lastflip = (struct flipstacker *) poolalloc(&m->flipstackers);
+      m->lastflip->flippedtri = encode(horiz);
+      m->lastflip->prevflip = (struct flipstacker *) &insertvertex;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SELF_CHECK
+    if (counterclockwise(m, b, rightvertex, leftvertex, botvertex) < 0.0) {
+      printf("Internal error in insertvertex():\n");
+      printf(
+            "  Clockwise triangle prior to edge vertex insertion (bottom).\n");
+    }
+    if (mirrorflag) {
+      if (counterclockwise(m, b, leftvertex, rightvertex, topvertex) < 0.0) {
+        printf("Internal error in insertvertex():\n");
+        printf("  Clockwise triangle prior to edge vertex insertion (top).\n");
+      }
+      if (counterclockwise(m, b, rightvertex, topvertex, newvertex) < 0.0) {
+        printf("Internal error in insertvertex():\n");
+        printf(
+            "  Clockwise triangle after edge vertex insertion (top right).\n");
+      }
+      if (counterclockwise(m, b, topvertex, leftvertex, newvertex) < 0.0) {
+        printf("Internal error in insertvertex():\n");
+        printf(
+            "  Clockwise triangle after edge vertex insertion (top left).\n");
+      }
+    }
+    if (counterclockwise(m, b, leftvertex, botvertex, newvertex) < 0.0) {
+      printf("Internal error in insertvertex():\n");
+      printf(
+          "  Clockwise triangle after edge vertex insertion (bottom left).\n");
+    }
+    if (counterclockwise(m, b, botvertex, rightvertex, newvertex) < 0.0) {
+      printf("Internal error in insertvertex():\n");
+      printf(
+        "  Clockwise triangle after edge vertex insertion (bottom right).\n");
+    }
+#endif /* SELF_CHECK */
+    if (b->verbose > 2) {
+      printf("  Updating bottom left ");
+      printtriangle(m, b, &botright);
+      if (mirrorflag) {
+        printf("  Updating top left ");
+        printtriangle(m, b, &topright);
+        printf("  Creating top right ");
+        printtriangle(m, b, &newtopright);
+      }
+      printf("  Creating bottom right ");
+      printtriangle(m, b, &newbotright);
+    }
+
+    /* Position `horiz' on the first edge to check for */
+    /*   the Delaunay property.                        */
+    lnextself(horiz);
+  } else {
+    /* Insert the vertex in a triangle, splitting it into three. */
+    lnext(horiz, botleft);
+    lprev(horiz, botright);
+    sym(botleft, botlcasing);
+    sym(botright, botrcasing);
+    maketriangle(m, b, &newbotleft);
+    maketriangle(m, b, &newbotright);
+
+    /* Set the vertices of changed and new triangles. */
+    org(horiz, rightvertex);
+    dest(horiz, leftvertex);
+    apex(horiz, botvertex);
+    setorg(newbotleft, leftvertex);
+    setdest(newbotleft, botvertex);
+    setapex(newbotleft, newvertex);
+    setorg(newbotright, botvertex);
+    setdest(newbotright, rightvertex);
+    setapex(newbotright, newvertex);
+    setapex(horiz, newvertex);
+    for (i = 0; i < m->eextras; i++) {
+      /* Set the element attributes of the new triangles. */
+      attrib = elemattribute(horiz, i);
+      setelemattribute(newbotleft, i, attrib);
+      setelemattribute(newbotright, i, attrib);
+    }
+    if (b->vararea) {
+      /* Set the area constraint of the new triangles. */
+      area = areabound(horiz);
+      setareabound(newbotleft, area);
+      setareabound(newbotright, area);
+    }
+
+    /* There may be subsegments that need to be bonded */
+    /*   to the new triangles.                         */
+    if (m->checksegments) {
+      tspivot(botleft, botlsubseg);
+      if (botlsubseg.ss != m->dummysub) {
+        tsdissolve(botleft);
+        tsbond(newbotleft, botlsubseg);
+      }
+      tspivot(botright, botrsubseg);
+      if (botrsubseg.ss != m->dummysub) {
+        tsdissolve(botright);
+        tsbond(newbotright, botrsubseg);
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Bond the new triangles to the surrounding triangles. */
+    bond(newbotleft, botlcasing);
+    bond(newbotright, botrcasing);
+    lnextself(newbotleft);
+    lprevself(newbotright);
+    bond(newbotleft, newbotright);
+    lnextself(newbotleft);
+    bond(botleft, newbotleft);
+    lprevself(newbotright);
+    bond(botright, newbotright);
+
+    if (m->checkquality) {
+      poolrestart(&m->flipstackers);
+      m->lastflip = (struct flipstacker *) poolalloc(&m->flipstackers);
+      m->lastflip->flippedtri = encode(horiz);
+      m->lastflip->prevflip = (struct flipstacker *) NULL;
+    }
+
+#ifdef SELF_CHECK
+    if (counterclockwise(m, b, rightvertex, leftvertex, botvertex) < 0.0) {
+      printf("Internal error in insertvertex():\n");
+      printf("  Clockwise triangle prior to vertex insertion.\n");
+    }
+    if (counterclockwise(m, b, rightvertex, leftvertex, newvertex) < 0.0) {
+      printf("Internal error in insertvertex():\n");
+      printf("  Clockwise triangle after vertex insertion (top).\n");
+    }
+    if (counterclockwise(m, b, leftvertex, botvertex, newvertex) < 0.0) {
+      printf("Internal error in insertvertex():\n");
+      printf("  Clockwise triangle after vertex insertion (left).\n");
+    }
+    if (counterclockwise(m, b, botvertex, rightvertex, newvertex) < 0.0) {
+      printf("Internal error in insertvertex():\n");
+      printf("  Clockwise triangle after vertex insertion (right).\n");
+    }
+#endif /* SELF_CHECK */
+    if (b->verbose > 2) {
+      printf("  Updating top ");
+      printtriangle(m, b, &horiz);
+      printf("  Creating left ");
+      printtriangle(m, b, &newbotleft);
+      printf("  Creating right ");
+      printtriangle(m, b, &newbotright);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* The insertion is successful by default, unless an encroached */
+  /*   subsegment is found.                                       */
+  success = SUCCESSFULVERTEX;
+  /* Circle around the newly inserted vertex, checking each edge opposite */
+  /*   it for the Delaunay property.  Non-Delaunay edges are flipped.     */
+  /*   `horiz' is always the edge being checked.  `first' marks where to  */
+  /*   stop circling.                                                     */
+  org(horiz, first);
+  rightvertex = first;
+  dest(horiz, leftvertex);
+  /* Circle until finished. */
+  while (1) {
+    /* By default, the edge will be flipped. */
+    doflip = 1;
+
+    if (m->checksegments) {
+      /* Check for a subsegment, which cannot be flipped. */
+      tspivot(horiz, checksubseg);
+      if (checksubseg.ss != m->dummysub) {
+        /* The edge is a subsegment and cannot be flipped. */
+        doflip = 0;
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+        if (segmentflaws) {
+          /* Does the new vertex encroach upon this subsegment? */
+          if (checkseg4encroach(m, b, &checksubseg)) {
+            success = ENCROACHINGVERTEX;
+          }
+        }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (doflip) {
+      /* Check if the edge is a boundary edge. */
+      sym(horiz, top);
+      if (top.tri == m->dummytri) {
+        /* The edge is a boundary edge and cannot be flipped. */
+        doflip = 0;
+      } else {
+        /* Find the vertex on the other side of the edge. */
+        apex(top, farvertex);
+        /* In the incremental Delaunay triangulation algorithm, any of      */
+        /*   `leftvertex', `rightvertex', and `farvertex' could be vertices */
+        /*   of the triangular bounding box.  These vertices must be        */
+        /*   treated as if they are infinitely distant, even though their   */
+        /*   "coordinates" are not.                                         */
+        if ((leftvertex == m->infvertex1) || (leftvertex == m->infvertex2) ||
+            (leftvertex == m->infvertex3)) {
+          /* `leftvertex' is infinitely distant.  Check the convexity of  */
+          /*   the boundary of the triangulation.  'farvertex' might be   */
+          /*   infinite as well, but trust me, this same condition should */
+          /*   be applied.                                                */
+          doflip = counterclockwise(m, b, newvertex, rightvertex, farvertex)
+                   > 0.0;
+        } else if ((rightvertex == m->infvertex1) ||
+                   (rightvertex == m->infvertex2) ||
+                   (rightvertex == m->infvertex3)) {
+          /* `rightvertex' is infinitely distant.  Check the convexity of */
+          /*   the boundary of the triangulation.  'farvertex' might be   */
+          /*   infinite as well, but trust me, this same condition should */
+          /*   be applied.                                                */
+          doflip = counterclockwise(m, b, farvertex, leftvertex, newvertex)
+                   > 0.0;
+        } else if ((farvertex == m->infvertex1) ||
+                   (farvertex == m->infvertex2) ||
+                   (farvertex == m->infvertex3)) {
+          /* `farvertex' is infinitely distant and cannot be inside */
+          /*   the circumcircle of the triangle `horiz'.            */
+          doflip = 0;
+        } else {
+          /* Test whether the edge is locally Delaunay. */
+          doflip = incircle(m, b, leftvertex, newvertex, rightvertex,
+                            farvertex) > 0.0;
+        }
+        if (doflip) {
+          /* We made it!  Flip the edge `horiz' by rotating its containing */
+          /*   quadrilateral (the two triangles adjacent to `horiz').      */
+          /* Identify the casing of the quadrilateral. */
+          lprev(top, topleft);
+          sym(topleft, toplcasing);
+          lnext(top, topright);
+          sym(topright, toprcasing);
+          lnext(horiz, botleft);
+          sym(botleft, botlcasing);
+          lprev(horiz, botright);
+          sym(botright, botrcasing);
+          /* Rotate the quadrilateral one-quarter turn counterclockwise. */
+          bond(topleft, botlcasing);
+          bond(botleft, botrcasing);
+          bond(botright, toprcasing);
+          bond(topright, toplcasing);
+          if (m->checksegments) {
+            /* Check for subsegments and rebond them to the quadrilateral. */
+            tspivot(topleft, toplsubseg);
+            tspivot(botleft, botlsubseg);
+            tspivot(botright, botrsubseg);
+            tspivot(topright, toprsubseg);
+            if (toplsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+              tsdissolve(topright);
+            } else {
+              tsbond(topright, toplsubseg);
+            }
+            if (botlsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+              tsdissolve(topleft);
+            } else {
+              tsbond(topleft, botlsubseg);
+            }
+            if (botrsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+              tsdissolve(botleft);
+            } else {
+              tsbond(botleft, botrsubseg);
+            }
+            if (toprsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+              tsdissolve(botright);
+            } else {
+              tsbond(botright, toprsubseg);
+            }
+          }
+          /* New vertex assignments for the rotated quadrilateral. */
+          setorg(horiz, farvertex);
+          setdest(horiz, newvertex);
+          setapex(horiz, rightvertex);
+          setorg(top, newvertex);
+          setdest(top, farvertex);
+          setapex(top, leftvertex);
+          for (i = 0; i < m->eextras; i++) {
+            /* Take the average of the two triangles' attributes. */
+            attrib = 0.5 * (elemattribute(top, i) + elemattribute(horiz, i));
+            setelemattribute(top, i, attrib);
+            setelemattribute(horiz, i, attrib);
+          }
+          if (b->vararea) {
+            if ((areabound(top) <= 0.0) || (areabound(horiz) <= 0.0)) {
+              area = -1.0;
+            } else {
+              /* Take the average of the two triangles' area constraints.    */
+              /*   This prevents small area constraints from migrating a     */
+              /*   long, long way from their original location due to flips. */
+              area = 0.5 * (areabound(top) + areabound(horiz));
+            }
+            setareabound(top, area);
+            setareabound(horiz, area);
+          }
+
+          if (m->checkquality) {
+            newflip = (struct flipstacker *) poolalloc(&m->flipstackers);
+            newflip->flippedtri = encode(horiz);
+            newflip->prevflip = m->lastflip;
+            m->lastflip = newflip;
+          }
+
+#ifdef SELF_CHECK
+          if (newvertex != (vertex) NULL) {
+            if (counterclockwise(m, b, leftvertex, newvertex, rightvertex) <
+                0.0) {
+              printf("Internal error in insertvertex():\n");
+              printf("  Clockwise triangle prior to edge flip (bottom).\n");
+            }
+            /* The following test has been removed because constrainededge() */
+            /*   sometimes generates inverted triangles that insertvertex()  */
+            /*   removes.                                                    */
+/*
+            if (counterclockwise(m, b, rightvertex, farvertex, leftvertex) <
+                0.0) {
+              printf("Internal error in insertvertex():\n");
+              printf("  Clockwise triangle prior to edge flip (top).\n");
+            }
+*/
+            if (counterclockwise(m, b, farvertex, leftvertex, newvertex) <
+                0.0) {
+              printf("Internal error in insertvertex():\n");
+              printf("  Clockwise triangle after edge flip (left).\n");
+            }
+            if (counterclockwise(m, b, newvertex, rightvertex, farvertex) <
+                0.0) {
+              printf("Internal error in insertvertex():\n");
+              printf("  Clockwise triangle after edge flip (right).\n");
+            }
+          }
+#endif /* SELF_CHECK */
+          if (b->verbose > 2) {
+            printf("  Edge flip results in left ");
+            lnextself(topleft);
+            printtriangle(m, b, &topleft);
+            printf("  and right ");
+            printtriangle(m, b, &horiz);
+          }
+          /* On the next iterations, consider the two edges that were  */
+          /*   exposed (this is, are now visible to the newly inserted */
+          /*   vertex) by the edge flip.                               */
+          lprevself(horiz);
+          leftvertex = farvertex;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if (!doflip) {
+      /* The handle `horiz' is accepted as locally Delaunay. */
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+      if (triflaws) {
+        /* Check the triangle `horiz' for quality. */
+        testtriangle(m, b, &horiz);
+      }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+      /* Look for the next edge around the newly inserted vertex. */
+      lnextself(horiz);
+      sym(horiz, testtri);
+      /* Check for finishing a complete revolution about the new vertex, or */
+      /*   falling outside  of the triangulation.  The latter will happen   */
+      /*   when a vertex is inserted at a boundary.                         */
+      if ((leftvertex == first) || (testtri.tri == m->dummytri)) {
+        /* We're done.  Return a triangle whose origin is the new vertex. */
+        lnext(horiz, *searchtri);
+        lnext(horiz, m->recenttri);
+        return success;
+      }
+      /* Finish finding the next edge around the newly inserted vertex. */
+      lnext(testtri, horiz);
+      rightvertex = leftvertex;
+      dest(horiz, leftvertex);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  triangulatepolygon()   Find the Delaunay triangulation of a polygon that */
+/*                         has a certain "nice" shape.  This includes the    */
+/*                         polygons that result from deletion of a vertex or */
+/*                         insertion of a segment.                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This is a conceptually difficult routine.  The starting assumption is    */
+/*  that we have a polygon with n sides.  n - 1 of these sides are currently */
+/*  represented as edges in the mesh.  One side, called the "base", need not */
+/*  be.                                                                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Inside the polygon is a structure I call a "fan", consisting of n - 1    */
+/*  triangles that share a common origin.  For each of these triangles, the  */
+/*  edge opposite the origin is one of the sides of the polygon.  The        */
+/*  primary edge of each triangle is the edge directed from the origin to    */
+/*  the destination; note that this is not the same edge that is a side of   */
+/*  the polygon.  `firstedge' is the primary edge of the first triangle.     */
+/*  From there, the triangles follow in counterclockwise order about the     */
+/*  polygon, until `lastedge', the primary edge of the last triangle.        */
+/*  `firstedge' and `lastedge' are probably connected to other triangles     */
+/*  beyond the extremes of the fan, but their identity is not important, as  */
+/*  long as the fan remains connected to them.                               */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Imagine the polygon oriented so that its base is at the bottom.  This    */
+/*  puts `firstedge' on the far right, and `lastedge' on the far left.       */
+/*  The right vertex of the base is the destination of `firstedge', and the  */
+/*  left vertex of the base is the apex of `lastedge'.                       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The challenge now is to find the right sequence of edge flips to         */
+/*  transform the fan into a Delaunay triangulation of the polygon.  Each    */
+/*  edge flip effectively removes one triangle from the fan, committing it   */
+/*  to the polygon.  The resulting polygon has one fewer edge.  If `doflip'  */
+/*  is set, the final flip will be performed, resulting in a fan of one      */
+/*  (useless?) triangle.  If `doflip' is not set, the final flip is not      */
+/*  performed, resulting in a fan of two triangles, and an unfinished        */
+/*  triangular polygon that is not yet filled out with a single triangle.    */
+/*  On completion of the routine, `lastedge' is the last remaining triangle, */
+/*  or the leftmost of the last two.                                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Although the flips are performed in the order described above, the       */
+/*  decisions about what flips to perform are made in precisely the reverse  */
+/*  order.  The recursive triangulatepolygon() procedure makes a decision,   */
+/*  uses up to two recursive calls to triangulate the "subproblems"          */
+/*  (polygons with fewer edges), and then performs an edge flip.             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The "decision" it makes is which vertex of the polygon should be         */
+/*  connected to the base.  This decision is made by testing every possible  */
+/*  vertex.  Once the best vertex is found, the two edges that connect this  */
+/*  vertex to the base become the bases for two smaller polygons.  These     */
+/*  are triangulated recursively.  Unfortunately, this approach can take     */
+/*  O(n^2) time not only in the worst case, but in many common cases.  It's  */
+/*  rarely a big deal for vertex deletion, where n is rarely larger than     */
+/*  ten, but it could be a big deal for segment insertion, especially if     */
+/*  there's a lot of long segments that each cut many triangles.  I ought to */
+/*  code a faster algorithm some day.                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The `edgecount' parameter is the number of sides of the polygon,         */
+/*  including its base.  `triflaws' is a flag that determines whether the    */
+/*  new triangles should be tested for quality, and enqueued if they are     */
+/*  bad.                                                                     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void triangulatepolygon(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                        struct otri *firstedge, struct otri *lastedge,
+                        int edgecount, int doflip, int triflaws)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void triangulatepolygon(m, b, firstedge, lastedge, edgecount, doflip, triflaws)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *firstedge;
+struct otri *lastedge;
+int edgecount;
+int doflip;
+int triflaws;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri testtri;
+  struct otri besttri;
+  struct otri tempedge;
+  vertex leftbasevertex, rightbasevertex;
+  vertex testvertex;
+  vertex bestvertex;
+  int bestnumber;
+  int i;
+  triangle ptr;   /* Temporary variable used by sym(), onext(), and oprev(). */
+
+  /* Identify the base vertices. */
+  apex(*lastedge, leftbasevertex);
+  dest(*firstedge, rightbasevertex);
+  if (b->verbose > 2) {
+    printf("  Triangulating interior polygon at edge\n");
+    printf("    (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g)\n", leftbasevertex[0],
+           leftbasevertex[1], rightbasevertex[0], rightbasevertex[1]);
+  }
+  /* Find the best vertex to connect the base to. */
+  onext(*firstedge, besttri);
+  dest(besttri, bestvertex);
+  otricopy(besttri, testtri);
+  bestnumber = 1;
+  for (i = 2; i <= edgecount - 2; i++) {
+    onextself(testtri);
+    dest(testtri, testvertex);
+    /* Is this a better vertex? */
+    if (incircle(m, b, leftbasevertex, rightbasevertex, bestvertex,
+                 testvertex) > 0.0) {
+      otricopy(testtri, besttri);
+      bestvertex = testvertex;
+      bestnumber = i;
+    }
+  }
+  if (b->verbose > 2) {
+    printf("    Connecting edge to (%.12g, %.12g)\n", bestvertex[0],
+           bestvertex[1]);
+  }
+  if (bestnumber > 1) {
+    /* Recursively triangulate the smaller polygon on the right. */
+    oprev(besttri, tempedge);
+    triangulatepolygon(m, b, firstedge, &tempedge, bestnumber + 1, 1,
+                       triflaws);
+  }
+  if (bestnumber < edgecount - 2) {
+    /* Recursively triangulate the smaller polygon on the left. */
+    sym(besttri, tempedge);
+    triangulatepolygon(m, b, &besttri, lastedge, edgecount - bestnumber, 1,
+                       triflaws);
+    /* Find `besttri' again; it may have been lost to edge flips. */
+    sym(tempedge, besttri);
+  }
+  if (doflip) {
+    /* Do one final edge flip. */
+    flip(m, b, &besttri);
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+    if (triflaws) {
+      /* Check the quality of the newly committed triangle. */
+      sym(besttri, testtri);
+      testtriangle(m, b, &testtri);
+    }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+  }
+  /* Return the base triangle. */
+  otricopy(besttri, *lastedge);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  deletevertex()   Delete a vertex from a Delaunay triangulation, ensuring */
+/*                   that the triangulation remains Delaunay.                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The origin of `deltri' is deleted.  The union of the triangles adjacent  */
+/*  to this vertex is a polygon, for which the Delaunay triangulation is     */
+/*  found.  Two triangles are removed from the mesh.                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Only interior vertices that do not lie on segments or boundaries may be  */
+/*  deleted.                                                                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void deletevertex(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, struct otri *deltri)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void deletevertex(m, b, deltri)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *deltri;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri countingtri;
+  struct otri firstedge, lastedge;
+  struct otri deltriright;
+  struct otri lefttri, righttri;
+  struct otri leftcasing, rightcasing;
+  struct osub leftsubseg, rightsubseg;
+  vertex delvertex;
+  vertex neworg;
+  int edgecount;
+  triangle ptr;   /* Temporary variable used by sym(), onext(), and oprev(). */
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  org(*deltri, delvertex);
+  if (b->verbose > 1) {
+    printf("  Deleting (%.12g, %.12g).\n", delvertex[0], delvertex[1]);
+  }
+  vertexdealloc(m, delvertex);
+
+  /* Count the degree of the vertex being deleted. */
+  onext(*deltri, countingtri);
+  edgecount = 1;
+  while (!otriequal(*deltri, countingtri)) {
+#ifdef SELF_CHECK
+    if (countingtri.tri == m->dummytri) {
+      printf("Internal error in deletevertex():\n");
+      printf("  Attempt to delete boundary vertex.\n");
+      internalerror();
+    }
+#endif /* SELF_CHECK */
+    edgecount++;
+    onextself(countingtri);
+  }
+
+#ifdef SELF_CHECK
+  if (edgecount < 3) {
+    printf("Internal error in deletevertex():\n  Vertex has degree %d.\n",
+           edgecount);
+    internalerror();
+  }
+#endif /* SELF_CHECK */
+  if (edgecount > 3) {
+    /* Triangulate the polygon defined by the union of all triangles */
+    /*   adjacent to the vertex being deleted.  Check the quality of */
+    /*   the resulting triangles.                                    */
+    onext(*deltri, firstedge);
+    oprev(*deltri, lastedge);
+    triangulatepolygon(m, b, &firstedge, &lastedge, edgecount, 0,
+                       !b->nobisect);
+  }
+  /* Splice out two triangles. */
+  lprev(*deltri, deltriright);
+  dnext(*deltri, lefttri);
+  sym(lefttri, leftcasing);
+  oprev(deltriright, righttri);
+  sym(righttri, rightcasing);
+  bond(*deltri, leftcasing);
+  bond(deltriright, rightcasing);
+  tspivot(lefttri, leftsubseg);
+  if (leftsubseg.ss != m->dummysub) {
+    tsbond(*deltri, leftsubseg);
+  }
+  tspivot(righttri, rightsubseg);
+  if (rightsubseg.ss != m->dummysub) {
+    tsbond(deltriright, rightsubseg);
+  }
+
+  /* Set the new origin of `deltri' and check its quality. */
+  org(lefttri, neworg);
+  setorg(*deltri, neworg);
+  if (!b->nobisect) {
+    testtriangle(m, b, deltri);
+  }
+
+  /* Delete the two spliced-out triangles. */
+  triangledealloc(m, lefttri.tri);
+  triangledealloc(m, righttri.tri);
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  undovertex()   Undo the most recent vertex insertion.                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Walks through the list of transformations (flips and a vertex insertion) */
+/*  in the reverse of the order in which they were done, and undoes them.    */
+/*  The inserted vertex is removed from the triangulation and deallocated.   */
+/*  Two triangles (possibly just one) are also deallocated.                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void undovertex(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void undovertex(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri fliptri;
+  struct otri botleft, botright, topright;
+  struct otri botlcasing, botrcasing, toprcasing;
+  struct otri gluetri;
+  struct osub botlsubseg, botrsubseg, toprsubseg;
+  vertex botvertex, rightvertex;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  /* Walk through the list of transformations (flips and a vertex insertion) */
+  /*   in the reverse of the order in which they were done, and undo them.   */
+  while (m->lastflip != (struct flipstacker *) NULL) {
+    /* Find a triangle involved in the last unreversed transformation. */
+    decode(m->lastflip->flippedtri, fliptri);
+
+    /* We are reversing one of three transformations:  a trisection of one */
+    /*   triangle into three (by inserting a vertex in the triangle), a    */
+    /*   bisection of two triangles into four (by inserting a vertex in an */
+    /*   edge), or an edge flip.                                           */
+    if (m->lastflip->prevflip == (struct flipstacker *) NULL) {
+      /* Restore a triangle that was split into three triangles, */
+      /*   so it is again one triangle.                          */
+      dprev(fliptri, botleft);
+      lnextself(botleft);
+      onext(fliptri, botright);
+      lprevself(botright);
+      sym(botleft, botlcasing);
+      sym(botright, botrcasing);
+      dest(botleft, botvertex);
+
+      setapex(fliptri, botvertex);
+      lnextself(fliptri);
+      bond(fliptri, botlcasing);
+      tspivot(botleft, botlsubseg);
+      tsbond(fliptri, botlsubseg);
+      lnextself(fliptri);
+      bond(fliptri, botrcasing);
+      tspivot(botright, botrsubseg);
+      tsbond(fliptri, botrsubseg);
+
+      /* Delete the two spliced-out triangles. */
+      triangledealloc(m, botleft.tri);
+      triangledealloc(m, botright.tri);
+    } else if (m->lastflip->prevflip == (struct flipstacker *) &insertvertex) {
+      /* Restore two triangles that were split into four triangles, */
+      /*   so they are again two triangles.                         */
+      lprev(fliptri, gluetri);
+      sym(gluetri, botright);
+      lnextself(botright);
+      sym(botright, botrcasing);
+      dest(botright, rightvertex);
+
+      setorg(fliptri, rightvertex);
+      bond(gluetri, botrcasing);
+      tspivot(botright, botrsubseg);
+      tsbond(gluetri, botrsubseg);
+
+      /* Delete the spliced-out triangle. */
+      triangledealloc(m, botright.tri);
+
+      sym(fliptri, gluetri);
+      if (gluetri.tri != m->dummytri) {
+        lnextself(gluetri);
+        dnext(gluetri, topright);
+        sym(topright, toprcasing);
+
+        setorg(gluetri, rightvertex);
+        bond(gluetri, toprcasing);
+        tspivot(topright, toprsubseg);
+        tsbond(gluetri, toprsubseg);
+
+        /* Delete the spliced-out triangle. */
+        triangledealloc(m, topright.tri);
+      }
+
+      /* This is the end of the list, sneakily encoded. */
+      m->lastflip->prevflip = (struct flipstacker *) NULL;
+    } else {
+      /* Undo an edge flip. */
+      unflip(m, b, &fliptri);
+    }
+
+    /* Go on and process the next transformation. */
+    m->lastflip = m->lastflip->prevflip;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Mesh transformation routines end here                     *********/
+
+/********* Divide-and-conquer Delaunay triangulation begins here     *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The divide-and-conquer bounding box                                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  I originally implemented the divide-and-conquer and incremental Delaunay */
+/*  triangulations using the edge-based data structure presented by Guibas   */
+/*  and Stolfi.  Switching to a triangle-based data structure doubled the    */
+/*  speed.  However, I had to think of a few extra tricks to maintain the    */
+/*  elegance of the original algorithms.                                     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The "bounding box" used by my variant of the divide-and-conquer          */
+/*  algorithm uses one triangle for each edge of the convex hull of the      */
+/*  triangulation.  These bounding triangles all share a common apical       */
+/*  vertex, which is represented by NULL and which represents nothing.       */
+/*  The bounding triangles are linked in a circular fan about this NULL      */
+/*  vertex, and the edges on the convex hull of the triangulation appear     */
+/*  opposite the NULL vertex.  You might find it easiest to imagine that     */
+/*  the NULL vertex is a point in 3D space behind the center of the          */
+/*  triangulation, and that the bounding triangles form a sort of cone.      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This bounding box makes it easy to represent degenerate cases.  For      */
+/*  instance, the triangulation of two vertices is a single edge.  This edge */
+/*  is represented by two bounding box triangles, one on each "side" of the  */
+/*  edge.  These triangles are also linked together in a fan about the NULL  */
+/*  vertex.                                                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The bounding box also makes it easy to traverse the convex hull, as the  */
+/*  divide-and-conquer algorithm needs to do.                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  vertexsort()   Sort an array of vertices by x-coordinate, using the      */
+/*                 y-coordinate as a secondary key.                          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Uses quicksort.  Randomized O(n log n) time.  No, I did not make any of  */
+/*  the usual quicksort mistakes.                                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void vertexsort(vertex *sortarray, int arraysize)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void vertexsort(sortarray, arraysize)
+vertex *sortarray;
+int arraysize;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  int left, right;
+  int pivot;
+  REAL pivotx, pivoty;
+  vertex temp;
+
+  if (arraysize == 2) {
+    /* Recursive base case. */
+    if ((sortarray[0][0] > sortarray[1][0]) ||
+        ((sortarray[0][0] == sortarray[1][0]) &&
+         (sortarray[0][1] > sortarray[1][1]))) {
+      temp = sortarray[1];
+      sortarray[1] = sortarray[0];
+      sortarray[0] = temp;
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+  /* Choose a random pivot to split the array. */
+  pivot = (int) randomnation((unsigned int) arraysize);
+  pivotx = sortarray[pivot][0];
+  pivoty = sortarray[pivot][1];
+  /* Split the array. */
+  left = -1;
+  right = arraysize;
+  while (left < right) {
+    /* Search for a vertex whose x-coordinate is too large for the left. */
+    do {
+      left++;
+    } while ((left <= right) && ((sortarray[left][0] < pivotx) ||
+                                 ((sortarray[left][0] == pivotx) &&
+                                  (sortarray[left][1] < pivoty))));
+    /* Search for a vertex whose x-coordinate is too small for the right. */
+    do {
+      right--;
+    } while ((left <= right) && ((sortarray[right][0] > pivotx) ||
+                                 ((sortarray[right][0] == pivotx) &&
+                                  (sortarray[right][1] > pivoty))));
+    if (left < right) {
+      /* Swap the left and right vertices. */
+      temp = sortarray[left];
+      sortarray[left] = sortarray[right];
+      sortarray[right] = temp;
+    }
+  }
+  if (left > 1) {
+    /* Recursively sort the left subset. */
+    vertexsort(sortarray, left);
+  }
+  if (right < arraysize - 2) {
+    /* Recursively sort the right subset. */
+    vertexsort(&sortarray[right + 1], arraysize - right - 1);
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  vertexmedian()   An order statistic algorithm, almost.  Shuffles an      */
+/*                   array of vertices so that the first `median' vertices   */
+/*                   occur lexicographically before the remaining vertices.  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Uses the x-coordinate as the primary key if axis == 0; the y-coordinate  */
+/*  if axis == 1.  Very similar to the vertexsort() procedure, but runs in   */
+/*  randomized linear time.                                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void vertexmedian(vertex *sortarray, int arraysize, int median, int axis)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void vertexmedian(sortarray, arraysize, median, axis)
+vertex *sortarray;
+int arraysize;
+int median;
+int axis;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  int left, right;
+  int pivot;
+  REAL pivot1, pivot2;
+  vertex temp;
+
+  if (arraysize == 2) {
+    /* Recursive base case. */
+    if ((sortarray[0][axis] > sortarray[1][axis]) ||
+        ((sortarray[0][axis] == sortarray[1][axis]) &&
+         (sortarray[0][1 - axis] > sortarray[1][1 - axis]))) {
+      temp = sortarray[1];
+      sortarray[1] = sortarray[0];
+      sortarray[0] = temp;
+    }
+    return;
+  }
+  /* Choose a random pivot to split the array. */
+  pivot = (int) randomnation((unsigned int) arraysize);
+  pivot1 = sortarray[pivot][axis];
+  pivot2 = sortarray[pivot][1 - axis];
+  /* Split the array. */
+  left = -1;
+  right = arraysize;
+  while (left < right) {
+    /* Search for a vertex whose x-coordinate is too large for the left. */
+    do {
+      left++;
+    } while ((left <= right) && ((sortarray[left][axis] < pivot1) ||
+                                 ((sortarray[left][axis] == pivot1) &&
+                                  (sortarray[left][1 - axis] < pivot2))));
+    /* Search for a vertex whose x-coordinate is too small for the right. */
+    do {
+      right--;
+    } while ((left <= right) && ((sortarray[right][axis] > pivot1) ||
+                                 ((sortarray[right][axis] == pivot1) &&
+                                  (sortarray[right][1 - axis] > pivot2))));
+    if (left < right) {
+      /* Swap the left and right vertices. */
+      temp = sortarray[left];
+      sortarray[left] = sortarray[right];
+      sortarray[right] = temp;
+    }
+  }
+  /* Unlike in vertexsort(), at most one of the following */
+  /*   conditionals is true.                             */
+  if (left > median) {
+    /* Recursively shuffle the left subset. */
+    vertexmedian(sortarray, left, median, axis);
+  }
+  if (right < median - 1) {
+    /* Recursively shuffle the right subset. */
+    vertexmedian(&sortarray[right + 1], arraysize - right - 1,
+                 median - right - 1, axis);
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  alternateaxes()   Sorts the vertices as appropriate for the divide-and-  */
+/*                    conquer algorithm with alternating cuts.               */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Partitions by x-coordinate if axis == 0; by y-coordinate if axis == 1.   */
+/*  For the base case, subsets containing only two or three vertices are     */
+/*  always sorted by x-coordinate.                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void alternateaxes(vertex *sortarray, int arraysize, int axis)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void alternateaxes(sortarray, arraysize, axis)
+vertex *sortarray;
+int arraysize;
+int axis;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  int divider;
+
+  divider = arraysize >> 1;
+  if (arraysize <= 3) {
+    /* Recursive base case:  subsets of two or three vertices will be    */
+    /*   handled specially, and should always be sorted by x-coordinate. */
+    axis = 0;
+  }
+  /* Partition with a horizontal or vertical cut. */
+  vertexmedian(sortarray, arraysize, divider, axis);
+  /* Recursively partition the subsets with a cross cut. */
+  if (arraysize - divider >= 2) {
+    if (divider >= 2) {
+      alternateaxes(sortarray, divider, 1 - axis);
+    }
+    alternateaxes(&sortarray[divider], arraysize - divider, 1 - axis);
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  mergehulls()   Merge two adjacent Delaunay triangulations into a         */
+/*                 single Delaunay triangulation.                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This is similar to the algorithm given by Guibas and Stolfi, but uses    */
+/*  a triangle-based, rather than edge-based, data structure.                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The algorithm walks up the gap between the two triangulations, knitting  */
+/*  them together.  As they are merged, some of their bounding triangles     */
+/*  are converted into real triangles of the triangulation.  The procedure   */
+/*  pulls each hull's bounding triangles apart, then knits them together     */
+/*  like the teeth of two gears.  The Delaunay property determines, at each  */
+/*  step, whether the next "tooth" is a bounding triangle of the left hull   */
+/*  or the right.  When a bounding triangle becomes real, its apex is        */
+/*  changed from NULL to a real vertex.                                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Only two new triangles need to be allocated.  These become new bounding  */
+/*  triangles at the top and bottom of the seam.  They are used to connect   */
+/*  the remaining bounding triangles (those that have not been converted     */
+/*  into real triangles) into a single fan.                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  On entry, `farleft' and `innerleft' are bounding triangles of the left   */
+/*  triangulation.  The origin of `farleft' is the leftmost vertex, and      */
+/*  the destination of `innerleft' is the rightmost vertex of the            */
+/*  triangulation.  Similarly, `innerright' and `farright' are bounding      */
+/*  triangles of the right triangulation.  The origin of `innerright' and    */
+/*  destination of `farright' are the leftmost and rightmost vertices.       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  On completion, the origin of `farleft' is the leftmost vertex of the     */
+/*  merged triangulation, and the destination of `farright' is the rightmost */
+/*  vertex.                                                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void mergehulls(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, struct otri *farleft,
+                struct otri *innerleft, struct otri *innerright,
+                struct otri *farright, int axis)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void mergehulls(m, b, farleft, innerleft, innerright, farright, axis)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *farleft;
+struct otri *innerleft;
+struct otri *innerright;
+struct otri *farright;
+int axis;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri leftcand, rightcand;
+  struct otri baseedge;
+  struct otri nextedge;
+  struct otri sidecasing, topcasing, outercasing;
+  struct otri checkedge;
+  vertex innerleftdest;
+  vertex innerrightorg;
+  vertex innerleftapex, innerrightapex;
+  vertex farleftpt, farrightpt;
+  vertex farleftapex, farrightapex;
+  vertex lowerleft, lowerright;
+  vertex upperleft, upperright;
+  vertex nextapex;
+  vertex checkvertex;
+  int changemade;
+  int badedge;
+  int leftfinished, rightfinished;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+
+  dest(*innerleft, innerleftdest);
+  apex(*innerleft, innerleftapex);
+  org(*innerright, innerrightorg);
+  apex(*innerright, innerrightapex);
+  /* Special treatment for horizontal cuts. */
+  if (b->dwyer && (axis == 1)) {
+    org(*farleft, farleftpt);
+    apex(*farleft, farleftapex);
+    dest(*farright, farrightpt);
+    apex(*farright, farrightapex);
+    /* The pointers to the extremal vertices are shifted to point to the */
+    /*   topmost and bottommost vertex of each hull, rather than the     */
+    /*   leftmost and rightmost vertices.                                */
+    while (farleftapex[1] < farleftpt[1]) {
+      lnextself(*farleft);
+      symself(*farleft);
+      farleftpt = farleftapex;
+      apex(*farleft, farleftapex);
+    }
+    sym(*innerleft, checkedge);
+    apex(checkedge, checkvertex);
+    while (checkvertex[1] > innerleftdest[1]) {
+      lnext(checkedge, *innerleft);
+      innerleftapex = innerleftdest;
+      innerleftdest = checkvertex;
+      sym(*innerleft, checkedge);
+      apex(checkedge, checkvertex);
+    }
+    while (innerrightapex[1] < innerrightorg[1]) {
+      lnextself(*innerright);
+      symself(*innerright);
+      innerrightorg = innerrightapex;
+      apex(*innerright, innerrightapex);
+    }
+    sym(*farright, checkedge);
+    apex(checkedge, checkvertex);
+    while (checkvertex[1] > farrightpt[1]) {
+      lnext(checkedge, *farright);
+      farrightapex = farrightpt;
+      farrightpt = checkvertex;
+      sym(*farright, checkedge);
+      apex(checkedge, checkvertex);
+    }
+  }
+  /* Find a line tangent to and below both hulls. */
+  do {
+    changemade = 0;
+    /* Make innerleftdest the "bottommost" vertex of the left hull. */
+    if (counterclockwise(m, b, innerleftdest, innerleftapex, innerrightorg) >
+        0.0) {
+      lprevself(*innerleft);
+      symself(*innerleft);
+      innerleftdest = innerleftapex;
+      apex(*innerleft, innerleftapex);
+      changemade = 1;
+    }
+    /* Make innerrightorg the "bottommost" vertex of the right hull. */
+    if (counterclockwise(m, b, innerrightapex, innerrightorg, innerleftdest) >
+        0.0) {
+      lnextself(*innerright);
+      symself(*innerright);
+      innerrightorg = innerrightapex;
+      apex(*innerright, innerrightapex);
+      changemade = 1;
+    }
+  } while (changemade);
+  /* Find the two candidates to be the next "gear tooth." */
+  sym(*innerleft, leftcand);
+  sym(*innerright, rightcand);
+  /* Create the bottom new bounding triangle. */
+  maketriangle(m, b, &baseedge);
+  /* Connect it to the bounding boxes of the left and right triangulations. */
+  bond(baseedge, *innerleft);
+  lnextself(baseedge);
+  bond(baseedge, *innerright);
+  lnextself(baseedge);
+  setorg(baseedge, innerrightorg);
+  setdest(baseedge, innerleftdest);
+  /* Apex is intentionally left NULL. */
+  if (b->verbose > 2) {
+    printf("  Creating base bounding ");
+    printtriangle(m, b, &baseedge);
+  }
+  /* Fix the extreme triangles if necessary. */
+  org(*farleft, farleftpt);
+  if (innerleftdest == farleftpt) {
+    lnext(baseedge, *farleft);
+  }
+  dest(*farright, farrightpt);
+  if (innerrightorg == farrightpt) {
+    lprev(baseedge, *farright);
+  }
+  /* The vertices of the current knitting edge. */
+  lowerleft = innerleftdest;
+  lowerright = innerrightorg;
+  /* The candidate vertices for knitting. */
+  apex(leftcand, upperleft);
+  apex(rightcand, upperright);
+  /* Walk up the gap between the two triangulations, knitting them together. */
+  while (1) {
+    /* Have we reached the top?  (This isn't quite the right question,       */
+    /*   because even though the left triangulation might seem finished now, */
+    /*   moving up on the right triangulation might reveal a new vertex of   */
+    /*   the left triangulation.  And vice-versa.)                           */
+    leftfinished = counterclockwise(m, b, upperleft, lowerleft, lowerright) <=
+                   0.0;
+    rightfinished = counterclockwise(m, b, upperright, lowerleft, lowerright)
+                 <= 0.0;
+    if (leftfinished && rightfinished) {
+      /* Create the top new bounding triangle. */
+      maketriangle(m, b, &nextedge);
+      setorg(nextedge, lowerleft);
+      setdest(nextedge, lowerright);
+      /* Apex is intentionally left NULL. */
+      /* Connect it to the bounding boxes of the two triangulations. */
+      bond(nextedge, baseedge);
+      lnextself(nextedge);
+      bond(nextedge, rightcand);
+      lnextself(nextedge);
+      bond(nextedge, leftcand);
+      if (b->verbose > 2) {
+        printf("  Creating top bounding ");
+        printtriangle(m, b, &nextedge);
+      }
+      /* Special treatment for horizontal cuts. */
+      if (b->dwyer && (axis == 1)) {
+        org(*farleft, farleftpt);
+        apex(*farleft, farleftapex);
+        dest(*farright, farrightpt);
+        apex(*farright, farrightapex);
+        sym(*farleft, checkedge);
+        apex(checkedge, checkvertex);
+        /* The pointers to the extremal vertices are restored to the  */
+        /*   leftmost and rightmost vertices (rather than topmost and */
+        /*   bottommost).                                             */
+        while (checkvertex[0] < farleftpt[0]) {
+          lprev(checkedge, *farleft);
+          farleftapex = farleftpt;
+          farleftpt = checkvertex;
+          sym(*farleft, checkedge);
+          apex(checkedge, checkvertex);
+        }
+        while (farrightapex[0] > farrightpt[0]) {
+          lprevself(*farright);
+          symself(*farright);
+          farrightpt = farrightapex;
+          apex(*farright, farrightapex);
+        }
+      }
+      return;
+    }
+    /* Consider eliminating edges from the left triangulation. */
+    if (!leftfinished) {
+      /* What vertex would be exposed if an edge were deleted? */
+      lprev(leftcand, nextedge);
+      symself(nextedge);
+      apex(nextedge, nextapex);
+      /* If nextapex is NULL, then no vertex would be exposed; the */
+      /*   triangulation would have been eaten right through.      */
+      if (nextapex != (vertex) NULL) {
+        /* Check whether the edge is Delaunay. */
+        badedge = incircle(m, b, lowerleft, lowerright, upperleft, nextapex) >
+                  0.0;
+        while (badedge) {
+          /* Eliminate the edge with an edge flip.  As a result, the    */
+          /*   left triangulation will have one more boundary triangle. */
+          lnextself(nextedge);
+          sym(nextedge, topcasing);
+          lnextself(nextedge);
+          sym(nextedge, sidecasing);
+          bond(nextedge, topcasing);
+          bond(leftcand, sidecasing);
+          lnextself(leftcand);
+          sym(leftcand, outercasing);
+          lprevself(nextedge);
+          bond(nextedge, outercasing);
+          /* Correct the vertices to reflect the edge flip. */
+          setorg(leftcand, lowerleft);
+          setdest(leftcand, NULL);
+          setapex(leftcand, nextapex);
+          setorg(nextedge, NULL);
+          setdest(nextedge, upperleft);
+          setapex(nextedge, nextapex);
+          /* Consider the newly exposed vertex. */
+          upperleft = nextapex;
+          /* What vertex would be exposed if another edge were deleted? */
+          otricopy(sidecasing, nextedge);
+          apex(nextedge, nextapex);
+          if (nextapex != (vertex) NULL) {
+            /* Check whether the edge is Delaunay. */
+            badedge = incircle(m, b, lowerleft, lowerright, upperleft,
+                               nextapex) > 0.0;
+          } else {
+            /* Avoid eating right through the triangulation. */
+            badedge = 0;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* Consider eliminating edges from the right triangulation. */
+    if (!rightfinished) {
+      /* What vertex would be exposed if an edge were deleted? */
+      lnext(rightcand, nextedge);
+      symself(nextedge);
+      apex(nextedge, nextapex);
+      /* If nextapex is NULL, then no vertex would be exposed; the */
+      /*   triangulation would have been eaten right through.      */
+      if (nextapex != (vertex) NULL) {
+        /* Check whether the edge is Delaunay. */
+        badedge = incircle(m, b, lowerleft, lowerright, upperright, nextapex) >
+                  0.0;
+        while (badedge) {
+          /* Eliminate the edge with an edge flip.  As a result, the     */
+          /*   right triangulation will have one more boundary triangle. */
+          lprevself(nextedge);
+          sym(nextedge, topcasing);
+          lprevself(nextedge);
+          sym(nextedge, sidecasing);
+          bond(nextedge, topcasing);
+          bond(rightcand, sidecasing);
+          lprevself(rightcand);
+          sym(rightcand, outercasing);
+          lnextself(nextedge);
+          bond(nextedge, outercasing);
+          /* Correct the vertices to reflect the edge flip. */
+          setorg(rightcand, NULL);
+          setdest(rightcand, lowerright);
+          setapex(rightcand, nextapex);
+          setorg(nextedge, upperright);
+          setdest(nextedge, NULL);
+          setapex(nextedge, nextapex);
+          /* Consider the newly exposed vertex. */
+          upperright = nextapex;
+          /* What vertex would be exposed if another edge were deleted? */
+          otricopy(sidecasing, nextedge);
+          apex(nextedge, nextapex);
+          if (nextapex != (vertex) NULL) {
+            /* Check whether the edge is Delaunay. */
+            badedge = incircle(m, b, lowerleft, lowerright, upperright,
+                               nextapex) > 0.0;
+          } else {
+            /* Avoid eating right through the triangulation. */
+            badedge = 0;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if (leftfinished || (!rightfinished &&
+           (incircle(m, b, upperleft, lowerleft, lowerright, upperright) >
+            0.0))) {
+      /* Knit the triangulations, adding an edge from `lowerleft' */
+      /*   to `upperright'.                                       */
+      bond(baseedge, rightcand);
+      lprev(rightcand, baseedge);
+      setdest(baseedge, lowerleft);
+      lowerright = upperright;
+      sym(baseedge, rightcand);
+      apex(rightcand, upperright);
+    } else {
+      /* Knit the triangulations, adding an edge from `upperleft' */
+      /*   to `lowerright'.                                       */
+      bond(baseedge, leftcand);
+      lnext(leftcand, baseedge);
+      setorg(baseedge, lowerright);
+      lowerleft = upperleft;
+      sym(baseedge, leftcand);
+      apex(leftcand, upperleft);
+    }
+    if (b->verbose > 2) {
+      printf("  Connecting ");
+      printtriangle(m, b, &baseedge);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  divconqrecurse()   Recursively form a Delaunay triangulation by the      */
+/*                     divide-and-conquer method.                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Recursively breaks down the problem into smaller pieces, which are       */
+/*  knitted together by mergehulls().  The base cases (problems of two or    */
+/*  three vertices) are handled specially here.                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  On completion, `farleft' and `farright' are bounding triangles such that */
+/*  the origin of `farleft' is the leftmost vertex (breaking ties by         */
+/*  choosing the highest leftmost vertex), and the destination of            */
+/*  `farright' is the rightmost vertex (breaking ties by choosing the        */
+/*  lowest rightmost vertex).                                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void divconqrecurse(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, vertex *sortarray,
+                    int vertices, int axis,
+                    struct otri *farleft, struct otri *farright)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void divconqrecurse(m, b, sortarray, vertices, axis, farleft, farright)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+vertex *sortarray;
+int vertices;
+int axis;
+struct otri *farleft;
+struct otri *farright;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri midtri, tri1, tri2, tri3;
+  struct otri innerleft, innerright;
+  REAL area;
+  int divider;
+
+  if (b->verbose > 2) {
+    printf("  Triangulating %d vertices.\n", vertices);
+  }
+  if (vertices == 2) {
+    /* The triangulation of two vertices is an edge.  An edge is */
+    /*   represented by two bounding triangles.                  */
+    maketriangle(m, b, farleft);
+    setorg(*farleft, sortarray[0]);
+    setdest(*farleft, sortarray[1]);
+    /* The apex is intentionally left NULL. */
+    maketriangle(m, b, farright);
+    setorg(*farright, sortarray[1]);
+    setdest(*farright, sortarray[0]);
+    /* The apex is intentionally left NULL. */
+    bond(*farleft, *farright);
+    lprevself(*farleft);
+    lnextself(*farright);
+    bond(*farleft, *farright);
+    lprevself(*farleft);
+    lnextself(*farright);
+    bond(*farleft, *farright);
+    if (b->verbose > 2) {
+      printf("  Creating ");
+      printtriangle(m, b, farleft);
+      printf("  Creating ");
+      printtriangle(m, b, farright);
+    }
+    /* Ensure that the origin of `farleft' is sortarray[0]. */
+    lprev(*farright, *farleft);
+    return;
+  } else if (vertices == 3) {
+    /* The triangulation of three vertices is either a triangle (with */
+    /*   three bounding triangles) or two edges (with four bounding   */
+    /*   triangles).  In either case, four triangles are created.     */
+    maketriangle(m, b, &midtri);
+    maketriangle(m, b, &tri1);
+    maketriangle(m, b, &tri2);
+    maketriangle(m, b, &tri3);
+    area = counterclockwise(m, b, sortarray[0], sortarray[1], sortarray[2]);
+    if (area == 0.0) {
+      /* Three collinear vertices; the triangulation is two edges. */
+      setorg(midtri, sortarray[0]);
+      setdest(midtri, sortarray[1]);
+      setorg(tri1, sortarray[1]);
+      setdest(tri1, sortarray[0]);
+      setorg(tri2, sortarray[2]);
+      setdest(tri2, sortarray[1]);
+      setorg(tri3, sortarray[1]);
+      setdest(tri3, sortarray[2]);
+      /* All apices are intentionally left NULL. */
+      bond(midtri, tri1);
+      bond(tri2, tri3);
+      lnextself(midtri);
+      lprevself(tri1);
+      lnextself(tri2);
+      lprevself(tri3);
+      bond(midtri, tri3);
+      bond(tri1, tri2);
+      lnextself(midtri);
+      lprevself(tri1);
+      lnextself(tri2);
+      lprevself(tri3);
+      bond(midtri, tri1);
+      bond(tri2, tri3);
+      /* Ensure that the origin of `farleft' is sortarray[0]. */
+      otricopy(tri1, *farleft);
+      /* Ensure that the destination of `farright' is sortarray[2]. */
+      otricopy(tri2, *farright);
+    } else {
+      /* The three vertices are not collinear; the triangulation is one */
+      /*   triangle, namely `midtri'.                                   */
+      setorg(midtri, sortarray[0]);
+      setdest(tri1, sortarray[0]);
+      setorg(tri3, sortarray[0]);
+      /* Apices of tri1, tri2, and tri3 are left NULL. */
+      if (area > 0.0) {
+        /* The vertices are in counterclockwise order. */
+        setdest(midtri, sortarray[1]);
+        setorg(tri1, sortarray[1]);
+        setdest(tri2, sortarray[1]);
+        setapex(midtri, sortarray[2]);
+        setorg(tri2, sortarray[2]);
+        setdest(tri3, sortarray[2]);
+      } else {
+        /* The vertices are in clockwise order. */
+        setdest(midtri, sortarray[2]);
+        setorg(tri1, sortarray[2]);
+        setdest(tri2, sortarray[2]);
+        setapex(midtri, sortarray[1]);
+        setorg(tri2, sortarray[1]);
+        setdest(tri3, sortarray[1]);
+      }
+      /* The topology does not depend on how the vertices are ordered. */
+      bond(midtri, tri1);
+      lnextself(midtri);
+      bond(midtri, tri2);
+      lnextself(midtri);
+      bond(midtri, tri3);
+      lprevself(tri1);
+      lnextself(tri2);
+      bond(tri1, tri2);
+      lprevself(tri1);
+      lprevself(tri3);
+      bond(tri1, tri3);
+      lnextself(tri2);
+      lprevself(tri3);
+      bond(tri2, tri3);
+      /* Ensure that the origin of `farleft' is sortarray[0]. */
+      otricopy(tri1, *farleft);
+      /* Ensure that the destination of `farright' is sortarray[2]. */
+      if (area > 0.0) {
+        otricopy(tri2, *farright);
+      } else {
+        lnext(*farleft, *farright);
+      }
+    }
+    if (b->verbose > 2) {
+      printf("  Creating ");
+      printtriangle(m, b, &midtri);
+      printf("  Creating ");
+      printtriangle(m, b, &tri1);
+      printf("  Creating ");
+      printtriangle(m, b, &tri2);
+      printf("  Creating ");
+      printtriangle(m, b, &tri3);
+    }
+    return;
+  } else {
+    /* Split the vertices in half. */
+    divider = vertices >> 1;
+    /* Recursively triangulate each half. */
+    divconqrecurse(m, b, sortarray, divider, 1 - axis, farleft, &innerleft);
+    divconqrecurse(m, b, &sortarray[divider], vertices - divider, 1 - axis,
+                   &innerright, farright);
+    if (b->verbose > 1) {
+      printf("  Joining triangulations with %d and %d vertices.\n", divider,
+             vertices - divider);
+    }
+    /* Merge the two triangulations into one. */
+    mergehulls(m, b, farleft, &innerleft, &innerright, farright, axis);
+  }
+}
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+long removeghosts(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, struct otri *startghost)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+long removeghosts(m, b, startghost)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *startghost;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri searchedge;
+  struct otri dissolveedge;
+  struct otri deadtriangle;
+  vertex markorg;
+  long hullsize;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("  Removing ghost triangles.\n");
+  }
+  /* Find an edge on the convex hull to start point location from. */
+  lprev(*startghost, searchedge);
+  symself(searchedge);
+  m->dummytri[0] = encode(searchedge);
+  /* Remove the bounding box and count the convex hull edges. */
+  otricopy(*startghost, dissolveedge);
+  hullsize = 0;
+  do {
+    hullsize++;
+    lnext(dissolveedge, deadtriangle);
+    lprevself(dissolveedge);
+    symself(dissolveedge);
+    /* If no PSLG is involved, set the boundary markers of all the vertices */
+    /*   on the convex hull.  If a PSLG is used, this step is done later.   */
+    if (!b->poly) {
+      /* Watch out for the case where all the input vertices are collinear. */
+      if (dissolveedge.tri != m->dummytri) {
+        org(dissolveedge, markorg);
+        if (vertexmark(markorg) == 0) {
+          setvertexmark(markorg, 1);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* Remove a bounding triangle from a convex hull triangle. */
+    dissolve(dissolveedge);
+    /* Find the next bounding triangle. */
+    sym(deadtriangle, dissolveedge);
+    /* Delete the bounding triangle. */
+    triangledealloc(m, deadtriangle.tri);
+  } while (!otriequal(dissolveedge, *startghost));
+  return hullsize;
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  divconqdelaunay()   Form a Delaunay triangulation by the divide-and-     */
+/*                      conquer method.                                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Sorts the vertices, calls a recursive procedure to triangulate them, and */
+/*  removes the bounding box, setting boundary markers as appropriate.       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+long divconqdelaunay(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+long divconqdelaunay(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  vertex *sortarray;
+  struct otri hullleft, hullright;
+  int divider;
+  int i, j;
+
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("  Sorting vertices.\n");
+  }
+
+  /* Allocate an array of pointers to vertices for sorting. */
+  sortarray = (vertex *) trimalloc(m->invertices * (int) sizeof(vertex));
+  traversalinit(&m->vertices);
+  for (i = 0; i < m->invertices; i++) {
+    sortarray[i] = vertextraverse(m);
+  }
+  /* Sort the vertices. */
+  vertexsort(sortarray, m->invertices);
+  /* Discard duplicate vertices, which can really mess up the algorithm. */
+  i = 0;
+  for (j = 1; j < m->invertices; j++) {
+    if ((sortarray[i][0] == sortarray[j][0])
+        && (sortarray[i][1] == sortarray[j][1])) {
+      if (!b->quiet) {
+        printf(
+"Warning:  A duplicate vertex at (%.12g, %.12g) appeared and was ignored.\n",
+               sortarray[j][0], sortarray[j][1]);
+      }
+      setvertextype(sortarray[j], UNDEADVERTEX);
+      m->undeads++;
+    } else {
+      i++;
+      sortarray[i] = sortarray[j];
+    }
+  }
+  i++;
+  if (b->dwyer) {
+    /* Re-sort the array of vertices to accommodate alternating cuts. */
+    divider = i >> 1;
+    if (i - divider >= 2) {
+      if (divider >= 2) {
+        alternateaxes(sortarray, divider, 1);
+      }
+      alternateaxes(&sortarray[divider], i - divider, 1);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("  Forming triangulation.\n");
+  }
+
+  /* Form the Delaunay triangulation. */
+  divconqrecurse(m, b, sortarray, i, 0, &hullleft, &hullright);
+  trifree((VOID *) sortarray);
+
+  return removeghosts(m, b, &hullleft);
+}
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Divide-and-conquer Delaunay triangulation ends here       *********/
+
+/********* Incremental Delaunay triangulation begins here            *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  boundingbox()   Form an "infinite" bounding triangle to insert vertices  */
+/*                  into.                                                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The vertices at "infinity" are assigned finite coordinates, which are    */
+/*  used by the point location routines, but (mostly) ignored by the         */
+/*  Delaunay edge flip routines.                                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void boundingbox(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void boundingbox(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri inftri;          /* Handle for the triangular bounding box. */
+  REAL width;
+
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("  Creating triangular bounding box.\n");
+  }
+  /* Find the width (or height, whichever is larger) of the triangulation. */
+  width = m->xmax - m->xmin;
+  if (m->ymax - m->ymin > width) {
+    width = m->ymax - m->ymin;
+  }
+  if (width == 0.0) {
+    width = 1.0;
+  }
+  /* Create the vertices of the bounding box. */
+  m->infvertex1 = (vertex) trimalloc(m->vertices.itembytes);
+  m->infvertex2 = (vertex) trimalloc(m->vertices.itembytes);
+  m->infvertex3 = (vertex) trimalloc(m->vertices.itembytes);
+  m->infvertex1[0] = m->xmin - 50.0 * width;
+  m->infvertex1[1] = m->ymin - 40.0 * width;
+  m->infvertex2[0] = m->xmax + 50.0 * width;
+  m->infvertex2[1] = m->ymin - 40.0 * width;
+  m->infvertex3[0] = 0.5 * (m->xmin + m->xmax);
+  m->infvertex3[1] = m->ymax + 60.0 * width;
+
+  /* Create the bounding box. */
+  maketriangle(m, b, &inftri);
+  setorg(inftri, m->infvertex1);
+  setdest(inftri, m->infvertex2);
+  setapex(inftri, m->infvertex3);
+  /* Link dummytri to the bounding box so we can always find an */
+  /*   edge to begin searching (point location) from.           */
+  m->dummytri[0] = (triangle) inftri.tri;
+  if (b->verbose > 2) {
+    printf("  Creating ");
+    printtriangle(m, b, &inftri);
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  removebox()   Remove the "infinite" bounding triangle, setting boundary  */
+/*                markers as appropriate.                                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The triangular bounding box has three boundary triangles (one for each   */
+/*  side of the bounding box), and a bunch of triangles fanning out from     */
+/*  the three bounding box vertices (one triangle for each edge of the       */
+/*  convex hull of the inner mesh).  This routine removes these triangles.   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Returns the number of edges on the convex hull of the triangulation.     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+long removebox(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+long removebox(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri deadtriangle;
+  struct otri searchedge;
+  struct otri checkedge;
+  struct otri nextedge, finaledge, dissolveedge;
+  vertex markorg;
+  long hullsize;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("  Removing triangular bounding box.\n");
+  }
+  /* Find a boundary triangle. */
+  nextedge.tri = m->dummytri;
+  nextedge.orient = 0;
+  symself(nextedge);
+  /* Mark a place to stop. */
+  lprev(nextedge, finaledge);
+  lnextself(nextedge);
+  symself(nextedge);
+  /* Find a triangle (on the boundary of the vertex set) that isn't */
+  /*   a bounding box triangle.                                     */
+  lprev(nextedge, searchedge);
+  symself(searchedge);
+  /* Check whether nextedge is another boundary triangle */
+  /*   adjacent to the first one.                        */
+  lnext(nextedge, checkedge);
+  symself(checkedge);
+  if (checkedge.tri == m->dummytri) {
+    /* Go on to the next triangle.  There are only three boundary   */
+    /*   triangles, and this next triangle cannot be the third one, */
+    /*   so it's safe to stop here.                                 */
+    lprevself(searchedge);
+    symself(searchedge);
+  }
+  /* Find a new boundary edge to search from, as the current search */
+  /*   edge lies on a bounding box triangle and will be deleted.    */
+  m->dummytri[0] = encode(searchedge);
+  hullsize = -2l;
+  while (!otriequal(nextedge, finaledge)) {
+    hullsize++;
+    lprev(nextedge, dissolveedge);
+    symself(dissolveedge);
+    /* If not using a PSLG, the vertices should be marked now. */
+    /*   (If using a PSLG, markhull() will do the job.)        */
+    if (!b->poly) {
+      /* Be careful!  One must check for the case where all the input     */
+      /*   vertices are collinear, and thus all the triangles are part of */
+      /*   the bounding box.  Otherwise, the setvertexmark() call below   */
+      /*   will cause a bad pointer reference.                            */
+      if (dissolveedge.tri != m->dummytri) {
+        org(dissolveedge, markorg);
+        if (vertexmark(markorg) == 0) {
+          setvertexmark(markorg, 1);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* Disconnect the bounding box triangle from the mesh triangle. */
+    dissolve(dissolveedge);
+    lnext(nextedge, deadtriangle);
+    sym(deadtriangle, nextedge);
+    /* Get rid of the bounding box triangle. */
+    triangledealloc(m, deadtriangle.tri);
+    /* Do we need to turn the corner? */
+    if (nextedge.tri == m->dummytri) {
+      /* Turn the corner. */
+      otricopy(dissolveedge, nextedge);
+    }
+  }
+  triangledealloc(m, finaledge.tri);
+
+  trifree((VOID *) m->infvertex1);  /* Deallocate the bounding box vertices. */
+  trifree((VOID *) m->infvertex2);
+  trifree((VOID *) m->infvertex3);
+
+  return hullsize;
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  incrementaldelaunay()   Form a Delaunay triangulation by incrementally   */
+/*                          inserting vertices.                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Returns the number of edges on the convex hull of the triangulation.     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+long incrementaldelaunay(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+long incrementaldelaunay(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri starttri;
+  vertex vertexloop;
+
+  /* Create a triangular bounding box. */
+  boundingbox(m, b);
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("  Incrementally inserting vertices.\n");
+  }
+  traversalinit(&m->vertices);
+  vertexloop = vertextraverse(m);
+  while (vertexloop != (vertex) NULL) {
+    starttri.tri = m->dummytri;
+    if (insertvertex(m, b, vertexloop, &starttri, (struct osub *) NULL, 0, 0)
+        == DUPLICATEVERTEX) {
+      if (!b->quiet) {
+        printf(
+"Warning:  A duplicate vertex at (%.12g, %.12g) appeared and was ignored.\n",
+               vertexloop[0], vertexloop[1]);
+      }
+      setvertextype(vertexloop, UNDEADVERTEX);
+      m->undeads++;
+    }
+    vertexloop = vertextraverse(m);
+  }
+  /* Remove the bounding box. */
+  return removebox(m, b);
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Incremental Delaunay triangulation ends here              *********/
+
+/********* Sweepline Delaunay triangulation begins here              *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void eventheapinsert(struct event **heap, int heapsize, struct event *newevent)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void eventheapinsert(heap, heapsize, newevent)
+struct event **heap;
+int heapsize;
+struct event *newevent;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  REAL eventx, eventy;
+  int eventnum;
+  int parent;
+  int notdone;
+
+  eventx = newevent->xkey;
+  eventy = newevent->ykey;
+  eventnum = heapsize;
+  notdone = eventnum > 0;
+  while (notdone) {
+    parent = (eventnum - 1) >> 1;
+    if ((heap[parent]->ykey < eventy) ||
+        ((heap[parent]->ykey == eventy)
+         && (heap[parent]->xkey <= eventx))) {
+      notdone = 0;
+    } else {
+      heap[eventnum] = heap[parent];
+      heap[eventnum]->heapposition = eventnum;
+
+      eventnum = parent;
+      notdone = eventnum > 0;
+    }
+  }
+  heap[eventnum] = newevent;
+  newevent->heapposition = eventnum;
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void eventheapify(struct event **heap, int heapsize, int eventnum)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void eventheapify(heap, heapsize, eventnum)
+struct event **heap;
+int heapsize;
+int eventnum;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct event *thisevent;
+  REAL eventx, eventy;
+  int leftchild, rightchild;
+  int smallest;
+  int notdone;
+
+  thisevent = heap[eventnum];
+  eventx = thisevent->xkey;
+  eventy = thisevent->ykey;
+  leftchild = 2 * eventnum + 1;
+  notdone = leftchild < heapsize;
+  while (notdone) {
+    if ((heap[leftchild]->ykey < eventy) ||
+        ((heap[leftchild]->ykey == eventy)
+         && (heap[leftchild]->xkey < eventx))) {
+      smallest = leftchild;
+    } else {
+      smallest = eventnum;
+    }
+    rightchild = leftchild + 1;
+    if (rightchild < heapsize) {
+      if ((heap[rightchild]->ykey < heap[smallest]->ykey) ||
+          ((heap[rightchild]->ykey == heap[smallest]->ykey)
+           && (heap[rightchild]->xkey < heap[smallest]->xkey))) {
+        smallest = rightchild;
+      }
+    }
+    if (smallest == eventnum) {
+      notdone = 0;
+    } else {
+      heap[eventnum] = heap[smallest];
+      heap[eventnum]->heapposition = eventnum;
+      heap[smallest] = thisevent;
+      thisevent->heapposition = smallest;
+
+      eventnum = smallest;
+      leftchild = 2 * eventnum + 1;
+      notdone = leftchild < heapsize;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void eventheapdelete(struct event **heap, int heapsize, int eventnum)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void eventheapdelete(heap, heapsize, eventnum)
+struct event **heap;
+int heapsize;
+int eventnum;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct event *moveevent;
+  REAL eventx, eventy;
+  int parent;
+  int notdone;
+
+  moveevent = heap[heapsize - 1];
+  if (eventnum > 0) {
+    eventx = moveevent->xkey;
+    eventy = moveevent->ykey;
+    do {
+      parent = (eventnum - 1) >> 1;
+      if ((heap[parent]->ykey < eventy) ||
+          ((heap[parent]->ykey == eventy)
+           && (heap[parent]->xkey <= eventx))) {
+        notdone = 0;
+      } else {
+        heap[eventnum] = heap[parent];
+        heap[eventnum]->heapposition = eventnum;
+
+        eventnum = parent;
+        notdone = eventnum > 0;
+      }
+    } while (notdone);
+  }
+  heap[eventnum] = moveevent;
+  moveevent->heapposition = eventnum;
+  eventheapify(heap, heapsize - 1, eventnum);
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void createeventheap(struct mesh *m, struct event ***eventheap,
+                     struct event **events, struct event **freeevents)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void createeventheap(m, eventheap, events, freeevents)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct event ***eventheap;
+struct event **events;
+struct event **freeevents;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  vertex thisvertex;
+  int maxevents;
+  int i;
+
+  maxevents = (3 * m->invertices) / 2;
+  *eventheap = (struct event **) trimalloc(maxevents *
+                                           (int) sizeof(struct event *));
+  *events = (struct event *) trimalloc(maxevents * (int) sizeof(struct event));
+  traversalinit(&m->vertices);
+  for (i = 0; i < m->invertices; i++) {
+    thisvertex = vertextraverse(m);
+    (*events)[i].eventptr = (VOID *) thisvertex;
+    (*events)[i].xkey = thisvertex[0];
+    (*events)[i].ykey = thisvertex[1];
+    eventheapinsert(*eventheap, i, *events + i);
+  }
+  *freeevents = (struct event *) NULL;
+  for (i = maxevents - 1; i >= m->invertices; i--) {
+    (*events)[i].eventptr = (VOID *) *freeevents;
+    *freeevents = *events + i;
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+int rightofhyperbola(struct mesh *m, struct otri *fronttri, vertex newsite)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+int rightofhyperbola(m, fronttri, newsite)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct otri *fronttri;
+vertex newsite;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  vertex leftvertex, rightvertex;
+  REAL dxa, dya, dxb, dyb;
+
+  m->hyperbolacount++;
+
+  dest(*fronttri, leftvertex);
+  apex(*fronttri, rightvertex);
+  if ((leftvertex[1] < rightvertex[1]) ||
+      ((leftvertex[1] == rightvertex[1]) &&
+       (leftvertex[0] < rightvertex[0]))) {
+    if (newsite[0] >= rightvertex[0]) {
+      return 1;
+    }
+  } else {
+    if (newsite[0] <= leftvertex[0]) {
+      return 0;
+    }
+  }
+  dxa = leftvertex[0] - newsite[0];
+  dya = leftvertex[1] - newsite[1];
+  dxb = rightvertex[0] - newsite[0];
+  dyb = rightvertex[1] - newsite[1];
+  return dya * (dxb * dxb + dyb * dyb) > dyb * (dxa * dxa + dya * dya);
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+REAL circletop(struct mesh *m, vertex pa, vertex pb, vertex pc, REAL ccwabc)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+REAL circletop(m, pa, pb, pc, ccwabc)
+struct mesh *m;
+vertex pa;
+vertex pb;
+vertex pc;
+REAL ccwabc;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  REAL xac, yac, xbc, ybc, xab, yab;
+  REAL aclen2, bclen2, ablen2;
+
+  m->circletopcount++;
+
+  xac = pa[0] - pc[0];
+  yac = pa[1] - pc[1];
+  xbc = pb[0] - pc[0];
+  ybc = pb[1] - pc[1];
+  xab = pa[0] - pb[0];
+  yab = pa[1] - pb[1];
+  aclen2 = xac * xac + yac * yac;
+  bclen2 = xbc * xbc + ybc * ybc;
+  ablen2 = xab * xab + yab * yab;
+  return pc[1] + (xac * bclen2 - xbc * aclen2 + sqrt(aclen2 * bclen2 * ablen2))
+               / (2.0 * ccwabc);
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void check4deadevent(struct otri *checktri, struct event **freeevents,
+                     struct event **eventheap, int *heapsize)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void check4deadevent(checktri, freeevents, eventheap, heapsize)
+struct otri *checktri;
+struct event **freeevents;
+struct event **eventheap;
+int *heapsize;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct event *deadevent;
+  vertex eventvertex;
+  int eventnum;
+
+  org(*checktri, eventvertex);
+  if (eventvertex != (vertex) NULL) {
+    deadevent = (struct event *) eventvertex;
+    eventnum = deadevent->heapposition;
+    deadevent->eventptr = (VOID *) *freeevents;
+    *freeevents = deadevent;
+    eventheapdelete(eventheap, *heapsize, eventnum);
+    (*heapsize)--;
+    setorg(*checktri, NULL);
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+struct splaynode *splay(struct mesh *m, struct splaynode *splaytree,
+                        vertex searchpoint, struct otri *searchtri)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+struct splaynode *splay(m, splaytree, searchpoint, searchtri)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct splaynode *splaytree;
+vertex searchpoint;
+struct otri *searchtri;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct splaynode *child, *grandchild;
+  struct splaynode *lefttree, *righttree;
+  struct splaynode *leftright;
+  vertex checkvertex;
+  int rightofroot, rightofchild;
+
+  if (splaytree == (struct splaynode *) NULL) {
+    return (struct splaynode *) NULL;
+  }
+  dest(splaytree->keyedge, checkvertex);
+  if (checkvertex == splaytree->keydest) {
+    rightofroot = rightofhyperbola(m, &splaytree->keyedge, searchpoint);
+    if (rightofroot) {
+      otricopy(splaytree->keyedge, *searchtri);
+      child = splaytree->rchild;
+    } else {
+      child = splaytree->lchild;
+    }
+    if (child == (struct splaynode *) NULL) {
+      return splaytree;
+    }
+    dest(child->keyedge, checkvertex);
+    if (checkvertex != child->keydest) {
+      child = splay(m, child, searchpoint, searchtri);
+      if (child == (struct splaynode *) NULL) {
+        if (rightofroot) {
+          splaytree->rchild = (struct splaynode *) NULL;
+        } else {
+          splaytree->lchild = (struct splaynode *) NULL;
+        }
+        return splaytree;
+      }
+    }
+    rightofchild = rightofhyperbola(m, &child->keyedge, searchpoint);
+    if (rightofchild) {
+      otricopy(child->keyedge, *searchtri);
+      grandchild = splay(m, child->rchild, searchpoint, searchtri);
+      child->rchild = grandchild;
+    } else {
+      grandchild = splay(m, child->lchild, searchpoint, searchtri);
+      child->lchild = grandchild;
+    }
+    if (grandchild == (struct splaynode *) NULL) {
+      if (rightofroot) {
+        splaytree->rchild = child->lchild;
+        child->lchild = splaytree;
+      } else {
+        splaytree->lchild = child->rchild;
+        child->rchild = splaytree;
+      }
+      return child;
+    }
+    if (rightofchild) {
+      if (rightofroot) {
+        splaytree->rchild = child->lchild;
+        child->lchild = splaytree;
+      } else {
+        splaytree->lchild = grandchild->rchild;
+        grandchild->rchild = splaytree;
+      }
+      child->rchild = grandchild->lchild;
+      grandchild->lchild = child;
+    } else {
+      if (rightofroot) {
+        splaytree->rchild = grandchild->lchild;
+        grandchild->lchild = splaytree;
+      } else {
+        splaytree->lchild = child->rchild;
+        child->rchild = splaytree;
+      }
+      child->lchild = grandchild->rchild;
+      grandchild->rchild = child;
+    }
+    return grandchild;
+  } else {
+    lefttree = splay(m, splaytree->lchild, searchpoint, searchtri);
+    righttree = splay(m, splaytree->rchild, searchpoint, searchtri);
+
+    pooldealloc(&m->splaynodes, (VOID *) splaytree);
+    if (lefttree == (struct splaynode *) NULL) {
+      return righttree;
+    } else if (righttree == (struct splaynode *) NULL) {
+      return lefttree;
+    } else if (lefttree->rchild == (struct splaynode *) NULL) {
+      lefttree->rchild = righttree->lchild;
+      righttree->lchild = lefttree;
+      return righttree;
+    } else if (righttree->lchild == (struct splaynode *) NULL) {
+      righttree->lchild = lefttree->rchild;
+      lefttree->rchild = righttree;
+      return lefttree;
+    } else {
+/*      printf("Holy Toledo!!!\n"); */
+      leftright = lefttree->rchild;
+      while (leftright->rchild != (struct splaynode *) NULL) {
+        leftright = leftright->rchild;
+      }
+      leftright->rchild = righttree;
+      return lefttree;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+struct splaynode *splayinsert(struct mesh *m, struct splaynode *splayroot,
+                              struct otri *newkey, vertex searchpoint)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+struct splaynode *splayinsert(m, splayroot, newkey, searchpoint)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct splaynode *splayroot;
+struct otri *newkey;
+vertex searchpoint;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct splaynode *newsplaynode;
+
+  newsplaynode = (struct splaynode *) poolalloc(&m->splaynodes);
+  otricopy(*newkey, newsplaynode->keyedge);
+  dest(*newkey, newsplaynode->keydest);
+  if (splayroot == (struct splaynode *) NULL) {
+    newsplaynode->lchild = (struct splaynode *) NULL;
+    newsplaynode->rchild = (struct splaynode *) NULL;
+  } else if (rightofhyperbola(m, &splayroot->keyedge, searchpoint)) {
+    newsplaynode->lchild = splayroot;
+    newsplaynode->rchild = splayroot->rchild;
+    splayroot->rchild = (struct splaynode *) NULL;
+  } else {
+    newsplaynode->lchild = splayroot->lchild;
+    newsplaynode->rchild = splayroot;
+    splayroot->lchild = (struct splaynode *) NULL;
+  }
+  return newsplaynode;
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+struct splaynode *circletopinsert(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                                  struct splaynode *splayroot,
+                                  struct otri *newkey,
+                                  vertex pa, vertex pb, vertex pc, REAL topy)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+struct splaynode *circletopinsert(m, b, splayroot, newkey, pa, pb, pc, topy)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct splaynode *splayroot;
+struct otri *newkey;
+vertex pa;
+vertex pb;
+vertex pc;
+REAL topy;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  REAL ccwabc;
+  REAL xac, yac, xbc, ybc;
+  REAL aclen2, bclen2;
+  REAL searchpoint[2];
+  struct otri dummytri;
+
+  ccwabc = counterclockwise(m, b, pa, pb, pc);
+  xac = pa[0] - pc[0];
+  yac = pa[1] - pc[1];
+  xbc = pb[0] - pc[0];
+  ybc = pb[1] - pc[1];
+  aclen2 = xac * xac + yac * yac;
+  bclen2 = xbc * xbc + ybc * ybc;
+  searchpoint[0] = pc[0] - (yac * bclen2 - ybc * aclen2) / (2.0 * ccwabc);
+  searchpoint[1] = topy;
+  return splayinsert(m, splay(m, splayroot, (vertex) searchpoint, &dummytri),
+                     newkey, (vertex) searchpoint);
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+struct splaynode *frontlocate(struct mesh *m, struct splaynode *splayroot,
+                              struct otri *bottommost, vertex searchvertex,
+                              struct otri *searchtri, int *farright)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+struct splaynode *frontlocate(m, splayroot, bottommost, searchvertex,
+                              searchtri, farright)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct splaynode *splayroot;
+struct otri *bottommost;
+vertex searchvertex;
+struct otri *searchtri;
+int *farright;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  int farrightflag;
+  triangle ptr;                       /* Temporary variable used by onext(). */
+
+  otricopy(*bottommost, *searchtri);
+  splayroot = splay(m, splayroot, searchvertex, searchtri);
+
+  farrightflag = 0;
+  while (!farrightflag && rightofhyperbola(m, searchtri, searchvertex)) {
+    onextself(*searchtri);
+    farrightflag = otriequal(*searchtri, *bottommost);
+  }
+  *farright = farrightflag;
+  return splayroot;
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+long sweeplinedelaunay(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+long sweeplinedelaunay(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct event **eventheap;
+  struct event *events;
+  struct event *freeevents;
+  struct event *nextevent;
+  struct event *newevent;
+  struct splaynode *splayroot;
+  struct otri bottommost;
+  struct otri searchtri;
+  struct otri fliptri;
+  struct otri lefttri, righttri, farlefttri, farrighttri;
+  struct otri inserttri;
+  vertex firstvertex, secondvertex;
+  vertex nextvertex, lastvertex;
+  vertex connectvertex;
+  vertex leftvertex, midvertex, rightvertex;
+  REAL lefttest, righttest;
+  int heapsize;
+  int check4events, farrightflag;
+  triangle ptr;   /* Temporary variable used by sym(), onext(), and oprev(). */
+
+  poolinit(&m->splaynodes, sizeof(struct splaynode), SPLAYNODEPERBLOCK,
+           SPLAYNODEPERBLOCK, 0);
+  splayroot = (struct splaynode *) NULL;
+
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("  Placing vertices in event heap.\n");
+  }
+  createeventheap(m, &eventheap, &events, &freeevents);
+  heapsize = m->invertices;
+
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("  Forming triangulation.\n");
+  }
+  maketriangle(m, b, &lefttri);
+  maketriangle(m, b, &righttri);
+  bond(lefttri, righttri);
+  lnextself(lefttri);
+  lprevself(righttri);
+  bond(lefttri, righttri);
+  lnextself(lefttri);
+  lprevself(righttri);
+  bond(lefttri, righttri);
+  firstvertex = (vertex) eventheap[0]->eventptr;
+  eventheap[0]->eventptr = (VOID *) freeevents;
+  freeevents = eventheap[0];
+  eventheapdelete(eventheap, heapsize, 0);
+  heapsize--;
+  do {
+    if (heapsize == 0) {
+      printf("Error:  Input vertices are all identical.\n");
+      triexit(1);
+    }
+    secondvertex = (vertex) eventheap[0]->eventptr;
+    eventheap[0]->eventptr = (VOID *) freeevents;
+    freeevents = eventheap[0];
+    eventheapdelete(eventheap, heapsize, 0);
+    heapsize--;
+    if ((firstvertex[0] == secondvertex[0]) &&
+        (firstvertex[1] == secondvertex[1])) {
+      if (!b->quiet) {
+        printf(
+"Warning:  A duplicate vertex at (%.12g, %.12g) appeared and was ignored.\n",
+               secondvertex[0], secondvertex[1]);
+      }
+      setvertextype(secondvertex, UNDEADVERTEX);
+      m->undeads++;
+    }
+  } while ((firstvertex[0] == secondvertex[0]) &&
+           (firstvertex[1] == secondvertex[1]));
+  setorg(lefttri, firstvertex);
+  setdest(lefttri, secondvertex);
+  setorg(righttri, secondvertex);
+  setdest(righttri, firstvertex);
+  lprev(lefttri, bottommost);
+  lastvertex = secondvertex;
+  while (heapsize > 0) {
+    nextevent = eventheap[0];
+    eventheapdelete(eventheap, heapsize, 0);
+    heapsize--;
+    check4events = 1;
+    if (nextevent->xkey < m->xmin) {
+      decode(nextevent->eventptr, fliptri);
+      oprev(fliptri, farlefttri);
+      check4deadevent(&farlefttri, &freeevents, eventheap, &heapsize);
+      onext(fliptri, farrighttri);
+      check4deadevent(&farrighttri, &freeevents, eventheap, &heapsize);
+
+      if (otriequal(farlefttri, bottommost)) {
+        lprev(fliptri, bottommost);
+      }
+      flip(m, b, &fliptri);
+      setapex(fliptri, NULL);
+      lprev(fliptri, lefttri);
+      lnext(fliptri, righttri);
+      sym(lefttri, farlefttri);
+
+      if (randomnation(SAMPLERATE) == 0) {
+        symself(fliptri);
+        dest(fliptri, leftvertex);
+        apex(fliptri, midvertex);
+        org(fliptri, rightvertex);
+        splayroot = circletopinsert(m, b, splayroot, &lefttri, leftvertex,
+                                    midvertex, rightvertex, nextevent->ykey);
+      }
+    } else {
+      nextvertex = (vertex) nextevent->eventptr;
+      if ((nextvertex[0] == lastvertex[0]) &&
+          (nextvertex[1] == lastvertex[1])) {
+        if (!b->quiet) {
+          printf(
+"Warning:  A duplicate vertex at (%.12g, %.12g) appeared and was ignored.\n",
+                 nextvertex[0], nextvertex[1]);
+        }
+        setvertextype(nextvertex, UNDEADVERTEX);
+        m->undeads++;
+        check4events = 0;
+      } else {
+        lastvertex = nextvertex;
+
+        splayroot = frontlocate(m, splayroot, &bottommost, nextvertex,
+                                &searchtri, &farrightflag);
+/*
+        otricopy(bottommost, searchtri);
+        farrightflag = 0;
+        while (!farrightflag && rightofhyperbola(m, &searchtri, nextvertex)) {
+          onextself(searchtri);
+          farrightflag = otriequal(searchtri, bottommost);
+        }
+*/
+
+        check4deadevent(&searchtri, &freeevents, eventheap, &heapsize);
+
+        otricopy(searchtri, farrighttri);
+        sym(searchtri, farlefttri);
+        maketriangle(m, b, &lefttri);
+        maketriangle(m, b, &righttri);
+        dest(farrighttri, connectvertex);
+        setorg(lefttri, connectvertex);
+        setdest(lefttri, nextvertex);
+        setorg(righttri, nextvertex);
+        setdest(righttri, connectvertex);
+        bond(lefttri, righttri);
+        lnextself(lefttri);
+        lprevself(righttri);
+        bond(lefttri, righttri);
+        lnextself(lefttri);
+        lprevself(righttri);
+        bond(lefttri, farlefttri);
+        bond(righttri, farrighttri);
+        if (!farrightflag && otriequal(farrighttri, bottommost)) {
+          otricopy(lefttri, bottommost);
+        }
+
+        if (randomnation(SAMPLERATE) == 0) {
+          splayroot = splayinsert(m, splayroot, &lefttri, nextvertex);
+        } else if (randomnation(SAMPLERATE) == 0) {
+          lnext(righttri, inserttri);
+          splayroot = splayinsert(m, splayroot, &inserttri, nextvertex);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    nextevent->eventptr = (VOID *) freeevents;
+    freeevents = nextevent;
+
+    if (check4events) {
+      apex(farlefttri, leftvertex);
+      dest(lefttri, midvertex);
+      apex(lefttri, rightvertex);
+      lefttest = counterclockwise(m, b, leftvertex, midvertex, rightvertex);
+      if (lefttest > 0.0) {
+        newevent = freeevents;
+        freeevents = (struct event *) freeevents->eventptr;
+        newevent->xkey = m->xminextreme;
+        newevent->ykey = circletop(m, leftvertex, midvertex, rightvertex,
+                                   lefttest);
+        newevent->eventptr = (VOID *) encode(lefttri);
+        eventheapinsert(eventheap, heapsize, newevent);
+        heapsize++;
+        setorg(lefttri, newevent);
+      }
+      apex(righttri, leftvertex);
+      org(righttri, midvertex);
+      apex(farrighttri, rightvertex);
+      righttest = counterclockwise(m, b, leftvertex, midvertex, rightvertex);
+      if (righttest > 0.0) {
+        newevent = freeevents;
+        freeevents = (struct event *) freeevents->eventptr;
+        newevent->xkey = m->xminextreme;
+        newevent->ykey = circletop(m, leftvertex, midvertex, rightvertex,
+                                   righttest);
+        newevent->eventptr = (VOID *) encode(farrighttri);
+        eventheapinsert(eventheap, heapsize, newevent);
+        heapsize++;
+        setorg(farrighttri, newevent);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  pooldeinit(&m->splaynodes);
+  lprevself(bottommost);
+  return removeghosts(m, b, &bottommost);
+}
+
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Sweepline Delaunay triangulation ends here                *********/
+
+/********* General mesh construction routines begin here             *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  delaunay()   Form a Delaunay triangulation.                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+long delaunay(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+long delaunay(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  long hulledges;
+
+  m->eextras = 0;
+  initializetrisubpools(m, b);
+
+#ifdef REDUCED
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf(
+      "Constructing Delaunay triangulation by divide-and-conquer method.\n");
+  }
+  hulledges = divconqdelaunay(m, b);
+#else /* not REDUCED */
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Constructing Delaunay triangulation ");
+    if (b->incremental) {
+      printf("by incremental method.\n");
+    } else if (b->sweepline) {
+      printf("by sweepline method.\n");
+    } else {
+      printf("by divide-and-conquer method.\n");
+    }
+  }
+  if (b->incremental) {
+    hulledges = incrementaldelaunay(m, b);
+  } else if (b->sweepline) {
+    hulledges = sweeplinedelaunay(m, b);
+  } else {
+    hulledges = divconqdelaunay(m, b);
+  }
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+  if (m->triangles.items == 0) {
+    /* The input vertices were all collinear, so there are no triangles. */
+    return 0l;
+  } else {
+    return hulledges;
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  reconstruct()   Reconstruct a triangulation from its .ele (and possibly  */
+/*                  .poly) file.  Used when the -r switch is used.           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Reads an .ele file and reconstructs the original mesh.  If the -p switch */
+/*  is used, this procedure will also read a .poly file and reconstruct the  */
+/*  subsegments of the original mesh.  If the -a switch is used, this        */
+/*  procedure will also read an .area file and set a maximum area constraint */
+/*  on each triangle.                                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Vertices that are not corners of triangles, such as nodes on edges of    */
+/*  subparametric elements, are discarded.                                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This routine finds the adjacencies between triangles (and subsegments)   */
+/*  by forming one stack of triangles for each vertex.  Each triangle is on  */
+/*  three different stacks simultaneously.  Each triangle's subsegment       */
+/*  pointers are used to link the items in each stack.  This memory-saving   */
+/*  feature makes the code harder to read.  The most important thing to keep */
+/*  in mind is that each triangle is removed from a stack precisely when     */
+/*  the corresponding pointer is adjusted to refer to a subsegment rather    */
+/*  than the next triangle of the stack.                                     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+int reconstruct(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, int *trianglelist,
+                REAL *triangleattriblist, REAL *trianglearealist,
+                int elements, int corners, int attribs,
+                int *segmentlist,int *segmentmarkerlist, int numberofsegments)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+int reconstruct(m, b, trianglelist, triangleattriblist, trianglearealist,
+                elements, corners, attribs, segmentlist, segmentmarkerlist,
+                numberofsegments)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+int *trianglelist;
+REAL *triangleattriblist;
+REAL *trianglearealist;
+int elements;
+int corners;
+int attribs;
+int *segmentlist;
+int *segmentmarkerlist;
+int numberofsegments;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+long reconstruct(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, char *elefilename,
+                 char *areafilename, char *polyfilename, FILE *polyfile)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+long reconstruct(m, b, elefilename, areafilename, polyfilename, polyfile)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+char *elefilename;
+char *areafilename;
+char *polyfilename;
+FILE *polyfile;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+{
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  int vertexindex;
+  int attribindex;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  FILE *elefile;
+  FILE *areafile;
+  char inputline[INPUTLINESIZE];
+  char *stringptr;
+  int areaelements;
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  struct otri triangleloop;
+  struct otri triangleleft;
+  struct otri checktri;
+  struct otri checkleft;
+  struct otri checkneighbor;
+  struct osub subsegloop;
+  triangle *vertexarray;
+  triangle *prevlink;
+  triangle nexttri;
+  vertex tdest, tapex;
+  vertex checkdest, checkapex;
+  vertex shorg;
+  vertex killvertex;
+  vertex segmentorg, segmentdest;
+  REAL area;
+  int corner[3];
+  int end[2];
+  int killvertexindex;
+  int incorners;
+  int segmentmarkers;
+  int boundmarker;
+  int aroundvertex;
+  long hullsize;
+  int notfound;
+  long elementnumber, segmentnumber;
+  int i, j;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  m->inelements = elements;
+  incorners = corners;
+  if (incorners < 3) {
+    printf("Error:  Triangles must have at least 3 vertices.\n");
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  m->eextras = attribs;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  /* Read the triangles from an .ele file. */
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Opening %s.\n", elefilename);
+  }
+  elefile = fopen(elefilename, "r");
+  if (elefile == (FILE *) NULL) {
+    printf("  Error:  Cannot access file %s.\n", elefilename);
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  /* Read number of triangles, number of vertices per triangle, and */
+  /*   number of triangle attributes from .ele file.                */
+  stringptr = readline(inputline, elefile, elefilename);
+  m->inelements = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+  stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+  if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+    incorners = 3;
+  } else {
+    incorners = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    if (incorners < 3) {
+      printf("Error:  Triangles in %s must have at least 3 vertices.\n",
+             elefilename);
+      triexit(1);
+    }
+  }
+  stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+  if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+    m->eextras = 0;
+  } else {
+    m->eextras = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+  }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+  initializetrisubpools(m, b);
+
+  /* Create the triangles. */
+  for (elementnumber = 1; elementnumber <= m->inelements; elementnumber++) {
+    maketriangle(m, b, &triangleloop);
+    /* Mark the triangle as living. */
+    triangleloop.tri[3] = (triangle) triangleloop.tri;
+  }
+
+  segmentmarkers = 0;
+  if (b->poly) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+    m->insegments = numberofsegments;
+    segmentmarkers = segmentmarkerlist != (int *) NULL;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    /* Read number of segments and number of segment */
+    /*   boundary markers from .poly file.           */
+    stringptr = readline(inputline, polyfile, b->inpolyfilename);
+    m->insegments = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+    if (*stringptr != '\0') {
+      segmentmarkers = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+    /* Create the subsegments. */
+    for (segmentnumber = 1; segmentnumber <= m->insegments; segmentnumber++) {
+      makesubseg(m, &subsegloop);
+      /* Mark the subsegment as living. */
+      subsegloop.ss[2] = (subseg) subsegloop.ss;
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  vertexindex = 0;
+  attribindex = 0;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  if (b->vararea) {
+    /* Open an .area file, check for consistency with the .ele file. */
+    if (!b->quiet) {
+      printf("Opening %s.\n", areafilename);
+    }
+    areafile = fopen(areafilename, "r");
+    if (areafile == (FILE *) NULL) {
+      printf("  Error:  Cannot access file %s.\n", areafilename);
+      triexit(1);
+    }
+    stringptr = readline(inputline, areafile, areafilename);
+    areaelements = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    if (areaelements != m->inelements) {
+      printf("Error:  %s and %s disagree on number of triangles.\n",
+             elefilename, areafilename);
+      triexit(1);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Reconstructing mesh.\n");
+  }
+  /* Allocate a temporary array that maps each vertex to some adjacent */
+  /*   triangle.  I took care to allocate all the permanent memory for */
+  /*   triangles and subsegments first.                                */
+  vertexarray = (triangle *) trimalloc(m->vertices.items *
+                                       (int) sizeof(triangle));
+  /* Each vertex is initially unrepresented. */
+  for (i = 0; i < m->vertices.items; i++) {
+    vertexarray[i] = (triangle) m->dummytri;
+  }
+
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("  Assembling triangles.\n");
+  }
+  /* Read the triangles from the .ele file, and link */
+  /*   together those that share an edge.            */
+  traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+  triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  elementnumber = b->firstnumber;
+  while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+    /* Copy the triangle's three corners. */
+    for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
+      corner[j] = trianglelist[vertexindex++];
+      if ((corner[j] < b->firstnumber) ||
+          (corner[j] >= b->firstnumber + m->invertices)) {
+        printf("Error:  Triangle %ld has an invalid vertex index.\n",
+               elementnumber);
+        triexit(1);
+      }
+    }
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    /* Read triangle number and the triangle's three corners. */
+    stringptr = readline(inputline, elefile, elefilename);
+    for (j = 0; j < 3; j++) {
+      stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+      if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+        printf("Error:  Triangle %ld is missing vertex %d in %s.\n",
+               elementnumber, j + 1, elefilename);
+        triexit(1);
+      } else {
+        corner[j] = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+        if ((corner[j] < b->firstnumber) ||
+            (corner[j] >= b->firstnumber + m->invertices)) {
+          printf("Error:  Triangle %ld has an invalid vertex index.\n",
+                 elementnumber);
+          triexit(1);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+    /* Find out about (and throw away) extra nodes. */
+    for (j = 3; j < incorners; j++) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+      killvertexindex = trianglelist[vertexindex++];
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+      if (*stringptr != '\0') {
+        killvertexindex = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+        if ((killvertexindex >= b->firstnumber) &&
+            (killvertexindex < b->firstnumber + m->invertices)) {
+          /* Delete the non-corner vertex if it's not already deleted. */
+          killvertex = getvertex(m, b, killvertexindex);
+          if (vertextype(killvertex) != DEADVERTEX) {
+            vertexdealloc(m, killvertex);
+          }
+        }
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+      }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    }
+
+    /* Read the triangle's attributes. */
+    for (j = 0; j < m->eextras; j++) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+      setelemattribute(triangleloop, j, triangleattriblist[attribindex++]);
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+      if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+        setelemattribute(triangleloop, j, 0);
+      } else {
+        setelemattribute(triangleloop, j,
+                         (REAL) strtod(stringptr, &stringptr));
+      }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    }
+
+    if (b->vararea) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+      area = trianglearealist[elementnumber - b->firstnumber];
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      /* Read an area constraint from the .area file. */
+      stringptr = readline(inputline, areafile, areafilename);
+      stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+      if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+        area = -1.0;                      /* No constraint on this triangle. */
+      } else {
+        area = (REAL) strtod(stringptr, &stringptr);
+      }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      setareabound(triangleloop, area);
+    }
+
+    /* Set the triangle's vertices. */
+    triangleloop.orient = 0;
+    setorg(triangleloop, getvertex(m, b, corner[0]));
+    setdest(triangleloop, getvertex(m, b, corner[1]));
+    setapex(triangleloop, getvertex(m, b, corner[2]));
+    /* Try linking the triangle to others that share these vertices. */
+    for (triangleloop.orient = 0; triangleloop.orient < 3;
+         triangleloop.orient++) {
+      /* Take the number for the origin of triangleloop. */
+      aroundvertex = corner[triangleloop.orient];
+      /* Look for other triangles having this vertex. */
+      nexttri = vertexarray[aroundvertex - b->firstnumber];
+      /* Link the current triangle to the next one in the stack. */
+      triangleloop.tri[6 + triangleloop.orient] = nexttri;
+      /* Push the current triangle onto the stack. */
+      vertexarray[aroundvertex - b->firstnumber] = encode(triangleloop);
+      decode(nexttri, checktri);
+      if (checktri.tri != m->dummytri) {
+        dest(triangleloop, tdest);
+        apex(triangleloop, tapex);
+        /* Look for other triangles that share an edge. */
+        do {
+          dest(checktri, checkdest);
+          apex(checktri, checkapex);
+          if (tapex == checkdest) {
+            /* The two triangles share an edge; bond them together. */
+            lprev(triangleloop, triangleleft);
+            bond(triangleleft, checktri);
+          }
+          if (tdest == checkapex) {
+            /* The two triangles share an edge; bond them together. */
+            lprev(checktri, checkleft);
+            bond(triangleloop, checkleft);
+          }
+          /* Find the next triangle in the stack. */
+          nexttri = checktri.tri[6 + checktri.orient];
+          decode(nexttri, checktri);
+        } while (checktri.tri != m->dummytri);
+      }
+    }
+    triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+    elementnumber++;
+  }
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  vertexindex = 0;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  fclose(elefile);
+  if (b->vararea) {
+    fclose(areafile);
+  }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+  hullsize = 0;                      /* Prepare to count the boundary edges. */
+  if (b->poly) {
+    if (b->verbose) {
+      printf("  Marking segments in triangulation.\n");
+    }
+    /* Read the segments from the .poly file, and link them */
+    /*   to their neighboring triangles.                    */
+    boundmarker = 0;
+    traversalinit(&m->subsegs);
+    subsegloop.ss = subsegtraverse(m);
+    segmentnumber = b->firstnumber;
+    while (subsegloop.ss != (subseg *) NULL) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+      end[0] = segmentlist[vertexindex++];
+      end[1] = segmentlist[vertexindex++];
+      if (segmentmarkers) {
+        boundmarker = segmentmarkerlist[segmentnumber - b->firstnumber];
+      }
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      /* Read the endpoints of each segment, and possibly a boundary marker. */
+      stringptr = readline(inputline, polyfile, b->inpolyfilename);
+      /* Skip the first (segment number) field. */
+      stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+      if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+        printf("Error:  Segment %ld has no endpoints in %s.\n", segmentnumber,
+               polyfilename);
+        triexit(1);
+      } else {
+        end[0] = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+      }
+      stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+      if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+        printf("Error:  Segment %ld is missing its second endpoint in %s.\n",
+               segmentnumber, polyfilename);
+        triexit(1);
+      } else {
+        end[1] = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+      }
+      if (segmentmarkers) {
+        stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+        if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+          boundmarker = 0;
+        } else {
+          boundmarker = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+        }
+      }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      for (j = 0; j < 2; j++) {
+        if ((end[j] < b->firstnumber) ||
+            (end[j] >= b->firstnumber + m->invertices)) {
+          printf("Error:  Segment %ld has an invalid vertex index.\n", 
+                 segmentnumber);
+          triexit(1);
+        }
+      }
+
+      /* set the subsegment's vertices. */
+      subsegloop.ssorient = 0;
+      segmentorg = getvertex(m, b, end[0]);
+      segmentdest = getvertex(m, b, end[1]);
+      setsorg(subsegloop, segmentorg);
+      setsdest(subsegloop, segmentdest);
+      setsegorg(subsegloop, segmentorg);
+      setsegdest(subsegloop, segmentdest);
+      setmark(subsegloop, boundmarker);
+      /* Try linking the subsegment to triangles that share these vertices. */
+      for (subsegloop.ssorient = 0; subsegloop.ssorient < 2;
+           subsegloop.ssorient++) {
+        /* Take the number for the destination of subsegloop. */
+        aroundvertex = end[1 - subsegloop.ssorient];
+        /* Look for triangles having this vertex. */
+        prevlink = &vertexarray[aroundvertex - b->firstnumber];
+        nexttri = vertexarray[aroundvertex - b->firstnumber];
+        decode(nexttri, checktri);
+        sorg(subsegloop, shorg);
+        notfound = 1;
+        /* Look for triangles having this edge.  Note that I'm only       */
+        /*   comparing each triangle's destination with the subsegment;   */
+        /*   each triangle's apex is handled through a different vertex.  */
+        /*   Because each triangle appears on three vertices' lists, each */
+        /*   occurrence of a triangle on a list can (and does) represent  */
+        /*   an edge.  In this way, most edges are represented twice, and */
+        /*   every triangle-subsegment bond is represented once.          */
+        while (notfound && (checktri.tri != m->dummytri)) {
+          dest(checktri, checkdest);
+          if (shorg == checkdest) {
+            /* We have a match.  Remove this triangle from the list. */
+            *prevlink = checktri.tri[6 + checktri.orient];
+            /* Bond the subsegment to the triangle. */
+            tsbond(checktri, subsegloop);
+            /* Check if this is a boundary edge. */
+            sym(checktri, checkneighbor);
+            if (checkneighbor.tri == m->dummytri) {
+              /* The next line doesn't insert a subsegment (because there's */
+              /*   already one there), but it sets the boundary markers of  */
+              /*   the existing subsegment and its vertices.                */
+              insertsubseg(m, b, &checktri, 1);
+              hullsize++;
+            }
+            notfound = 0;
+          }
+          /* Find the next triangle in the stack. */
+          prevlink = &checktri.tri[6 + checktri.orient];
+          nexttri = checktri.tri[6 + checktri.orient];
+          decode(nexttri, checktri);
+        }
+      }
+      subsegloop.ss = subsegtraverse(m);
+      segmentnumber++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Mark the remaining edges as not being attached to any subsegment. */
+  /* Also, count the (yet uncounted) boundary edges.                   */
+  for (i = 0; i < m->vertices.items; i++) {
+    /* Search the stack of triangles adjacent to a vertex. */
+    nexttri = vertexarray[i];
+    decode(nexttri, checktri);
+    while (checktri.tri != m->dummytri) {
+      /* Find the next triangle in the stack before this */
+      /*   information gets overwritten.                 */
+      nexttri = checktri.tri[6 + checktri.orient];
+      /* No adjacent subsegment.  (This overwrites the stack info.) */
+      tsdissolve(checktri);
+      sym(checktri, checkneighbor);
+      if (checkneighbor.tri == m->dummytri) {
+        insertsubseg(m, b, &checktri, 1);
+        hullsize++;
+      }
+      decode(nexttri, checktri);
+    }
+  }
+
+  trifree((VOID *) vertexarray);
+  return hullsize;
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* General mesh construction routines end here               *********/
+
+/********* Segment insertion begins here                             *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  finddirection()   Find the first triangle on the path from one point     */
+/*                    to another.                                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Finds the triangle that intersects a line segment drawn from the         */
+/*  origin of `searchtri' to the point `searchpoint', and returns the result */
+/*  in `searchtri'.  The origin of `searchtri' does not change, even though  */
+/*  the triangle returned may differ from the one passed in.  This routine   */
+/*  is used to find the direction to move in to get from one point to        */
+/*  another.                                                                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The return value notes whether the destination or apex of the found      */
+/*  triangle is collinear with the two points in question.                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+enum finddirectionresult finddirection(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                                       struct otri *searchtri,
+                                       vertex searchpoint)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+enum finddirectionresult finddirection(m, b, searchtri, searchpoint)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *searchtri;
+vertex searchpoint;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri checktri;
+  vertex startvertex;
+  vertex leftvertex, rightvertex;
+  REAL leftccw, rightccw;
+  int leftflag, rightflag;
+  triangle ptr;           /* Temporary variable used by onext() and oprev(). */
+
+  org(*searchtri, startvertex);
+  dest(*searchtri, rightvertex);
+  apex(*searchtri, leftvertex);
+  /* Is `searchpoint' to the left? */
+  leftccw = counterclockwise(m, b, searchpoint, startvertex, leftvertex);
+  leftflag = leftccw > 0.0;
+  /* Is `searchpoint' to the right? */
+  rightccw = counterclockwise(m, b, startvertex, searchpoint, rightvertex);
+  rightflag = rightccw > 0.0;
+  if (leftflag && rightflag) {
+    /* `searchtri' faces directly away from `searchpoint'.  We could go left */
+    /*   or right.  Ask whether it's a triangle or a boundary on the left.   */
+    onext(*searchtri, checktri);
+    if (checktri.tri == m->dummytri) {
+      leftflag = 0;
+    } else {
+      rightflag = 0;
+    }
+  }
+  while (leftflag) {
+    /* Turn left until satisfied. */
+    onextself(*searchtri);
+    if (searchtri->tri == m->dummytri) {
+      printf("Internal error in finddirection():  Unable to find a\n");
+      printf("  triangle leading from (%.12g, %.12g) to", startvertex[0],
+             startvertex[1]);
+      printf("  (%.12g, %.12g).\n", searchpoint[0], searchpoint[1]);
+      internalerror();
+    }
+    apex(*searchtri, leftvertex);
+    rightccw = leftccw;
+    leftccw = counterclockwise(m, b, searchpoint, startvertex, leftvertex);
+    leftflag = leftccw > 0.0;
+  }
+  while (rightflag) {
+    /* Turn right until satisfied. */
+    oprevself(*searchtri);
+    if (searchtri->tri == m->dummytri) {
+      printf("Internal error in finddirection():  Unable to find a\n");
+      printf("  triangle leading from (%.12g, %.12g) to", startvertex[0],
+             startvertex[1]);
+      printf("  (%.12g, %.12g).\n", searchpoint[0], searchpoint[1]);
+      internalerror();
+    }
+    dest(*searchtri, rightvertex);
+    leftccw = rightccw;
+    rightccw = counterclockwise(m, b, startvertex, searchpoint, rightvertex);
+    rightflag = rightccw > 0.0;
+  }
+  if (leftccw == 0.0) {
+    return LEFTCOLLINEAR;
+  } else if (rightccw == 0.0) {
+    return RIGHTCOLLINEAR;
+  } else {
+    return WITHIN;
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  segmentintersection()   Find the intersection of an existing segment     */
+/*                          and a segment that is being inserted.  Insert    */
+/*                          a vertex at the intersection, splitting an       */
+/*                          existing subsegment.                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The segment being inserted connects the apex of splittri to endpoint2.   */
+/*  splitsubseg is the subsegment being split, and MUST adjoin splittri.     */
+/*  Hence, endpoints of the subsegment being split are the origin and        */
+/*  destination of splittri.                                                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  On completion, splittri is a handle having the newly inserted            */
+/*  intersection point as its origin, and endpoint1 as its destination.      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void segmentintersection(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                         struct otri *splittri, struct osub *splitsubseg,
+                         vertex endpoint2)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void segmentintersection(m, b, splittri, splitsubseg, endpoint2)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *splittri;
+struct osub *splitsubseg;
+vertex endpoint2;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct osub opposubseg;
+  vertex endpoint1;
+  vertex torg, tdest;
+  vertex leftvertex, rightvertex;
+  vertex newvertex;
+  enum insertvertexresult success;
+  enum finddirectionresult collinear;
+  REAL ex, ey;
+  REAL tx, ty;
+  REAL etx, ety;
+  REAL split, denom;
+  int i;
+  triangle ptr;                       /* Temporary variable used by onext(). */
+  subseg sptr;                        /* Temporary variable used by snext(). */
+
+  /* Find the other three segment endpoints. */
+  apex(*splittri, endpoint1);
+  org(*splittri, torg);
+  dest(*splittri, tdest);
+  /* Segment intersection formulae; see the Antonio reference. */
+  tx = tdest[0] - torg[0];
+  ty = tdest[1] - torg[1];
+  ex = endpoint2[0] - endpoint1[0];
+  ey = endpoint2[1] - endpoint1[1];
+  etx = torg[0] - endpoint2[0];
+  ety = torg[1] - endpoint2[1];
+  denom = ty * ex - tx * ey;
+  if (denom == 0.0) {
+    printf("Internal error in segmentintersection():");
+    printf("  Attempt to find intersection of parallel segments.\n");
+    internalerror();
+  }
+  split = (ey * etx - ex * ety) / denom;
+  /* Create the new vertex. */
+  newvertex = (vertex) poolalloc(&m->vertices);
+  /* Interpolate its coordinate and attributes. */
+  for (i = 0; i < 2 + m->nextras; i++) {
+    newvertex[i] = torg[i] + split * (tdest[i] - torg[i]);
+  }
+  setvertexmark(newvertex, mark(*splitsubseg));
+  setvertextype(newvertex, INPUTVERTEX);
+  if (b->verbose > 1) {
+    printf(
+  "  Splitting subsegment (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g) at (%.12g, %.12g).\n",
+           torg[0], torg[1], tdest[0], tdest[1], newvertex[0], newvertex[1]);
+  }
+  /* Insert the intersection vertex.  This should always succeed. */
+  success = insertvertex(m, b, newvertex, splittri, splitsubseg, 0, 0);
+  if (success != SUCCESSFULVERTEX) {
+    printf("Internal error in segmentintersection():\n");
+    printf("  Failure to split a segment.\n");
+    internalerror();
+  }
+  /* Record a triangle whose origin is the new vertex. */
+  setvertex2tri(newvertex, encode(*splittri));
+  if (m->steinerleft > 0) {
+    m->steinerleft--;
+  }
+
+  /* Divide the segment into two, and correct the segment endpoints. */
+  ssymself(*splitsubseg);
+  spivot(*splitsubseg, opposubseg);
+  sdissolve(*splitsubseg);
+  sdissolve(opposubseg);
+  do {
+    setsegorg(*splitsubseg, newvertex);
+    snextself(*splitsubseg);
+  } while (splitsubseg->ss != m->dummysub);
+  do {
+    setsegorg(opposubseg, newvertex);
+    snextself(opposubseg);
+  } while (opposubseg.ss != m->dummysub);
+
+  /* Inserting the vertex may have caused edge flips.  We wish to rediscover */
+  /*   the edge connecting endpoint1 to the new intersection vertex.         */
+  collinear = finddirection(m, b, splittri, endpoint1);
+  dest(*splittri, rightvertex);
+  apex(*splittri, leftvertex);
+  if ((leftvertex[0] == endpoint1[0]) && (leftvertex[1] == endpoint1[1])) {
+    onextself(*splittri);
+  } else if ((rightvertex[0] != endpoint1[0]) ||
+             (rightvertex[1] != endpoint1[1])) {
+    printf("Internal error in segmentintersection():\n");
+    printf("  Topological inconsistency after splitting a segment.\n");
+    internalerror();
+  }
+  /* `splittri' should have destination endpoint1. */
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  scoutsegment()   Scout the first triangle on the path from one endpoint  */
+/*                   to another, and check for completion (reaching the      */
+/*                   second endpoint), a collinear vertex, or the            */
+/*                   intersection of two segments.                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Returns one if the entire segment is successfully inserted, and zero if  */
+/*  the job must be finished by conformingedge() or constrainededge().       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  If the first triangle on the path has the second endpoint as its         */
+/*  destination or apex, a subsegment is inserted and the job is done.       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  If the first triangle on the path has a destination or apex that lies on */
+/*  the segment, a subsegment is inserted connecting the first endpoint to   */
+/*  the collinear vertex, and the search is continued from the collinear     */
+/*  vertex.                                                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  If the first triangle on the path has a subsegment opposite its origin,  */
+/*  then there is a segment that intersects the segment being inserted.      */
+/*  Their intersection vertex is inserted, splitting the subsegment.         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+int scoutsegment(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, struct otri *searchtri,
+                 vertex endpoint2, int newmark)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+int scoutsegment(m, b, searchtri, endpoint2, newmark)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *searchtri;
+vertex endpoint2;
+int newmark;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri crosstri;
+  struct osub crosssubseg;
+  vertex leftvertex, rightvertex;
+  enum finddirectionresult collinear;
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  collinear = finddirection(m, b, searchtri, endpoint2);
+  dest(*searchtri, rightvertex);
+  apex(*searchtri, leftvertex);
+  if (((leftvertex[0] == endpoint2[0]) && (leftvertex[1] == endpoint2[1])) ||
+      ((rightvertex[0] == endpoint2[0]) && (rightvertex[1] == endpoint2[1]))) {
+    /* The segment is already an edge in the mesh. */
+    if ((leftvertex[0] == endpoint2[0]) && (leftvertex[1] == endpoint2[1])) {
+      lprevself(*searchtri);
+    }
+    /* Insert a subsegment, if there isn't already one there. */
+    insertsubseg(m, b, searchtri, newmark);
+    return 1;
+  } else if (collinear == LEFTCOLLINEAR) {
+    /* We've collided with a vertex between the segment's endpoints. */
+    /* Make the collinear vertex be the triangle's origin. */
+    lprevself(*searchtri);
+    insertsubseg(m, b, searchtri, newmark);
+    /* Insert the remainder of the segment. */
+    return scoutsegment(m, b, searchtri, endpoint2, newmark);
+  } else if (collinear == RIGHTCOLLINEAR) {
+    /* We've collided with a vertex between the segment's endpoints. */
+    insertsubseg(m, b, searchtri, newmark);
+    /* Make the collinear vertex be the triangle's origin. */
+    lnextself(*searchtri);
+    /* Insert the remainder of the segment. */
+    return scoutsegment(m, b, searchtri, endpoint2, newmark);
+  } else {
+    lnext(*searchtri, crosstri);
+    tspivot(crosstri, crosssubseg);
+    /* Check for a crossing segment. */
+    if (crosssubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+      return 0;
+    } else {
+      /* Insert a vertex at the intersection. */
+      segmentintersection(m, b, &crosstri, &crosssubseg, endpoint2);
+      otricopy(crosstri, *searchtri);
+      insertsubseg(m, b, searchtri, newmark);
+      /* Insert the remainder of the segment. */
+      return scoutsegment(m, b, searchtri, endpoint2, newmark);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  conformingedge()   Force a segment into a conforming Delaunay            */
+/*                     triangulation by inserting a vertex at its midpoint,  */
+/*                     and recursively forcing in the two half-segments if   */
+/*                     necessary.                                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Generates a sequence of subsegments connecting `endpoint1' to            */
+/*  `endpoint2'.  `newmark' is the boundary marker of the segment, assigned  */
+/*  to each new splitting vertex and subsegment.                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Note that conformingedge() does not always maintain the conforming       */
+/*  Delaunay property.  Once inserted, segments are locked into place;       */
+/*  vertices inserted later (to force other segments in) may render these    */
+/*  fixed segments non-Delaunay.  The conforming Delaunay property will be   */
+/*  restored by enforcequality() by splitting encroached subsegments.        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void conformingedge(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                    vertex endpoint1, vertex endpoint2, int newmark)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void conformingedge(m, b, endpoint1, endpoint2, newmark)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+vertex endpoint1;
+vertex endpoint2;
+int newmark;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri searchtri1, searchtri2;
+  struct osub brokensubseg;
+  vertex newvertex;
+  vertex midvertex1, midvertex2;
+  enum insertvertexresult success;
+  int i;
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  if (b->verbose > 2) {
+    printf("Forcing segment into triangulation by recursive splitting:\n");
+    printf("  (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g)\n", endpoint1[0], endpoint1[1],
+           endpoint2[0], endpoint2[1]);
+  }
+  /* Create a new vertex to insert in the middle of the segment. */
+  newvertex = (vertex) poolalloc(&m->vertices);
+  /* Interpolate coordinates and attributes. */
+  for (i = 0; i < 2 + m->nextras; i++) {
+    newvertex[i] = 0.5 * (endpoint1[i] + endpoint2[i]);
+  }
+  setvertexmark(newvertex, newmark);
+  setvertextype(newvertex, SEGMENTVERTEX);
+  /* No known triangle to search from. */
+  searchtri1.tri = m->dummytri;
+  /* Attempt to insert the new vertex. */
+  success = insertvertex(m, b, newvertex, &searchtri1, (struct osub *) NULL,
+                         0, 0);
+  if (success == DUPLICATEVERTEX) {
+    if (b->verbose > 2) {
+      printf("  Segment intersects existing vertex (%.12g, %.12g).\n",
+             newvertex[0], newvertex[1]);
+    }
+    /* Use the vertex that's already there. */
+    vertexdealloc(m, newvertex);
+    org(searchtri1, newvertex);
+  } else {
+    if (success == VIOLATINGVERTEX) {
+      if (b->verbose > 2) {
+        printf("  Two segments intersect at (%.12g, %.12g).\n",
+               newvertex[0], newvertex[1]);
+      }
+      /* By fluke, we've landed right on another segment.  Split it. */
+      tspivot(searchtri1, brokensubseg);
+      success = insertvertex(m, b, newvertex, &searchtri1, &brokensubseg,
+                             0, 0);
+      if (success != SUCCESSFULVERTEX) {
+        printf("Internal error in conformingedge():\n");
+        printf("  Failure to split a segment.\n");
+        internalerror();
+      }
+    }
+    /* The vertex has been inserted successfully. */
+    if (m->steinerleft > 0) {
+      m->steinerleft--;
+    }
+  }
+  otricopy(searchtri1, searchtri2);
+  /* `searchtri1' and `searchtri2' are fastened at their origins to         */
+  /*   `newvertex', and will be directed toward `endpoint1' and `endpoint2' */
+  /*   respectively.  First, we must get `searchtri2' out of the way so it  */
+  /*   won't be invalidated during the insertion of the first half of the   */
+  /*   segment.                                                             */
+  finddirection(m, b, &searchtri2, endpoint2);
+  if (!scoutsegment(m, b, &searchtri1, endpoint1, newmark)) {
+    /* The origin of searchtri1 may have changed if a collision with an */
+    /*   intervening vertex on the segment occurred.                    */
+    org(searchtri1, midvertex1);
+    conformingedge(m, b, midvertex1, endpoint1, newmark);
+  }
+  if (!scoutsegment(m, b, &searchtri2, endpoint2, newmark)) {
+    /* The origin of searchtri2 may have changed if a collision with an */
+    /*   intervening vertex on the segment occurred.                    */
+    org(searchtri2, midvertex2);
+    conformingedge(m, b, midvertex2, endpoint2, newmark);
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  delaunayfixup()   Enforce the Delaunay condition at an edge, fanning out */
+/*                    recursively from an existing vertex.  Pay special      */
+/*                    attention to stacking inverted triangles.              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This is a support routine for inserting segments into a constrained      */
+/*  Delaunay triangulation.                                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The origin of fixuptri is treated as if it has just been inserted, and   */
+/*  the local Delaunay condition needs to be enforced.  It is only enforced  */
+/*  in one sector, however, that being the angular range defined by          */
+/*  fixuptri.                                                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This routine also needs to make decisions regarding the "stacking" of    */
+/*  triangles.  (Read the description of constrainededge() below before      */
+/*  reading on here, so you understand the algorithm.)  If the position of   */
+/*  the new vertex (the origin of fixuptri) indicates that the vertex before */
+/*  it on the polygon is a reflex vertex, then "stack" the triangle by       */
+/*  doing nothing.  (fixuptri is an inverted triangle, which is how stacked  */
+/*  triangles are identified.)                                               */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Otherwise, check whether the vertex before that was a reflex vertex.     */
+/*  If so, perform an edge flip, thereby eliminating an inverted triangle    */
+/*  (popping it off the stack).  The edge flip may result in the creation    */
+/*  of a new inverted triangle, depending on whether or not the new vertex   */
+/*  is visible to the vertex three edges behind on the polygon.              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  If neither of the two vertices behind the new vertex are reflex          */
+/*  vertices, fixuptri and fartri, the triangle opposite it, are not         */
+/*  inverted; hence, ensure that the edge between them is locally Delaunay.  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `leftside' indicates whether or not fixuptri is to the left of the       */
+/*  segment being inserted.  (Imagine that the segment is pointing up from   */
+/*  endpoint1 to endpoint2.)                                                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void delaunayfixup(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                   struct otri *fixuptri, int leftside)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void delaunayfixup(m, b, fixuptri, leftside)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *fixuptri;
+int leftside;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri neartri;
+  struct otri fartri;
+  struct osub faredge;
+  vertex nearvertex, leftvertex, rightvertex, farvertex;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  lnext(*fixuptri, neartri);
+  sym(neartri, fartri);
+  /* Check if the edge opposite the origin of fixuptri can be flipped. */
+  if (fartri.tri == m->dummytri) {
+    return;
+  }
+  tspivot(neartri, faredge);
+  if (faredge.ss != m->dummysub) {
+    return;
+  }
+  /* Find all the relevant vertices. */
+  apex(neartri, nearvertex);
+  org(neartri, leftvertex);
+  dest(neartri, rightvertex);
+  apex(fartri, farvertex);
+  /* Check whether the previous polygon vertex is a reflex vertex. */
+  if (leftside) {
+    if (counterclockwise(m, b, nearvertex, leftvertex, farvertex) <= 0.0) {
+      /* leftvertex is a reflex vertex too.  Nothing can */
+      /*   be done until a convex section is found.      */
+      return;
+    }
+  } else {
+    if (counterclockwise(m, b, farvertex, rightvertex, nearvertex) <= 0.0) {
+      /* rightvertex is a reflex vertex too.  Nothing can */
+      /*   be done until a convex section is found.       */
+      return;
+    }
+  }
+  if (counterclockwise(m, b, rightvertex, leftvertex, farvertex) > 0.0) {
+    /* fartri is not an inverted triangle, and farvertex is not a reflex */
+    /*   vertex.  As there are no reflex vertices, fixuptri isn't an     */
+    /*   inverted triangle, either.  Hence, test the edge between the    */
+    /*   triangles to ensure it is locally Delaunay.                     */
+    if (incircle(m, b, leftvertex, farvertex, rightvertex, nearvertex) <=
+        0.0) {
+      return;
+    }
+    /* Not locally Delaunay; go on to an edge flip. */
+  }        /* else fartri is inverted; remove it from the stack by flipping. */
+  flip(m, b, &neartri);
+  lprevself(*fixuptri);    /* Restore the origin of fixuptri after the flip. */
+  /* Recursively process the two triangles that result from the flip. */
+  delaunayfixup(m, b, fixuptri, leftside);
+  delaunayfixup(m, b, &fartri, leftside);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  constrainededge()   Force a segment into a constrained Delaunay          */
+/*                      triangulation by deleting the triangles it           */
+/*                      intersects, and triangulating the polygons that      */
+/*                      form on each side of it.                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Generates a single subsegment connecting `endpoint1' to `endpoint2'.     */
+/*  The triangle `starttri' has `endpoint1' as its origin.  `newmark' is the */
+/*  boundary marker of the segment.                                          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  To insert a segment, every triangle whose interior intersects the        */
+/*  segment is deleted.  The union of these deleted triangles is a polygon   */
+/*  (which is not necessarily monotone, but is close enough), which is       */
+/*  divided into two polygons by the new segment.  This routine's task is    */
+/*  to generate the Delaunay triangulation of these two polygons.            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  You might think of this routine's behavior as a two-step process.  The   */
+/*  first step is to walk from endpoint1 to endpoint2, flipping each edge    */
+/*  encountered.  This step creates a fan of edges connected to endpoint1,   */
+/*  including the desired edge to endpoint2.  The second step enforces the   */
+/*  Delaunay condition on each side of the segment in an incremental manner: */
+/*  proceeding along the polygon from endpoint1 to endpoint2 (this is done   */
+/*  independently on each side of the segment), each vertex is "enforced"    */
+/*  as if it had just been inserted, but affecting only the previous         */
+/*  vertices.  The result is the same as if the vertices had been inserted   */
+/*  in the order they appear on the polygon, so the result is Delaunay.      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  In truth, constrainededge() interleaves these two steps.  The procedure  */
+/*  walks from endpoint1 to endpoint2, and each time an edge is encountered  */
+/*  and flipped, the newly exposed vertex (at the far end of the flipped     */
+/*  edge) is "enforced" upon the previously flipped edges, usually affecting */
+/*  only one side of the polygon (depending upon which side of the segment   */
+/*  the vertex falls on).                                                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The algorithm is complicated by the need to handle polygons that are not */
+/*  convex.  Although the polygon is not necessarily monotone, it can be     */
+/*  triangulated in a manner similar to the stack-based algorithms for       */
+/*  monotone polygons.  For each reflex vertex (local concavity) of the      */
+/*  polygon, there will be an inverted triangle formed by one of the edge    */
+/*  flips.  (An inverted triangle is one with negative area - that is, its   */
+/*  vertices are arranged in clockwise order - and is best thought of as a   */
+/*  wrinkle in the fabric of the mesh.)  Each inverted triangle can be       */
+/*  thought of as a reflex vertex pushed on the stack, waiting to be fixed   */
+/*  later.                                                                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  A reflex vertex is popped from the stack when a vertex is inserted that  */
+/*  is visible to the reflex vertex.  (However, if the vertex behind the     */
+/*  reflex vertex is not visible to the reflex vertex, a new inverted        */
+/*  triangle will take its place on the stack.)  These details are handled   */
+/*  by the delaunayfixup() routine above.                                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void constrainededge(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                     struct otri *starttri, vertex endpoint2, int newmark)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void constrainededge(m, b, starttri, endpoint2, newmark)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct otri *starttri;
+vertex endpoint2;
+int newmark;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri fixuptri, fixuptri2;
+  struct osub crosssubseg;
+  vertex endpoint1;
+  vertex farvertex;
+  REAL area;
+  int collision;
+  int done;
+  triangle ptr;             /* Temporary variable used by sym() and oprev(). */
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  org(*starttri, endpoint1);
+  lnext(*starttri, fixuptri);
+  flip(m, b, &fixuptri);
+  /* `collision' indicates whether we have found a vertex directly */
+  /*   between endpoint1 and endpoint2.                            */
+  collision = 0;
+  done = 0;
+  do {
+    org(fixuptri, farvertex);
+    /* `farvertex' is the extreme point of the polygon we are "digging" */
+    /*   to get from endpoint1 to endpoint2.                           */
+    if ((farvertex[0] == endpoint2[0]) && (farvertex[1] == endpoint2[1])) {
+      oprev(fixuptri, fixuptri2);
+      /* Enforce the Delaunay condition around endpoint2. */
+      delaunayfixup(m, b, &fixuptri, 0);
+      delaunayfixup(m, b, &fixuptri2, 1);
+      done = 1;
+    } else {
+      /* Check whether farvertex is to the left or right of the segment */
+      /*   being inserted, to decide which edge of fixuptri to dig      */
+      /*   through next.                                                */
+      area = counterclockwise(m, b, endpoint1, endpoint2, farvertex);
+      if (area == 0.0) {
+        /* We've collided with a vertex between endpoint1 and endpoint2. */
+        collision = 1;
+        oprev(fixuptri, fixuptri2);
+        /* Enforce the Delaunay condition around farvertex. */
+        delaunayfixup(m, b, &fixuptri, 0);
+        delaunayfixup(m, b, &fixuptri2, 1);
+        done = 1;
+      } else {
+        if (area > 0.0) {        /* farvertex is to the left of the segment. */
+          oprev(fixuptri, fixuptri2);
+          /* Enforce the Delaunay condition around farvertex, on the */
+          /*   left side of the segment only.                        */
+          delaunayfixup(m, b, &fixuptri2, 1);
+          /* Flip the edge that crosses the segment.  After the edge is */
+          /*   flipped, one of its endpoints is the fan vertex, and the */
+          /*   destination of fixuptri is the fan vertex.               */
+          lprevself(fixuptri);
+        } else {                /* farvertex is to the right of the segment. */
+          delaunayfixup(m, b, &fixuptri, 0);
+          /* Flip the edge that crosses the segment.  After the edge is */
+          /*   flipped, one of its endpoints is the fan vertex, and the */
+          /*   destination of fixuptri is the fan vertex.               */
+          oprevself(fixuptri);
+        }
+        /* Check for two intersecting segments. */
+        tspivot(fixuptri, crosssubseg);
+        if (crosssubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+          flip(m, b, &fixuptri);    /* May create inverted triangle at left. */
+        } else {
+          /* We've collided with a segment between endpoint1 and endpoint2. */
+          collision = 1;
+          /* Insert a vertex at the intersection. */
+          segmentintersection(m, b, &fixuptri, &crosssubseg, endpoint2);
+          done = 1;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  } while (!done);
+  /* Insert a subsegment to make the segment permanent. */
+  insertsubseg(m, b, &fixuptri, newmark);
+  /* If there was a collision with an interceding vertex, install another */
+  /*   segment connecting that vertex with endpoint2.                     */
+  if (collision) {
+    /* Insert the remainder of the segment. */
+    if (!scoutsegment(m, b, &fixuptri, endpoint2, newmark)) {
+      constrainededge(m, b, &fixuptri, endpoint2, newmark);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  insertsegment()   Insert a PSLG segment into a triangulation.            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void insertsegment(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                   vertex endpoint1, vertex endpoint2, int newmark)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void insertsegment(m, b, endpoint1, endpoint2, newmark)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+vertex endpoint1;
+vertex endpoint2;
+int newmark;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri searchtri1, searchtri2;
+  triangle encodedtri;
+  vertex checkvertex;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+
+  if (b->verbose > 1) {
+    printf("  Connecting (%.12g, %.12g) to (%.12g, %.12g).\n",
+           endpoint1[0], endpoint1[1], endpoint2[0], endpoint2[1]);
+  }
+
+  /* Find a triangle whose origin is the segment's first endpoint. */
+  checkvertex = (vertex) NULL;
+  encodedtri = vertex2tri(endpoint1);
+  if (encodedtri != (triangle) NULL) {
+    decode(encodedtri, searchtri1);
+    org(searchtri1, checkvertex);
+  }
+  if (checkvertex != endpoint1) {
+    /* Find a boundary triangle to search from. */
+    searchtri1.tri = m->dummytri;
+    searchtri1.orient = 0;
+    symself(searchtri1);
+    /* Search for the segment's first endpoint by point location. */
+    if (locate(m, b, endpoint1, &searchtri1) != ONVERTEX) {
+      printf(
+        "Internal error in insertsegment():  Unable to locate PSLG vertex\n");
+      printf("  (%.12g, %.12g) in triangulation.\n",
+             endpoint1[0], endpoint1[1]);
+      internalerror();
+    }
+  }
+  /* Remember this triangle to improve subsequent point location. */
+  otricopy(searchtri1, m->recenttri);
+  /* Scout the beginnings of a path from the first endpoint */
+  /*   toward the second.                                   */
+  if (scoutsegment(m, b, &searchtri1, endpoint2, newmark)) {
+    /* The segment was easily inserted. */
+    return;
+  }
+  /* The first endpoint may have changed if a collision with an intervening */
+  /*   vertex on the segment occurred.                                      */
+  org(searchtri1, endpoint1);
+
+  /* Find a triangle whose origin is the segment's second endpoint. */
+  checkvertex = (vertex) NULL;
+  encodedtri = vertex2tri(endpoint2);
+  if (encodedtri != (triangle) NULL) {
+    decode(encodedtri, searchtri2);
+    org(searchtri2, checkvertex);
+  }
+  if (checkvertex != endpoint2) {
+    /* Find a boundary triangle to search from. */
+    searchtri2.tri = m->dummytri;
+    searchtri2.orient = 0;
+    symself(searchtri2);
+    /* Search for the segment's second endpoint by point location. */
+    if (locate(m, b, endpoint2, &searchtri2) != ONVERTEX) {
+      printf(
+        "Internal error in insertsegment():  Unable to locate PSLG vertex\n");
+      printf("  (%.12g, %.12g) in triangulation.\n",
+             endpoint2[0], endpoint2[1]);
+      internalerror();
+    }
+  }
+  /* Remember this triangle to improve subsequent point location. */
+  otricopy(searchtri2, m->recenttri);
+  /* Scout the beginnings of a path from the second endpoint */
+  /*   toward the first.                                     */
+  if (scoutsegment(m, b, &searchtri2, endpoint1, newmark)) {
+    /* The segment was easily inserted. */
+    return;
+  }
+  /* The second endpoint may have changed if a collision with an intervening */
+  /*   vertex on the segment occurred.                                       */
+  org(searchtri2, endpoint2);
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+  if (b->splitseg) {
+    /* Insert vertices to force the segment into the triangulation. */
+    conformingedge(m, b, endpoint1, endpoint2, newmark);
+  } else {
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+    /* Insert the segment directly into the triangulation. */
+    constrainededge(m, b, &searchtri1, endpoint2, newmark);
+#ifndef REDUCED
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+  }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  markhull()   Cover the convex hull of a triangulation with subsegments.  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void markhull(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void markhull(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri hulltri;
+  struct otri nexttri;
+  struct otri starttri;
+  triangle ptr;             /* Temporary variable used by sym() and oprev(). */
+
+  /* Find a triangle handle on the hull. */
+  hulltri.tri = m->dummytri;
+  hulltri.orient = 0;
+  symself(hulltri);
+  /* Remember where we started so we know when to stop. */
+  otricopy(hulltri, starttri);
+  /* Go once counterclockwise around the convex hull. */
+  do {
+    /* Create a subsegment if there isn't already one here. */
+    insertsubseg(m, b, &hulltri, 1);
+    /* To find the next hull edge, go clockwise around the next vertex. */
+    lnextself(hulltri);
+    oprev(hulltri, nexttri);
+    while (nexttri.tri != m->dummytri) {
+      otricopy(nexttri, hulltri);
+      oprev(hulltri, nexttri);
+    }
+  } while (!otriequal(hulltri, starttri));
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  formskeleton()   Create the segments of a triangulation, including PSLG  */
+/*                   segments and edges on the convex hull.                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The PSLG segments are read from a .poly file.  The return value is the   */
+/*  number of segments in the file.                                          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void formskeleton(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, int *segmentlist,
+                  int *segmentmarkerlist, int numberofsegments)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void formskeleton(m, b, segmentlist, segmentmarkerlist, numberofsegments)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+int *segmentlist;
+int *segmentmarkerlist;
+int numberofsegments;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void formskeleton(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                  FILE *polyfile, char *polyfilename)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void formskeleton(m, b, polyfile, polyfilename)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+FILE *polyfile;
+char *polyfilename;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+{
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  char polyfilename[6];
+  int index;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  char inputline[INPUTLINESIZE];
+  char *stringptr;
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  vertex endpoint1, endpoint2;
+  int segmentmarkers;
+  int end1, end2;
+  int boundmarker;
+  int i;
+
+  if (b->poly) {
+    if (!b->quiet) {
+      printf("Recovering segments in Delaunay triangulation.\n");
+    }
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+    strcpy(polyfilename, "input");
+    m->insegments = numberofsegments;
+    segmentmarkers = segmentmarkerlist != (int *) NULL;
+    index = 0;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    /* Read the segments from a .poly file. */
+    /* Read number of segments and number of boundary markers. */
+    stringptr = readline(inputline, polyfile, polyfilename);
+    m->insegments = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+    if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+      segmentmarkers = 0;
+    } else {
+      segmentmarkers = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    /* If the input vertices are collinear, there is no triangulation, */
+    /*   so don't try to insert segments.                              */
+    if (m->triangles.items == 0) {
+      return;
+    }
+
+    /* If segments are to be inserted, compute a mapping */
+    /*   from vertices to triangles.                     */
+    if (m->insegments > 0) {
+      makevertexmap(m, b);
+      if (b->verbose) {
+        printf("  Recovering PSLG segments.\n");
+      }
+    }
+
+    boundmarker = 0;
+    /* Read and insert the segments. */
+    for (i = 0; i < m->insegments; i++) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+      end1 = segmentlist[index++];
+      end2 = segmentlist[index++];
+      if (segmentmarkers) {
+        boundmarker = segmentmarkerlist[i];
+      }
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      stringptr = readline(inputline, polyfile, b->inpolyfilename);
+      stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+      if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+        printf("Error:  Segment %d has no endpoints in %s.\n",
+               b->firstnumber + i, polyfilename);
+        triexit(1);
+      } else {
+        end1 = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+      }
+      stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+      if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+        printf("Error:  Segment %d is missing its second endpoint in %s.\n",
+               b->firstnumber + i, polyfilename);
+        triexit(1);
+      } else {
+        end2 = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+      }
+      if (segmentmarkers) {
+        stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+        if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+          boundmarker = 0;
+        } else {
+          boundmarker = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+        }
+      }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      if ((end1 < b->firstnumber) ||
+          (end1 >= b->firstnumber + m->invertices)) {
+        if (!b->quiet) {
+          printf("Warning:  Invalid first endpoint of segment %d in %s.\n",
+                 b->firstnumber + i, polyfilename);
+        }
+      } else if ((end2 < b->firstnumber) ||
+                 (end2 >= b->firstnumber + m->invertices)) {
+        if (!b->quiet) {
+          printf("Warning:  Invalid second endpoint of segment %d in %s.\n",
+                 b->firstnumber + i, polyfilename);
+        }
+      } else {
+        /* Find the vertices numbered `end1' and `end2'. */
+        endpoint1 = getvertex(m, b, end1);
+        endpoint2 = getvertex(m, b, end2);
+        if ((endpoint1[0] == endpoint2[0]) && (endpoint1[1] == endpoint2[1])) {
+          if (!b->quiet) {
+            printf("Warning:  Endpoints of segment %d are coincident in %s.\n",
+                   b->firstnumber + i, polyfilename);
+          }
+        } else {
+          insertsegment(m, b, endpoint1, endpoint2, boundmarker);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  } else {
+    m->insegments = 0;
+  }
+  if (b->convex || !b->poly) {
+    /* Enclose the convex hull with subsegments. */
+    if (b->verbose) {
+      printf("  Enclosing convex hull with segments.\n");
+    }
+    markhull(m, b);
+  }
+}
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Segment insertion ends here                               *********/
+
+/********* Carving out holes and concavities begins here             *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  infecthull()   Virally infect all of the triangles of the convex hull    */
+/*                 that are not protected by subsegments.  Where there are   */
+/*                 subsegments, set boundary markers as appropriate.         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void infecthull(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void infecthull(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri hulltri;
+  struct otri nexttri;
+  struct otri starttri;
+  struct osub hullsubseg;
+  triangle **deadtriangle;
+  vertex horg, hdest;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("  Marking concavities (external triangles) for elimination.\n");
+  }
+  /* Find a triangle handle on the hull. */
+  hulltri.tri = m->dummytri;
+  hulltri.orient = 0;
+  symself(hulltri);
+  /* Remember where we started so we know when to stop. */
+  otricopy(hulltri, starttri);
+  /* Go once counterclockwise around the convex hull. */
+  do {
+    /* Ignore triangles that are already infected. */
+    if (!infected(hulltri)) {
+      /* Is the triangle protected by a subsegment? */
+      tspivot(hulltri, hullsubseg);
+      if (hullsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+        /* The triangle is not protected; infect it. */
+        if (!infected(hulltri)) {
+          infect(hulltri);
+          deadtriangle = (triangle **) poolalloc(&m->viri);
+          *deadtriangle = hulltri.tri;
+        }
+      } else {
+        /* The triangle is protected; set boundary markers if appropriate. */
+        if (mark(hullsubseg) == 0) {
+          setmark(hullsubseg, 1);
+          org(hulltri, horg);
+          dest(hulltri, hdest);
+          if (vertexmark(horg) == 0) {
+            setvertexmark(horg, 1);
+          }
+          if (vertexmark(hdest) == 0) {
+            setvertexmark(hdest, 1);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* To find the next hull edge, go clockwise around the next vertex. */
+    lnextself(hulltri);
+    oprev(hulltri, nexttri);
+    while (nexttri.tri != m->dummytri) {
+      otricopy(nexttri, hulltri);
+      oprev(hulltri, nexttri);
+    }
+  } while (!otriequal(hulltri, starttri));
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  plague()   Spread the virus from all infected triangles to any neighbors */
+/*             not protected by subsegments.  Delete all infected triangles. */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This is the procedure that actually creates holes and concavities.       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This procedure operates in two phases.  The first phase identifies all   */
+/*  the triangles that will die, and marks them as infected.  They are       */
+/*  marked to ensure that each triangle is added to the virus pool only      */
+/*  once, so the procedure will terminate.                                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The second phase actually eliminates the infected triangles.  It also    */
+/*  eliminates orphaned vertices.                                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void plague(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void plague(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri testtri;
+  struct otri neighbor;
+  triangle **virusloop;
+  triangle **deadtriangle;
+  struct osub neighborsubseg;
+  vertex testvertex;
+  vertex norg, ndest;
+  vertex deadorg, deaddest, deadapex;
+  int killorg;
+  triangle ptr;             /* Temporary variable used by sym() and onext(). */
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("  Marking neighbors of marked triangles.\n");
+  }
+  /* Loop through all the infected triangles, spreading the virus to */
+  /*   their neighbors, then to their neighbors' neighbors.          */
+  traversalinit(&m->viri);
+  virusloop = (triangle **) traverse(&m->viri);
+  while (virusloop != (triangle **) NULL) {
+    testtri.tri = *virusloop;
+    /* A triangle is marked as infected by messing with one of its pointers */
+    /*   to subsegments, setting it to an illegal value.  Hence, we have to */
+    /*   temporarily uninfect this triangle so that we can examine its      */
+    /*   adjacent subsegments.                                              */
+    uninfect(testtri);
+    if (b->verbose > 2) {
+      /* Assign the triangle an orientation for convenience in */
+      /*   checking its vertices.                              */
+      testtri.orient = 0;
+      org(testtri, deadorg);
+      dest(testtri, deaddest);
+      apex(testtri, deadapex);
+      printf("    Checking (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+             deadorg[0], deadorg[1], deaddest[0], deaddest[1],
+             deadapex[0], deadapex[1]);
+    }
+    /* Check each of the triangle's three neighbors. */
+    for (testtri.orient = 0; testtri.orient < 3; testtri.orient++) {
+      /* Find the neighbor. */
+      sym(testtri, neighbor);
+      /* Check for a subsegment between the triangle and its neighbor. */
+      tspivot(testtri, neighborsubseg);
+      /* Check if the neighbor is nonexistent or already infected. */
+      if ((neighbor.tri == m->dummytri) || infected(neighbor)) {
+        if (neighborsubseg.ss != m->dummysub) {
+          /* There is a subsegment separating the triangle from its      */
+          /*   neighbor, but both triangles are dying, so the subsegment */
+          /*   dies too.                                                 */
+          subsegdealloc(m, neighborsubseg.ss);
+          if (neighbor.tri != m->dummytri) {
+            /* Make sure the subsegment doesn't get deallocated again */
+            /*   later when the infected neighbor is visited.         */
+            uninfect(neighbor);
+            tsdissolve(neighbor);
+            infect(neighbor);
+          }
+        }
+      } else {                   /* The neighbor exists and is not infected. */
+        if (neighborsubseg.ss == m->dummysub) {
+          /* There is no subsegment protecting the neighbor, so */
+          /*   the neighbor becomes infected.                   */
+          if (b->verbose > 2) {
+            org(neighbor, deadorg);
+            dest(neighbor, deaddest);
+            apex(neighbor, deadapex);
+            printf(
+              "    Marking (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+                   deadorg[0], deadorg[1], deaddest[0], deaddest[1],
+                   deadapex[0], deadapex[1]);
+          }
+          infect(neighbor);
+          /* Ensure that the neighbor's neighbors will be infected. */
+          deadtriangle = (triangle **) poolalloc(&m->viri);
+          *deadtriangle = neighbor.tri;
+        } else {               /* The neighbor is protected by a subsegment. */
+          /* Remove this triangle from the subsegment. */
+          stdissolve(neighborsubseg);
+          /* The subsegment becomes a boundary.  Set markers accordingly. */
+          if (mark(neighborsubseg) == 0) {
+            setmark(neighborsubseg, 1);
+          }
+          org(neighbor, norg);
+          dest(neighbor, ndest);
+          if (vertexmark(norg) == 0) {
+            setvertexmark(norg, 1);
+          }
+          if (vertexmark(ndest) == 0) {
+            setvertexmark(ndest, 1);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    /* Remark the triangle as infected, so it doesn't get added to the */
+    /*   virus pool again.                                             */
+    infect(testtri);
+    virusloop = (triangle **) traverse(&m->viri);
+  }
+
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("  Deleting marked triangles.\n");
+  }
+
+  traversalinit(&m->viri);
+  virusloop = (triangle **) traverse(&m->viri);
+  while (virusloop != (triangle **) NULL) {
+    testtri.tri = *virusloop;
+
+    /* Check each of the three corners of the triangle for elimination. */
+    /*   This is done by walking around each vertex, checking if it is  */
+    /*   still connected to at least one live triangle.                 */
+    for (testtri.orient = 0; testtri.orient < 3; testtri.orient++) {
+      org(testtri, testvertex);
+      /* Check if the vertex has already been tested. */
+      if (testvertex != (vertex) NULL) {
+        killorg = 1;
+        /* Mark the corner of the triangle as having been tested. */
+        setorg(testtri, NULL);
+        /* Walk counterclockwise about the vertex. */
+        onext(testtri, neighbor);
+        /* Stop upon reaching a boundary or the starting triangle. */
+        while ((neighbor.tri != m->dummytri) &&
+               (!otriequal(neighbor, testtri))) {
+          if (infected(neighbor)) {
+            /* Mark the corner of this triangle as having been tested. */
+            setorg(neighbor, NULL);
+          } else {
+            /* A live triangle.  The vertex survives. */
+            killorg = 0;
+          }
+          /* Walk counterclockwise about the vertex. */
+          onextself(neighbor);
+        }
+        /* If we reached a boundary, we must walk clockwise as well. */
+        if (neighbor.tri == m->dummytri) {
+          /* Walk clockwise about the vertex. */
+          oprev(testtri, neighbor);
+          /* Stop upon reaching a boundary. */
+          while (neighbor.tri != m->dummytri) {
+            if (infected(neighbor)) {
+            /* Mark the corner of this triangle as having been tested. */
+              setorg(neighbor, NULL);
+            } else {
+              /* A live triangle.  The vertex survives. */
+              killorg = 0;
+            }
+            /* Walk clockwise about the vertex. */
+            oprevself(neighbor);
+          }
+        }
+        if (killorg) {
+          if (b->verbose > 1) {
+            printf("    Deleting vertex (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+                   testvertex[0], testvertex[1]);
+          }
+          setvertextype(testvertex, UNDEADVERTEX);
+          m->undeads++;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Record changes in the number of boundary edges, and disconnect */
+    /*   dead triangles from their neighbors.                         */
+    for (testtri.orient = 0; testtri.orient < 3; testtri.orient++) {
+      sym(testtri, neighbor);
+      if (neighbor.tri == m->dummytri) {
+        /* There is no neighboring triangle on this edge, so this edge    */
+        /*   is a boundary edge.  This triangle is being deleted, so this */
+        /*   boundary edge is deleted.                                    */
+        m->hullsize--;
+      } else {
+        /* Disconnect the triangle from its neighbor. */
+        dissolve(neighbor);
+        /* There is a neighboring triangle on this edge, so this edge */
+        /*   becomes a boundary edge when this triangle is deleted.   */
+        m->hullsize++;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Return the dead triangle to the pool of triangles. */
+    triangledealloc(m, testtri.tri);
+    virusloop = (triangle **) traverse(&m->viri);
+  }
+  /* Empty the virus pool. */
+  poolrestart(&m->viri);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  regionplague()   Spread regional attributes and/or area constraints      */
+/*                   (from a .poly file) throughout the mesh.                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This procedure operates in two phases.  The first phase spreads an       */
+/*  attribute and/or an area constraint through a (segment-bounded) region.  */
+/*  The triangles are marked to ensure that each triangle is added to the    */
+/*  virus pool only once, so the procedure will terminate.                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The second phase uninfects all infected triangles, returning them to     */
+/*  normal.                                                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void regionplague(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                  REAL attribute, REAL area)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void regionplague(m, b, attribute, area)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+REAL attribute;
+REAL area;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri testtri;
+  struct otri neighbor;
+  triangle **virusloop;
+  triangle **regiontri;
+  struct osub neighborsubseg;
+  vertex regionorg, regiondest, regionapex;
+  triangle ptr;             /* Temporary variable used by sym() and onext(). */
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  if (b->verbose > 1) {
+    printf("  Marking neighbors of marked triangles.\n");
+  }
+  /* Loop through all the infected triangles, spreading the attribute      */
+  /*   and/or area constraint to their neighbors, then to their neighbors' */
+  /*   neighbors.                                                          */
+  traversalinit(&m->viri);
+  virusloop = (triangle **) traverse(&m->viri);
+  while (virusloop != (triangle **) NULL) {
+    testtri.tri = *virusloop;
+    /* A triangle is marked as infected by messing with one of its pointers */
+    /*   to subsegments, setting it to an illegal value.  Hence, we have to */
+    /*   temporarily uninfect this triangle so that we can examine its      */
+    /*   adjacent subsegments.                                              */
+    uninfect(testtri);
+    if (b->regionattrib) {
+      /* Set an attribute. */
+      setelemattribute(testtri, m->eextras, attribute);
+    }
+    if (b->vararea) {
+      /* Set an area constraint. */
+      setareabound(testtri, area);
+    }
+    if (b->verbose > 2) {
+      /* Assign the triangle an orientation for convenience in */
+      /*   checking its vertices.                              */
+      testtri.orient = 0;
+      org(testtri, regionorg);
+      dest(testtri, regiondest);
+      apex(testtri, regionapex);
+      printf("    Checking (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+             regionorg[0], regionorg[1], regiondest[0], regiondest[1],
+             regionapex[0], regionapex[1]);
+    }
+    /* Check each of the triangle's three neighbors. */
+    for (testtri.orient = 0; testtri.orient < 3; testtri.orient++) {
+      /* Find the neighbor. */
+      sym(testtri, neighbor);
+      /* Check for a subsegment between the triangle and its neighbor. */
+      tspivot(testtri, neighborsubseg);
+      /* Make sure the neighbor exists, is not already infected, and */
+      /*   isn't protected by a subsegment.                          */
+      if ((neighbor.tri != m->dummytri) && !infected(neighbor)
+          && (neighborsubseg.ss == m->dummysub)) {
+        if (b->verbose > 2) {
+          org(neighbor, regionorg);
+          dest(neighbor, regiondest);
+          apex(neighbor, regionapex);
+          printf("    Marking (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+                 regionorg[0], regionorg[1], regiondest[0], regiondest[1],
+                 regionapex[0], regionapex[1]);
+        }
+        /* Infect the neighbor. */
+        infect(neighbor);
+        /* Ensure that the neighbor's neighbors will be infected. */
+        regiontri = (triangle **) poolalloc(&m->viri);
+        *regiontri = neighbor.tri;
+      }
+    }
+    /* Remark the triangle as infected, so it doesn't get added to the */
+    /*   virus pool again.                                             */
+    infect(testtri);
+    virusloop = (triangle **) traverse(&m->viri);
+  }
+
+  /* Uninfect all triangles. */
+  if (b->verbose > 1) {
+    printf("  Unmarking marked triangles.\n");
+  }
+  traversalinit(&m->viri);
+  virusloop = (triangle **) traverse(&m->viri);
+  while (virusloop != (triangle **) NULL) {
+    testtri.tri = *virusloop;
+    uninfect(testtri);
+    virusloop = (triangle **) traverse(&m->viri);
+  }
+  /* Empty the virus pool. */
+  poolrestart(&m->viri);
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  carveholes()   Find the holes and infect them.  Find the area            */
+/*                 constraints and infect them.  Infect the convex hull.     */
+/*                 Spread the infection and kill triangles.  Spread the      */
+/*                 area constraints.                                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  This routine mainly calls other routines to carry out all these          */
+/*  functions.                                                               */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void carveholes(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, REAL *holelist, int holes,
+                REAL *regionlist, int regions)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void carveholes(m, b, holelist, holes, regionlist, regions)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+REAL *holelist;
+int holes;
+REAL *regionlist;
+int regions;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri searchtri;
+  struct otri triangleloop;
+  struct otri *regiontris;
+  triangle **holetri;
+  triangle **regiontri;
+  vertex searchorg, searchdest;
+  enum locateresult intersect;
+  int i;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+
+  if (!(b->quiet || (b->noholes && b->convex))) {
+    printf("Removing unwanted triangles.\n");
+    if (b->verbose && (holes > 0)) {
+      printf("  Marking holes for elimination.\n");
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (regions > 0) {
+    /* Allocate storage for the triangles in which region points fall. */
+    regiontris = (struct otri *) trimalloc(regions *
+                                           (int) sizeof(struct otri));
+  } else {
+    regiontris = (struct otri *) NULL;
+  }
+
+  if (((holes > 0) && !b->noholes) || !b->convex || (regions > 0)) {
+    /* Initialize a pool of viri to be used for holes, concavities, */
+    /*   regional attributes, and/or regional area constraints.     */
+    poolinit(&m->viri, sizeof(triangle *), VIRUSPERBLOCK, VIRUSPERBLOCK, 0);
+  }
+
+  if (!b->convex) {
+    /* Mark as infected any unprotected triangles on the boundary. */
+    /*   This is one way by which concavities are created.         */
+    infecthull(m, b);
+  }
+
+  if ((holes > 0) && !b->noholes) {
+    /* Infect each triangle in which a hole lies. */
+    for (i = 0; i < 2 * holes; i += 2) {
+      /* Ignore holes that aren't within the bounds of the mesh. */
+      if ((holelist[i] >= m->xmin) && (holelist[i] <= m->xmax)
+          && (holelist[i + 1] >= m->ymin) && (holelist[i + 1] <= m->ymax)) {
+        /* Start searching from some triangle on the outer boundary. */
+        searchtri.tri = m->dummytri;
+        searchtri.orient = 0;
+        symself(searchtri);
+        /* Ensure that the hole is to the left of this boundary edge; */
+        /*   otherwise, locate() will falsely report that the hole    */
+        /*   falls within the starting triangle.                      */
+        org(searchtri, searchorg);
+        dest(searchtri, searchdest);
+        if (counterclockwise(m, b, searchorg, searchdest, &holelist[i]) >
+            0.0) {
+          /* Find a triangle that contains the hole. */
+          intersect = locate(m, b, &holelist[i], &searchtri);
+          if ((intersect != OUTSIDE) && (!infected(searchtri))) {
+            /* Infect the triangle.  This is done by marking the triangle  */
+            /*   as infected and including the triangle in the virus pool. */
+            infect(searchtri);
+            holetri = (triangle **) poolalloc(&m->viri);
+            *holetri = searchtri.tri;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Now, we have to find all the regions BEFORE we carve the holes, because */
+  /*   locate() won't work when the triangulation is no longer convex.       */
+  /*   (Incidentally, this is the reason why regional attributes and area    */
+  /*   constraints can't be used when refining a preexisting mesh, which     */
+  /*   might not be convex; they can only be used with a freshly             */
+  /*   triangulated PSLG.)                                                   */
+  if (regions > 0) {
+    /* Find the starting triangle for each region. */
+    for (i = 0; i < regions; i++) {
+      regiontris[i].tri = m->dummytri;
+      /* Ignore region points that aren't within the bounds of the mesh. */
+      if ((regionlist[4 * i] >= m->xmin) && (regionlist[4 * i] <= m->xmax) &&
+          (regionlist[4 * i + 1] >= m->ymin) &&
+          (regionlist[4 * i + 1] <= m->ymax)) {
+        /* Start searching from some triangle on the outer boundary. */
+        searchtri.tri = m->dummytri;
+        searchtri.orient = 0;
+        symself(searchtri);
+        /* Ensure that the region point is to the left of this boundary */
+        /*   edge; otherwise, locate() will falsely report that the     */
+        /*   region point falls within the starting triangle.           */
+        org(searchtri, searchorg);
+        dest(searchtri, searchdest);
+        if (counterclockwise(m, b, searchorg, searchdest, &regionlist[4 * i]) >
+            0.0) {
+          /* Find a triangle that contains the region point. */
+          intersect = locate(m, b, &regionlist[4 * i], &searchtri);
+          if ((intersect != OUTSIDE) && (!infected(searchtri))) {
+            /* Record the triangle for processing after the */
+            /*   holes have been carved.                    */
+            otricopy(searchtri, regiontris[i]);
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (m->viri.items > 0) {
+    /* Carve the holes and concavities. */
+    plague(m, b);
+  }
+  /* The virus pool should be empty now. */
+
+  if (regions > 0) {
+    if (!b->quiet) {
+      if (b->regionattrib) {
+        if (b->vararea) {
+          printf("Spreading regional attributes and area constraints.\n");
+        } else {
+          printf("Spreading regional attributes.\n");
+        }
+      } else { 
+        printf("Spreading regional area constraints.\n");
+      }
+    }
+    if (b->regionattrib && !b->refine) {
+      /* Assign every triangle a regional attribute of zero. */
+      traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+      triangleloop.orient = 0;
+      triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+      while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+        setelemattribute(triangleloop, m->eextras, 0.0);
+        triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+      }
+    }
+    for (i = 0; i < regions; i++) {
+      if (regiontris[i].tri != m->dummytri) {
+        /* Make sure the triangle under consideration still exists. */
+        /*   It may have been eaten by the virus.                   */
+        if (!deadtri(regiontris[i].tri)) {
+          /* Put one triangle in the virus pool. */
+          infect(regiontris[i]);
+          regiontri = (triangle **) poolalloc(&m->viri);
+          *regiontri = regiontris[i].tri;
+          /* Apply one region's attribute and/or area constraint. */
+          regionplague(m, b, regionlist[4 * i + 2], regionlist[4 * i + 3]);
+          /* The virus pool should be empty now. */
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    if (b->regionattrib && !b->refine) {
+      /* Note the fact that each triangle has an additional attribute. */
+      m->eextras++;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Free up memory. */
+  if (((holes > 0) && !b->noholes) || !b->convex || (regions > 0)) {
+    pooldeinit(&m->viri);
+  }
+  if (regions > 0) {
+    trifree((VOID *) regiontris);
+  }
+}
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Carving out holes and concavities ends here               *********/
+
+/********* Mesh quality maintenance begins here                      *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  tallyencs()   Traverse the entire list of subsegments, and check each    */
+/*                to see if it is encroached.  If so, add it to the list.    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void tallyencs(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void tallyencs(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct osub subsegloop;
+  int dummy;
+
+  traversalinit(&m->subsegs);
+  subsegloop.ssorient = 0;
+  subsegloop.ss = subsegtraverse(m);
+  while (subsegloop.ss != (subseg *) NULL) {
+    /* If the segment is encroached, add it to the list. */
+    dummy = checkseg4encroach(m, b, &subsegloop);
+    subsegloop.ss = subsegtraverse(m);
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  precisionerror()  Print an error message for precision problems.         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+void precisionerror()
+{
+  printf("Try increasing the area criterion and/or reducing the minimum\n");
+  printf("  allowable angle so that tiny triangles are not created.\n");
+#ifdef SINGLE
+  printf("Alternatively, try recompiling me with double precision\n");
+  printf("  arithmetic (by removing \"#define SINGLE\" from the\n");
+  printf("  source file or \"-DSINGLE\" from the makefile).\n");
+#endif /* SINGLE */
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  splitencsegs()   Split all the encroached subsegments.                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Each encroached subsegment is repaired by splitting it - inserting a     */
+/*  vertex at or near its midpoint.  Newly inserted vertices may encroach    */
+/*  upon other subsegments; these are also repaired.                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `triflaws' is a flag that specifies whether one should take note of new  */
+/*  bad triangles that result from inserting vertices to repair encroached   */
+/*  subsegments.                                                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void splitencsegs(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, int triflaws)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void splitencsegs(m, b, triflaws)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+int triflaws;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri enctri;
+  struct otri testtri;
+  struct osub testsh;
+  struct osub currentenc;
+  struct badsubseg *encloop;
+  vertex eorg, edest, eapex;
+  vertex newvertex;
+  enum insertvertexresult success;
+  REAL segmentlength, nearestpoweroftwo;
+  REAL split;
+  REAL multiplier, divisor;
+  int acuteorg, acuteorg2, acutedest, acutedest2;
+  int dummy;
+  int i;
+  triangle ptr;                     /* Temporary variable used by stpivot(). */
+  subseg sptr;                        /* Temporary variable used by snext(). */
+
+  /* Note that steinerleft == -1 if an unlimited number */
+  /*   of Steiner points is allowed.                    */
+  while ((m->badsubsegs.items > 0) && (m->steinerleft != 0)) {
+    traversalinit(&m->badsubsegs);
+    encloop = badsubsegtraverse(m);
+    while ((encloop != (struct badsubseg *) NULL) && (m->steinerleft != 0)) {
+      sdecode(encloop->encsubseg, currentenc);
+      sorg(currentenc, eorg);
+      sdest(currentenc, edest);
+      /* Make sure that this segment is still the same segment it was   */
+      /*   when it was determined to be encroached.  If the segment was */
+      /*   enqueued multiple times (because several newly inserted      */
+      /*   vertices encroached it), it may have already been split.     */
+      if (!deadsubseg(currentenc.ss) &&
+          (eorg == encloop->subsegorg) && (edest == encloop->subsegdest)) {
+        /* To decide where to split a segment, we need to know if the   */
+        /*   segment shares an endpoint with an adjacent segment.       */
+        /*   The concern is that, if we simply split every encroached   */
+        /*   segment in its center, two adjacent segments with a small  */
+        /*   angle between them might lead to an infinite loop; each    */
+        /*   vertex added to split one segment will encroach upon the   */
+        /*   other segment, which must then be split with a vertex that */
+        /*   will encroach upon the first segment, and so on forever.   */
+        /* To avoid this, imagine a set of concentric circles, whose    */
+        /*   radii are powers of two, about each segment endpoint.      */
+        /*   These concentric circles determine where the segment is    */
+        /*   split.  (If both endpoints are shared with adjacent        */
+        /*   segments, split the segment in the middle, and apply the   */
+        /*   concentric circles for later splittings.)                  */
+
+        /* Is the origin shared with another segment? */
+        stpivot(currentenc, enctri);
+        lnext(enctri, testtri);
+        tspivot(testtri, testsh);
+        acuteorg = testsh.ss != m->dummysub;
+        /* Is the destination shared with another segment? */
+        lnextself(testtri);
+        tspivot(testtri, testsh);
+        acutedest = testsh.ss != m->dummysub;
+
+        /* If we're using Chew's algorithm (rather than Ruppert's) */
+        /*   to define encroachment, delete free vertices from the */
+        /*   subsegment's diametral circle.                        */
+        if (!b->conformdel && !acuteorg && !acutedest) {
+          apex(enctri, eapex);
+          while ((vertextype(eapex) == FREEVERTEX) &&
+                 ((eorg[0] - eapex[0]) * (edest[0] - eapex[0]) +
+                  (eorg[1] - eapex[1]) * (edest[1] - eapex[1]) < 0.0)) {
+            deletevertex(m, b, &testtri);
+            stpivot(currentenc, enctri);
+            apex(enctri, eapex);
+            lprev(enctri, testtri);
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Now, check the other side of the segment, if there's a triangle */
+        /*   there.                                                        */
+        sym(enctri, testtri);
+        if (testtri.tri != m->dummytri) {
+          /* Is the destination shared with another segment? */
+          lnextself(testtri);
+          tspivot(testtri, testsh);
+          acutedest2 = testsh.ss != m->dummysub;
+          acutedest = acutedest || acutedest2;
+          /* Is the origin shared with another segment? */
+          lnextself(testtri);
+          tspivot(testtri, testsh);
+          acuteorg2 = testsh.ss != m->dummysub;
+          acuteorg = acuteorg || acuteorg2;
+
+          /* Delete free vertices from the subsegment's diametral circle. */
+          if (!b->conformdel && !acuteorg2 && !acutedest2) {
+            org(testtri, eapex);
+            while ((vertextype(eapex) == FREEVERTEX) &&
+                   ((eorg[0] - eapex[0]) * (edest[0] - eapex[0]) +
+                    (eorg[1] - eapex[1]) * (edest[1] - eapex[1]) < 0.0)) {
+              deletevertex(m, b, &testtri);
+              sym(enctri, testtri);
+              apex(testtri, eapex);
+              lprevself(testtri);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        /* Use the concentric circles if exactly one endpoint is shared */
+        /*   with another adjacent segment.                             */
+        if (acuteorg || acutedest) {
+          segmentlength = sqrt((edest[0] - eorg[0]) * (edest[0] - eorg[0]) +
+                               (edest[1] - eorg[1]) * (edest[1] - eorg[1]));
+          /* Find the power of two that most evenly splits the segment.  */
+          /*   The worst case is a 2:1 ratio between subsegment lengths. */
+          nearestpoweroftwo = 1.0;
+          while (segmentlength > 3.0 * nearestpoweroftwo) {
+            nearestpoweroftwo *= 2.0;
+          }
+          while (segmentlength < 1.5 * nearestpoweroftwo) {
+            nearestpoweroftwo *= 0.5;
+          }
+          /* Where do we split the segment? */
+          split = nearestpoweroftwo / segmentlength;
+          if (acutedest) {
+            split = 1.0 - split;
+          }
+        } else {
+          /* If we're not worried about adjacent segments, split */
+          /*   this segment in the middle.                       */
+          split = 0.5;
+        }
+
+        /* Create the new vertex. */
+        newvertex = (vertex) poolalloc(&m->vertices);
+        /* Interpolate its coordinate and attributes. */
+        for (i = 0; i < 2 + m->nextras; i++) {
+          newvertex[i] = eorg[i] + split * (edest[i] - eorg[i]);
+        }
+
+        if (!b->noexact) {
+          /* Roundoff in the above calculation may yield a `newvertex'   */
+          /*   that is not precisely collinear with `eorg' and `edest'.  */
+          /*   Improve collinearity by one step of iterative refinement. */
+          multiplier = counterclockwise(m, b, eorg, edest, newvertex);
+          divisor = ((eorg[0] - edest[0]) * (eorg[0] - edest[0]) +
+                     (eorg[1] - edest[1]) * (eorg[1] - edest[1]));
+          if ((multiplier != 0.0) && (divisor != 0.0)) {
+            multiplier = multiplier / divisor;
+            /* Watch out for NANs. */
+            if (multiplier == multiplier) {
+              newvertex[0] += multiplier * (edest[1] - eorg[1]);
+              newvertex[1] += multiplier * (eorg[0] - edest[0]);
+            }
+          }
+        }
+
+        setvertexmark(newvertex, mark(currentenc));
+        setvertextype(newvertex, SEGMENTVERTEX);
+        if (b->verbose > 1) {
+          printf(
+  "  Splitting subsegment (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g) at (%.12g, %.12g).\n",
+                 eorg[0], eorg[1], edest[0], edest[1],
+                 newvertex[0], newvertex[1]);
+        }
+        /* Check whether the new vertex lies on an endpoint. */
+        if (((newvertex[0] == eorg[0]) && (newvertex[1] == eorg[1])) ||
+            ((newvertex[0] == edest[0]) && (newvertex[1] == edest[1]))) {
+          printf("Error:  Ran out of precision at (%.12g, %.12g).\n",
+                 newvertex[0], newvertex[1]);
+          printf("I attempted to split a segment to a smaller size than\n");
+          printf("  can be accommodated by the finite precision of\n");
+          printf("  floating point arithmetic.\n");
+          precisionerror();
+          triexit(1);
+        }
+        /* Insert the splitting vertex.  This should always succeed. */
+        success = insertvertex(m, b, newvertex, &enctri, &currentenc,
+                               1, triflaws);
+        if ((success != SUCCESSFULVERTEX) && (success != ENCROACHINGVERTEX)) {
+          printf("Internal error in splitencsegs():\n");
+          printf("  Failure to split a segment.\n");
+          internalerror();
+        }
+        if (m->steinerleft > 0) {
+          m->steinerleft--;
+        }
+        /* Check the two new subsegments to see if they're encroached. */
+        dummy = checkseg4encroach(m, b, &currentenc);
+        snextself(currentenc);
+        dummy = checkseg4encroach(m, b, &currentenc);
+      }
+
+      badsubsegdealloc(m, encloop);
+      encloop = badsubsegtraverse(m);
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  tallyfaces()   Test every triangle in the mesh for quality measures.     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void tallyfaces(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void tallyfaces(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri triangleloop;
+
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("  Making a list of bad triangles.\n");
+  }
+  traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+  triangleloop.orient = 0;
+  triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+    /* If the triangle is bad, enqueue it. */
+    testtriangle(m, b, &triangleloop);
+    triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  splittriangle()   Inserts a vertex at the circumcenter of a triangle.    */
+/*                    Deletes the newly inserted vertex if it encroaches     */
+/*                    upon a segment.                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void splittriangle(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                   struct badtriang *badtri)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void splittriangle(m, b, badtri)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+struct badtriang *badtri;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri badotri;
+  vertex borg, bdest, bapex;
+  vertex newvertex;
+  REAL xi, eta;
+  enum insertvertexresult success;
+  int errorflag;
+  int i;
+
+  decode(badtri->poortri, badotri);
+  org(badotri, borg);
+  dest(badotri, bdest);
+  apex(badotri, bapex);
+  /* Make sure that this triangle is still the same triangle it was      */
+  /*   when it was tested and determined to be of bad quality.           */
+  /*   Subsequent transformations may have made it a different triangle. */
+  if (!deadtri(badotri.tri) && (borg == badtri->triangorg) &&
+      (bdest == badtri->triangdest) && (bapex == badtri->triangapex)) {
+    if (b->verbose > 1) {
+      printf("  Splitting this triangle at its circumcenter:\n");
+      printf("    (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g)\n", borg[0],
+             borg[1], bdest[0], bdest[1], bapex[0], bapex[1]);
+    }
+
+    errorflag = 0;
+    /* Create a new vertex at the triangle's circumcenter. */
+    newvertex = (vertex) poolalloc(&m->vertices);
+    findcircumcenter(m, b, borg, bdest, bapex, newvertex, &xi, &eta, 1);
+
+    /* Check whether the new vertex lies on a triangle vertex. */
+    if (((newvertex[0] == borg[0]) && (newvertex[1] == borg[1])) ||
+        ((newvertex[0] == bdest[0]) && (newvertex[1] == bdest[1])) ||
+        ((newvertex[0] == bapex[0]) && (newvertex[1] == bapex[1]))) {
+      if (!b->quiet) {
+        printf(
+             "Warning:  New vertex (%.12g, %.12g) falls on existing vertex.\n",
+               newvertex[0], newvertex[1]);
+        errorflag = 1;
+      }
+      vertexdealloc(m, newvertex);
+    } else {
+      for (i = 2; i < 2 + m->nextras; i++) {
+        /* Interpolate the vertex attributes at the circumcenter. */
+        newvertex[i] = borg[i] + xi * (bdest[i] - borg[i])
+                              + eta * (bapex[i] - borg[i]);
+      }
+      /* The new vertex must be in the interior, and therefore is a */
+      /*   free vertex with a marker of zero.                       */
+      setvertexmark(newvertex, 0);
+      setvertextype(newvertex, FREEVERTEX);
+
+      /* Ensure that the handle `badotri' does not represent the longest  */
+      /*   edge of the triangle.  This ensures that the circumcenter must */
+      /*   fall to the left of this edge, so point location will work.    */
+      /*   (If the angle org-apex-dest exceeds 90 degrees, then the       */
+      /*   circumcenter lies outside the org-dest edge, and eta is        */
+      /*   negative.  Roundoff error might prevent eta from being         */
+      /*   negative when it should be, so I test eta against xi.)         */
+      if (eta < xi) {
+        lprevself(badotri);
+      }
+
+      /* Insert the circumcenter, searching from the edge of the triangle, */
+      /*   and maintain the Delaunay property of the triangulation.        */
+      success = insertvertex(m, b, newvertex, &badotri, (struct osub *) NULL,
+                             1, 1);
+      if (success == SUCCESSFULVERTEX) {
+        if (m->steinerleft > 0) {
+          m->steinerleft--;
+        }
+      } else if (success == ENCROACHINGVERTEX) {
+        /* If the newly inserted vertex encroaches upon a subsegment, */
+        /*   delete the new vertex.                                   */
+        undovertex(m, b);
+        if (b->verbose > 1) {
+          printf("  Rejecting (%.12g, %.12g).\n", newvertex[0], newvertex[1]);
+        }
+        vertexdealloc(m, newvertex);
+      } else if (success == VIOLATINGVERTEX) {
+        /* Failed to insert the new vertex, but some subsegment was */
+        /*   marked as being encroached.                            */
+        vertexdealloc(m, newvertex);
+      } else {                                 /* success == DUPLICATEVERTEX */
+        /* Couldn't insert the new vertex because a vertex is already there. */
+        if (!b->quiet) {
+          printf(
+            "Warning:  New vertex (%.12g, %.12g) falls on existing vertex.\n",
+                 newvertex[0], newvertex[1]);
+          errorflag = 1;
+        }
+        vertexdealloc(m, newvertex);
+      }
+    }
+    if (errorflag) {
+      if (b->verbose) {
+        printf("  The new vertex is at the circumcenter of triangle\n");
+        printf("    (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g) (%.12g, %.12g)\n",
+               borg[0], borg[1], bdest[0], bdest[1], bapex[0], bapex[1]);
+      }
+      printf("This probably means that I am trying to refine triangles\n");
+      printf("  to a smaller size than can be accommodated by the finite\n");
+      printf("  precision of floating point arithmetic.  (You can be\n");
+      printf("  sure of this if I fail to terminate.)\n");
+      precisionerror();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  enforcequality()   Remove all the encroached subsegments and bad         */
+/*                     triangles from the triangulation.                     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void enforcequality(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void enforcequality(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct badtriang *badtri;
+  int i;
+
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Adding Steiner points to enforce quality.\n");
+  }
+  /* Initialize the pool of encroached subsegments. */
+  poolinit(&m->badsubsegs, sizeof(struct badsubseg), BADSUBSEGPERBLOCK,
+           BADSUBSEGPERBLOCK, 0);
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    printf("  Looking for encroached subsegments.\n");
+  }
+  /* Test all segments to see if they're encroached. */
+  tallyencs(m, b);
+  if (b->verbose && (m->badsubsegs.items > 0)) {
+    printf("  Splitting encroached subsegments.\n");
+  }
+  /* Fix encroached subsegments without noting bad triangles. */
+  splitencsegs(m, b, 0);
+  /* At this point, if we haven't run out of Steiner points, the */
+  /*   triangulation should be (conforming) Delaunay.            */
+
+  /* Next, we worry about enforcing triangle quality. */
+  if ((b->minangle > 0.0) || b->vararea || b->fixedarea || b->usertest) {
+    /* Initialize the pool of bad triangles. */
+    poolinit(&m->badtriangles, sizeof(struct badtriang), BADTRIPERBLOCK,
+             BADTRIPERBLOCK, 0);
+    /* Initialize the queues of bad triangles. */
+    for (i = 0; i < 4096; i++) {
+      m->queuefront[i] = (struct badtriang *) NULL;
+    }
+    m->firstnonemptyq = -1;
+    /* Test all triangles to see if they're bad. */
+    tallyfaces(m, b);
+    /* Initialize the pool of recently flipped triangles. */
+    poolinit(&m->flipstackers, sizeof(struct flipstacker), FLIPSTACKERPERBLOCK,
+             FLIPSTACKERPERBLOCK, 0);
+    m->checkquality = 1;
+    if (b->verbose) {
+      printf("  Splitting bad triangles.\n");
+    }
+    while ((m->badtriangles.items > 0) && (m->steinerleft != 0)) {
+      /* Fix one bad triangle by inserting a vertex at its circumcenter. */
+      badtri = dequeuebadtriang(m);
+      splittriangle(m, b, badtri);
+      if (m->badsubsegs.items > 0) {
+        /* Put bad triangle back in queue for another try later. */
+        enqueuebadtriang(m, b, badtri);
+        /* Fix any encroached subsegments that resulted. */
+        /*   Record any new bad triangles that result.   */
+        splitencsegs(m, b, 1);
+      } else {
+        /* Return the bad triangle to the pool. */
+        pooldealloc(&m->badtriangles, (VOID *) badtri);
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  /* At this point, if the "-D" switch was selected and we haven't run out  */
+  /*   of Steiner points, the triangulation should be (conforming) Delaunay */
+  /*   and have no low-quality triangles.                                   */
+
+  /* Might we have run out of Steiner points too soon? */
+  if (!b->quiet && b->conformdel && (m->badsubsegs.items > 0) &&
+      (m->steinerleft == 0)) {
+    printf("\nWarning:  I ran out of Steiner points, but the mesh has\n");
+    if (m->badsubsegs.items == 1) {
+      printf("  one encroached subsegment, and therefore might not be truly\n"
+             );
+    } else {
+      printf("  %ld encroached subsegments, and therefore might not be truly\n"
+             , m->badsubsegs.items);
+    }
+    printf("  Delaunay.  If the Delaunay property is important to you,\n");
+    printf("  try increasing the number of Steiner points (controlled by\n");
+    printf("  the -S switch) slightly and try again.\n\n");
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* Mesh quality maintenance ends here                        *********/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  highorder()   Create extra nodes for quadratic subparametric elements.   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void highorder(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void highorder(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri triangleloop, trisym;
+  struct osub checkmark;
+  vertex newvertex;
+  vertex torg, tdest;
+  int i;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Adding vertices for second-order triangles.\n");
+  }
+  /* The following line ensures that dead items in the pool of nodes    */
+  /*   cannot be allocated for the extra nodes associated with high     */
+  /*   order elements.  This ensures that the primary nodes (at the     */
+  /*   corners of elements) will occur earlier in the output files, and */
+  /*   have lower indices, than the extra nodes.                        */
+  m->vertices.deaditemstack = (VOID *) NULL;
+
+  traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+  triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  /* To loop over the set of edges, loop over all triangles, and look at   */
+  /*   the three edges of each triangle.  If there isn't another triangle  */
+  /*   adjacent to the edge, operate on the edge.  If there is another     */
+  /*   adjacent triangle, operate on the edge only if the current triangle */
+  /*   has a smaller pointer than its neighbor.  This way, each edge is    */
+  /*   considered only once.                                               */
+  while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+    for (triangleloop.orient = 0; triangleloop.orient < 3;
+         triangleloop.orient++) {
+      sym(triangleloop, trisym);
+      if ((triangleloop.tri < trisym.tri) || (trisym.tri == m->dummytri)) {
+        org(triangleloop, torg);
+        dest(triangleloop, tdest);
+        /* Create a new node in the middle of the edge.  Interpolate */
+        /*   its attributes.                                         */
+        newvertex = (vertex) poolalloc(&m->vertices);
+        for (i = 0; i < 2 + m->nextras; i++) {
+          newvertex[i] = 0.5 * (torg[i] + tdest[i]);
+        }
+        /* Set the new node's marker to zero or one, depending on */
+        /*   whether it lies on a boundary.                       */
+        setvertexmark(newvertex, trisym.tri == m->dummytri);
+        setvertextype(newvertex,
+                      trisym.tri == m->dummytri ? FREEVERTEX : SEGMENTVERTEX);
+        if (b->usesegments) {
+          tspivot(triangleloop, checkmark);
+          /* If this edge is a segment, transfer the marker to the new node. */
+          if (checkmark.ss != m->dummysub) {
+            setvertexmark(newvertex, mark(checkmark));
+            setvertextype(newvertex, SEGMENTVERTEX);
+          }
+        }
+        if (b->verbose > 1) {
+          printf("  Creating (%.12g, %.12g).\n", newvertex[0], newvertex[1]);
+        }
+        /* Record the new node in the (one or two) adjacent elements. */
+        triangleloop.tri[m->highorderindex + triangleloop.orient] =
+                (triangle) newvertex;
+        if (trisym.tri != m->dummytri) {
+          trisym.tri[m->highorderindex + trisym.orient] = (triangle) newvertex;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  }
+}
+
+/********* File I/O routines begin here                              *********/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  readline()   Read a nonempty line from a file.                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  A line is considered "nonempty" if it contains something that looks like */
+/*  a number.  Comments (prefaced by `#') are ignored.                       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+char *readline(char *string, FILE *infile, char *infilename)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+char *readline(string, infile, infilename)
+char *string;
+FILE *infile;
+char *infilename;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  char *result;
+
+  /* Search for something that looks like a number. */
+  do {
+    result = fgets(string, INPUTLINESIZE, infile);
+    if (result == (char *) NULL) {
+      printf("  Error:  Unexpected end of file in %s.\n", infilename);
+      triexit(1);
+    }
+    /* Skip anything that doesn't look like a number, a comment, */
+    /*   or the end of a line.                                   */
+    while ((*result != '\0') && (*result != '#')
+           && (*result != '.') && (*result != '+') && (*result != '-')
+           && ((*result < '0') || (*result > '9'))) {
+      result++;
+    }
+  /* If it's a comment or end of line, read another line and try again. */
+  } while ((*result == '#') || (*result == '\0'));
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  findfield()   Find the next field of a string.                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Jumps past the current field by searching for whitespace, then jumps     */
+/*  past the whitespace to find the next field.                              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+char *findfield(char *string)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+char *findfield(string)
+char *string;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  char *result;
+
+  result = string;
+  /* Skip the current field.  Stop upon reaching whitespace. */
+  while ((*result != '\0') && (*result != '#')
+         && (*result != ' ') && (*result != '\t')) {
+    result++;
+  }
+  /* Now skip the whitespace and anything else that doesn't look like a */
+  /*   number, a comment, or the end of a line.                         */
+  while ((*result != '\0') && (*result != '#')
+         && (*result != '.') && (*result != '+') && (*result != '-')
+         && ((*result < '0') || (*result > '9'))) {
+    result++;
+  }
+  /* Check for a comment (prefixed with `#'). */
+  if (*result == '#') {
+    *result = '\0';
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  readnodes()   Read the vertices from a file, which may be a .node or     */
+/*                .poly file.                                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void readnodes(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, char *nodefilename,
+               char *polyfilename, FILE **polyfile)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void readnodes(m, b, nodefilename, polyfilename, polyfile)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+char *nodefilename;
+char *polyfilename;
+FILE **polyfile;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  FILE *infile;
+  vertex vertexloop;
+  char inputline[INPUTLINESIZE];
+  char *stringptr;
+  char *infilename;
+  REAL x, y;
+  int firstnode;
+  int nodemarkers;
+  int currentmarker;
+  int i, j;
+
+  if (b->poly) {
+    /* Read the vertices from a .poly file. */
+    if (!b->quiet) {
+      printf("Opening %s.\n", polyfilename);
+    }
+    *polyfile = fopen(polyfilename, "r");
+    if (*polyfile == (FILE *) NULL) {
+      printf("  Error:  Cannot access file %s.\n", polyfilename);
+      triexit(1);
+    }
+    /* Read number of vertices, number of dimensions, number of vertex */
+    /*   attributes, and number of boundary markers.                   */
+    stringptr = readline(inputline, *polyfile, polyfilename);
+    m->invertices = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+    if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+      m->mesh_dim = 2;
+    } else {
+      m->mesh_dim = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    }
+    stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+    if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+      m->nextras = 0;
+    } else {
+      m->nextras = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    }
+    stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+    if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+      nodemarkers = 0;
+    } else {
+      nodemarkers = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    }
+    if (m->invertices > 0) {
+      infile = *polyfile;
+      infilename = polyfilename;
+      m->readnodefile = 0;
+    } else {
+      /* If the .poly file claims there are zero vertices, that means that */
+      /*   the vertices should be read from a separate .node file.         */
+      m->readnodefile = 1;
+      infilename = nodefilename;
+    }
+  } else {
+    m->readnodefile = 1;
+    infilename = nodefilename;
+    *polyfile = (FILE *) NULL;
+  }
+
+  if (m->readnodefile) {
+    /* Read the vertices from a .node file. */
+    if (!b->quiet) {
+      printf("Opening %s.\n", nodefilename);
+    }
+    infile = fopen(nodefilename, "r");
+    if (infile == (FILE *) NULL) {
+      printf("  Error:  Cannot access file %s.\n", nodefilename);
+      triexit(1);
+    }
+    /* Read number of vertices, number of dimensions, number of vertex */
+    /*   attributes, and number of boundary markers.                   */
+    stringptr = readline(inputline, infile, nodefilename);
+    m->invertices = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+    if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+      m->mesh_dim = 2;
+    } else {
+      m->mesh_dim = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    }
+    stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+    if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+      m->nextras = 0;
+    } else {
+      m->nextras = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    }
+    stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+    if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+      nodemarkers = 0;
+    } else {
+      nodemarkers = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (m->invertices < 3) {
+    printf("Error:  Input must have at least three input vertices.\n");
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  if (m->mesh_dim != 2) {
+    printf("Error:  Triangle only works with two-dimensional meshes.\n");
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  if (m->nextras == 0) {
+    b->weighted = 0;
+  }
+
+  initializevertexpool(m, b);
+
+  /* Read the vertices. */
+  for (i = 0; i < m->invertices; i++) {
+    vertexloop = (vertex) poolalloc(&m->vertices);
+    stringptr = readline(inputline, infile, infilename);
+    if (i == 0) {
+      firstnode = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+      if ((firstnode == 0) || (firstnode == 1)) {
+        b->firstnumber = firstnode;
+      }
+    }
+    stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+    if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+      printf("Error:  Vertex %d has no x coordinate.\n", b->firstnumber + i);
+      triexit(1);
+    }
+    x = (REAL) strtod(stringptr, &stringptr);
+    stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+    if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+      printf("Error:  Vertex %d has no y coordinate.\n", b->firstnumber + i);
+      triexit(1);
+    }
+    y = (REAL) strtod(stringptr, &stringptr);
+    vertexloop[0] = x;
+    vertexloop[1] = y;
+    /* Read the vertex attributes. */
+    for (j = 2; j < 2 + m->nextras; j++) {
+      stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+      if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+        vertexloop[j] = 0.0;
+      } else {
+        vertexloop[j] = (REAL) strtod(stringptr, &stringptr);
+      }
+    }
+    if (nodemarkers) {
+      /* Read a vertex marker. */
+      stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+      if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+        setvertexmark(vertexloop, 0);
+      } else {
+        currentmarker = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+        setvertexmark(vertexloop, currentmarker);
+      }
+    } else {
+      /* If no markers are specified in the file, they default to zero. */
+      setvertexmark(vertexloop, 0);
+    }
+    setvertextype(vertexloop, INPUTVERTEX);
+    /* Determine the smallest and largest x and y coordinates. */
+    if (i == 0) {
+      m->xmin = m->xmax = x;
+      m->ymin = m->ymax = y;
+    } else {
+      m->xmin = (x < m->xmin) ? x : m->xmin;
+      m->xmax = (x > m->xmax) ? x : m->xmax;
+      m->ymin = (y < m->ymin) ? y : m->ymin;
+      m->ymax = (y > m->ymax) ? y : m->ymax;
+    }
+  }
+  if (m->readnodefile) {
+    fclose(infile);
+  }
+
+  /* Nonexistent x value used as a flag to mark circle events in sweepline */
+  /*   Delaunay algorithm.                                                 */
+  m->xminextreme = 10 * m->xmin - 9 * m->xmax;
+}
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  transfernodes()   Read the vertices from memory.                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void transfernodes(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, REAL *pointlist,
+                   REAL *pointattriblist, int *pointmarkerlist,
+                   int numberofpoints, int numberofpointattribs)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void transfernodes(m, b, pointlist, pointattriblist, pointmarkerlist,
+                   numberofpoints, numberofpointattribs)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+REAL *pointlist;
+REAL *pointattriblist;
+int *pointmarkerlist;
+int numberofpoints;
+int numberofpointattribs;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  vertex vertexloop;
+  REAL x, y;
+  int i, j;
+  int coordindex;
+  int attribindex;
+
+  m->invertices = numberofpoints;
+  m->mesh_dim = 2;
+  m->nextras = numberofpointattribs;
+  m->readnodefile = 0;
+  if (m->invertices < 3) {
+    printf("Error:  Input must have at least three input vertices.\n");
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  if (m->nextras == 0) {
+    b->weighted = 0;
+  }
+
+  initializevertexpool(m, b);
+
+  /* Read the vertices. */
+  coordindex = 0;
+  attribindex = 0;
+  for (i = 0; i < m->invertices; i++) {
+    vertexloop = (vertex) poolalloc(&m->vertices);
+    /* Read the vertex coordinates. */
+    x = vertexloop[0] = pointlist[coordindex++];
+    y = vertexloop[1] = pointlist[coordindex++];
+    /* Read the vertex attributes. */
+    for (j = 0; j < numberofpointattribs; j++) {
+      vertexloop[2 + j] = pointattriblist[attribindex++];
+    }
+    if (pointmarkerlist != (int *) NULL) {
+      /* Read a vertex marker. */
+      setvertexmark(vertexloop, pointmarkerlist[i]);
+    } else {
+      /* If no markers are specified, they default to zero. */
+      setvertexmark(vertexloop, 0);
+    }
+    setvertextype(vertexloop, INPUTVERTEX);
+    /* Determine the smallest and largest x and y coordinates. */
+    if (i == 0) {
+      m->xmin = m->xmax = x;
+      m->ymin = m->ymax = y;
+    } else {
+      m->xmin = (x < m->xmin) ? x : m->xmin;
+      m->xmax = (x > m->xmax) ? x : m->xmax;
+      m->ymin = (y < m->ymin) ? y : m->ymin;
+      m->ymax = (y > m->ymax) ? y : m->ymax;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Nonexistent x value used as a flag to mark circle events in sweepline */
+  /*   Delaunay algorithm.                                                 */
+  m->xminextreme = 10 * m->xmin - 9 * m->xmax;
+}
+
+#endif /* TRILIBRARY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  readholes()   Read the holes, and possibly regional attributes and area  */
+/*                constraints, from a .poly file.                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void readholes(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+               FILE *polyfile, char *polyfilename, REAL **hlist, int *holes,
+               REAL **rlist, int *regions)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void readholes(m, b, polyfile, polyfilename, hlist, holes, rlist, regions)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+FILE *polyfile;
+char *polyfilename;
+REAL **hlist;
+int *holes;
+REAL **rlist;
+int *regions;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  REAL *holelist;
+  REAL *regionlist;
+  char inputline[INPUTLINESIZE];
+  char *stringptr;
+  int index;
+  int i;
+
+  /* Read the holes. */
+  stringptr = readline(inputline, polyfile, polyfilename);
+  *holes = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+  if (*holes > 0) {
+    holelist = (REAL *) trimalloc(2 * *holes * (int) sizeof(REAL));
+    *hlist = holelist;
+    for (i = 0; i < 2 * *holes; i += 2) {
+      stringptr = readline(inputline, polyfile, polyfilename);
+      stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+      if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+        printf("Error:  Hole %d has no x coordinate.\n",
+               b->firstnumber + (i >> 1));
+        triexit(1);
+      } else {
+        holelist[i] = (REAL) strtod(stringptr, &stringptr);
+      }
+      stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+      if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+        printf("Error:  Hole %d has no y coordinate.\n",
+               b->firstnumber + (i >> 1));
+        triexit(1);
+      } else {
+        holelist[i + 1] = (REAL) strtod(stringptr, &stringptr);
+      }
+    }
+  } else {
+    *hlist = (REAL *) NULL;
+  }
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+  if ((b->regionattrib || b->vararea) && !b->refine) {
+    /* Read the area constraints. */
+    stringptr = readline(inputline, polyfile, polyfilename);
+    *regions = (int) strtol(stringptr, &stringptr, 0);
+    if (*regions > 0) {
+      regionlist = (REAL *) trimalloc(4 * *regions * (int) sizeof(REAL));
+      *rlist = regionlist;
+      index = 0;
+      for (i = 0; i < *regions; i++) {
+        stringptr = readline(inputline, polyfile, polyfilename);
+        stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+        if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+          printf("Error:  Region %d has no x coordinate.\n",
+                 b->firstnumber + i);
+          triexit(1);
+        } else {
+          regionlist[index++] = (REAL) strtod(stringptr, &stringptr);
+        }
+        stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+        if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+          printf("Error:  Region %d has no y coordinate.\n",
+                 b->firstnumber + i);
+          triexit(1);
+        } else {
+          regionlist[index++] = (REAL) strtod(stringptr, &stringptr);
+        }
+        stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+        if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+          printf(
+            "Error:  Region %d has no region attribute or area constraint.\n",
+                 b->firstnumber + i);
+          triexit(1);
+        } else {
+          regionlist[index++] = (REAL) strtod(stringptr, &stringptr);
+        }
+        stringptr = findfield(stringptr);
+        if (*stringptr == '\0') {
+          regionlist[index] = regionlist[index - 1];
+        } else {
+          regionlist[index] = (REAL) strtod(stringptr, &stringptr);
+        }
+        index++;
+      }
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* Set `*regions' to zero to avoid an accidental free() later. */
+    *regions = 0;
+    *rlist = (REAL *) NULL;
+  }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+  fclose(polyfile);
+}
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  finishfile()   Write the command line to the output file so the user     */
+/*                 can remember how the file was generated.  Close the file. */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void finishfile(FILE *outfile, int argc, char **argv)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void finishfile(outfile, argc, argv)
+FILE *outfile;
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  int i;
+
+  fprintf(outfile, "# Generated by");
+  for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+    fprintf(outfile, " ");
+    fputs(argv[i], outfile);
+  }
+  fprintf(outfile, "\n");
+  fclose(outfile);
+}
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  writenodes()   Number the vertices and write them to a .node file.       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  To save memory, the vertex numbers are written over the boundary markers */
+/*  after the vertices are written to a file.                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void writenodes(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, REAL **pointlist,
+                REAL **pointattriblist, int **pointmarkerlist)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void writenodes(m, b, pointlist, pointattriblist, pointmarkerlist)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+REAL **pointlist;
+REAL **pointattriblist;
+int **pointmarkerlist;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void writenodes(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, char *nodefilename,
+                int argc, char **argv)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void writenodes(m, b, nodefilename, argc, argv)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+char *nodefilename;
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+{
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  REAL *plist;
+  REAL *palist;
+  int *pmlist;
+  int coordindex;
+  int attribindex;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  FILE *outfile;
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  vertex vertexloop;
+  long outvertices;
+  int vertexnumber;
+  int i;
+
+  if (b->jettison) {
+    outvertices = m->vertices.items - m->undeads;
+  } else {
+    outvertices = m->vertices.items;
+  }
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing vertices.\n");
+  }
+  /* Allocate memory for output vertices if necessary. */
+  if (*pointlist == (REAL *) NULL) {
+    *pointlist = (REAL *) trimalloc((int) (outvertices * 2 * sizeof(REAL)));
+  }
+  /* Allocate memory for output vertex attributes if necessary. */
+  if ((m->nextras > 0) && (*pointattriblist == (REAL *) NULL)) {
+    *pointattriblist = (REAL *) trimalloc((int) (outvertices * m->nextras *
+                                                 sizeof(REAL)));
+  }
+  /* Allocate memory for output vertex markers if necessary. */
+  if (!b->nobound && (*pointmarkerlist == (int *) NULL)) {
+    *pointmarkerlist = (int *) trimalloc((int) (outvertices * sizeof(int)));
+  }
+  plist = *pointlist;
+  palist = *pointattriblist;
+  pmlist = *pointmarkerlist;
+  coordindex = 0;
+  attribindex = 0;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing %s.\n", nodefilename);
+  }
+  outfile = fopen(nodefilename, "w");
+  if (outfile == (FILE *) NULL) {
+    printf("  Error:  Cannot create file %s.\n", nodefilename);
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  /* Number of vertices, number of dimensions, number of vertex attributes, */
+  /*   and number of boundary markers (zero or one).                        */
+  fprintf(outfile, "%ld  %d  %d  %d\n", outvertices, m->mesh_dim,
+          m->nextras, 1 - b->nobound);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+  traversalinit(&m->vertices);
+  vertexnumber = b->firstnumber;
+  vertexloop = vertextraverse(m);
+  while (vertexloop != (vertex) NULL) {
+    if (!b->jettison || (vertextype(vertexloop) != UNDEADVERTEX)) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+      /* X and y coordinates. */
+      plist[coordindex++] = vertexloop[0];
+      plist[coordindex++] = vertexloop[1];
+      /* Vertex attributes. */
+      for (i = 0; i < m->nextras; i++) {
+        palist[attribindex++] = vertexloop[2 + i];
+      }
+      if (!b->nobound) {
+        /* Copy the boundary marker. */
+        pmlist[vertexnumber - b->firstnumber] = vertexmark(vertexloop);
+      }
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      /* Vertex number, x and y coordinates. */
+      fprintf(outfile, "%4d    %.17g  %.17g", vertexnumber, vertexloop[0],
+              vertexloop[1]);
+      for (i = 0; i < m->nextras; i++) {
+        /* Write an attribute. */
+        fprintf(outfile, "  %.17g", vertexloop[i + 2]);
+      }
+      if (b->nobound) {
+        fprintf(outfile, "\n");
+      } else {
+        /* Write the boundary marker. */
+        fprintf(outfile, "    %d\n", vertexmark(vertexloop));
+      }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+      setvertexmark(vertexloop, vertexnumber);
+      vertexnumber++;
+    }
+    vertexloop = vertextraverse(m);
+  }
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+  finishfile(outfile, argc, argv);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  numbernodes()   Number the vertices.                                     */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Each vertex is assigned a marker equal to its number.                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Used when writenodes() is not called because no .node file is written.   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void numbernodes(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void numbernodes(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  vertex vertexloop;
+  int vertexnumber;
+
+  traversalinit(&m->vertices);
+  vertexnumber = b->firstnumber;
+  vertexloop = vertextraverse(m);
+  while (vertexloop != (vertex) NULL) {
+    setvertexmark(vertexloop, vertexnumber);
+    if (!b->jettison || (vertextype(vertexloop) != UNDEADVERTEX)) {
+      vertexnumber++;
+    }
+    vertexloop = vertextraverse(m);
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  writeelements()   Write the triangles to an .ele file.                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void writeelements(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                   int **trianglelist, REAL **triangleattriblist)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void writeelements(m, b, trianglelist, triangleattriblist)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+int **trianglelist;
+REAL **triangleattriblist;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void writeelements(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, char *elefilename,
+                   int argc, char **argv)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void writeelements(m, b, elefilename, argc, argv)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+char *elefilename;
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+{
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  int *tlist;
+  REAL *talist;
+  int vertexindex;
+  int attribindex;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  FILE *outfile;
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  struct otri triangleloop;
+  vertex p1, p2, p3;
+  vertex mid1, mid2, mid3;
+  long elementnumber;
+  int i;
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing triangles.\n");
+  }
+  /* Allocate memory for output triangles if necessary. */
+  if (*trianglelist == (int *) NULL) {
+    *trianglelist = (int *) trimalloc((int) (m->triangles.items *
+                                             ((b->order + 1) * (b->order + 2) /
+                                              2) * sizeof(int)));
+  }
+  /* Allocate memory for output triangle attributes if necessary. */
+  if ((m->eextras > 0) && (*triangleattriblist == (REAL *) NULL)) {
+    *triangleattriblist = (REAL *) trimalloc((int) (m->triangles.items *
+                                                    m->eextras *
+                                                    sizeof(REAL)));
+  }
+  tlist = *trianglelist;
+  talist = *triangleattriblist;
+  vertexindex = 0;
+  attribindex = 0;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing %s.\n", elefilename);
+  }
+  outfile = fopen(elefilename, "w");
+  if (outfile == (FILE *) NULL) {
+    printf("  Error:  Cannot create file %s.\n", elefilename);
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  /* Number of triangles, vertices per triangle, attributes per triangle. */
+  fprintf(outfile, "%ld  %d  %d\n", m->triangles.items,
+          (b->order + 1) * (b->order + 2) / 2, m->eextras);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+  traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+  triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  triangleloop.orient = 0;
+  elementnumber = b->firstnumber;
+  while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+    org(triangleloop, p1);
+    dest(triangleloop, p2);
+    apex(triangleloop, p3);
+    if (b->order == 1) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+      tlist[vertexindex++] = vertexmark(p1);
+      tlist[vertexindex++] = vertexmark(p2);
+      tlist[vertexindex++] = vertexmark(p3);
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      /* Triangle number, indices for three vertices. */
+      fprintf(outfile, "%4ld    %4d  %4d  %4d", elementnumber,
+              vertexmark(p1), vertexmark(p2), vertexmark(p3));
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    } else {
+      mid1 = (vertex) triangleloop.tri[m->highorderindex + 1];
+      mid2 = (vertex) triangleloop.tri[m->highorderindex + 2];
+      mid3 = (vertex) triangleloop.tri[m->highorderindex];
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+      tlist[vertexindex++] = vertexmark(p1);
+      tlist[vertexindex++] = vertexmark(p2);
+      tlist[vertexindex++] = vertexmark(p3);
+      tlist[vertexindex++] = vertexmark(mid1);
+      tlist[vertexindex++] = vertexmark(mid2);
+      tlist[vertexindex++] = vertexmark(mid3);
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      /* Triangle number, indices for six vertices. */
+      fprintf(outfile, "%4ld    %4d  %4d  %4d  %4d  %4d  %4d", elementnumber,
+              vertexmark(p1), vertexmark(p2), vertexmark(p3), vertexmark(mid1),
+              vertexmark(mid2), vertexmark(mid3));
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    }
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+    for (i = 0; i < m->eextras; i++) {
+      talist[attribindex++] = elemattribute(triangleloop, i);
+    }
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    for (i = 0; i < m->eextras; i++) {
+      fprintf(outfile, "  %.17g", elemattribute(triangleloop, i));
+    }
+    fprintf(outfile, "\n");
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+    triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+    elementnumber++;
+  }
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+  finishfile(outfile, argc, argv);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  writepoly()   Write the segments and holes to a .poly file.              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void writepoly(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+               int **segmentlist, int **segmentmarkerlist)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void writepoly(m, b, segmentlist, segmentmarkerlist)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+int **segmentlist;
+int **segmentmarkerlist;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void writepoly(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, char *polyfilename,
+               REAL *holelist, int holes, REAL *regionlist, int regions,
+               int argc, char **argv)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void writepoly(m, b, polyfilename, holelist, holes, regionlist, regions,
+               argc, argv)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+char *polyfilename;
+REAL *holelist;
+int holes;
+REAL *regionlist;
+int regions;
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+{
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  int *slist;
+  int *smlist;
+  int index;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  FILE *outfile;
+  long holenumber, regionnumber;
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  struct osub subsegloop;
+  vertex endpoint1, endpoint2;
+  long subsegnumber;
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing segments.\n");
+  }
+  /* Allocate memory for output segments if necessary. */
+  if (*segmentlist == (int *) NULL) {
+    *segmentlist = (int *) trimalloc((int) (m->subsegs.items * 2 *
+                                            sizeof(int)));
+  }
+  /* Allocate memory for output segment markers if necessary. */
+  if (!b->nobound && (*segmentmarkerlist == (int *) NULL)) {
+    *segmentmarkerlist = (int *) trimalloc((int) (m->subsegs.items *
+                                                  sizeof(int)));
+  }
+  slist = *segmentlist;
+  smlist = *segmentmarkerlist;
+  index = 0;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing %s.\n", polyfilename);
+  }
+  outfile = fopen(polyfilename, "w");
+  if (outfile == (FILE *) NULL) {
+    printf("  Error:  Cannot create file %s.\n", polyfilename);
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  /* The zero indicates that the vertices are in a separate .node file. */
+  /*   Followed by number of dimensions, number of vertex attributes,   */
+  /*   and number of boundary markers (zero or one).                    */
+  fprintf(outfile, "%d  %d  %d  %d\n", 0, m->mesh_dim, m->nextras,
+          1 - b->nobound);
+  /* Number of segments, number of boundary markers (zero or one). */
+  fprintf(outfile, "%ld  %d\n", m->subsegs.items, 1 - b->nobound);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+  traversalinit(&m->subsegs);
+  subsegloop.ss = subsegtraverse(m);
+  subsegloop.ssorient = 0;
+  subsegnumber = b->firstnumber;
+  while (subsegloop.ss != (subseg *) NULL) {
+    sorg(subsegloop, endpoint1);
+    sdest(subsegloop, endpoint2);
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+    /* Copy indices of the segment's two endpoints. */
+    slist[index++] = vertexmark(endpoint1);
+    slist[index++] = vertexmark(endpoint2);
+    if (!b->nobound) {
+      /* Copy the boundary marker. */
+      smlist[subsegnumber - b->firstnumber] = mark(subsegloop);
+    }
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    /* Segment number, indices of its two endpoints, and possibly a marker. */
+    if (b->nobound) {
+      fprintf(outfile, "%4ld    %4d  %4d\n", subsegnumber,
+              vertexmark(endpoint1), vertexmark(endpoint2));
+    } else {
+      fprintf(outfile, "%4ld    %4d  %4d    %4d\n", subsegnumber,
+              vertexmark(endpoint1), vertexmark(endpoint2), mark(subsegloop));
+    }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+    subsegloop.ss = subsegtraverse(m);
+    subsegnumber++;
+  }
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+  fprintf(outfile, "%d\n", holes);
+  if (holes > 0) {
+    for (holenumber = 0; holenumber < holes; holenumber++) {
+      /* Hole number, x and y coordinates. */
+      fprintf(outfile, "%4ld   %.17g  %.17g\n", b->firstnumber + holenumber,
+              holelist[2 * holenumber], holelist[2 * holenumber + 1]);
+    }
+  }
+  if (regions > 0) {
+    fprintf(outfile, "%d\n", regions);
+    for (regionnumber = 0; regionnumber < regions; regionnumber++) {
+      /* Region number, x and y coordinates, attribute, maximum area. */
+      fprintf(outfile, "%4ld   %.17g  %.17g  %.17g  %.17g\n",
+              b->firstnumber + regionnumber,
+              regionlist[4 * regionnumber], regionlist[4 * regionnumber + 1],
+              regionlist[4 * regionnumber + 2],
+              regionlist[4 * regionnumber + 3]);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+  finishfile(outfile, argc, argv);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  writeedges()   Write the edges to an .edge file.                         */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void writeedges(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b,
+                int **edgelist, int **edgemarkerlist)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void writeedges(m, b, edgelist, edgemarkerlist)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+int **edgelist;
+int **edgemarkerlist;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void writeedges(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, char *edgefilename,
+                int argc, char **argv)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void writeedges(m, b, edgefilename, argc, argv)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+char *edgefilename;
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+{
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  int *elist;
+  int *emlist;
+  int index;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  FILE *outfile;
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  struct otri triangleloop, trisym;
+  struct osub checkmark;
+  vertex p1, p2;
+  long edgenumber;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+  subseg sptr;                      /* Temporary variable used by tspivot(). */
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing edges.\n");
+  }
+  /* Allocate memory for edges if necessary. */
+  if (*edgelist == (int *) NULL) {
+    *edgelist = (int *) trimalloc((int) (m->edges * 2 * sizeof(int)));
+  }
+  /* Allocate memory for edge markers if necessary. */
+  if (!b->nobound && (*edgemarkerlist == (int *) NULL)) {
+    *edgemarkerlist = (int *) trimalloc((int) (m->edges * sizeof(int)));
+  }
+  elist = *edgelist;
+  emlist = *edgemarkerlist;
+  index = 0;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing %s.\n", edgefilename);
+  }
+  outfile = fopen(edgefilename, "w");
+  if (outfile == (FILE *) NULL) {
+    printf("  Error:  Cannot create file %s.\n", edgefilename);
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  /* Number of edges, number of boundary markers (zero or one). */
+  fprintf(outfile, "%ld  %d\n", m->edges, 1 - b->nobound);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+  traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+  triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  edgenumber = b->firstnumber;
+  /* To loop over the set of edges, loop over all triangles, and look at   */
+  /*   the three edges of each triangle.  If there isn't another triangle  */
+  /*   adjacent to the edge, operate on the edge.  If there is another     */
+  /*   adjacent triangle, operate on the edge only if the current triangle */
+  /*   has a smaller pointer than its neighbor.  This way, each edge is    */
+  /*   considered only once.                                               */
+  while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+    for (triangleloop.orient = 0; triangleloop.orient < 3;
+         triangleloop.orient++) {
+      sym(triangleloop, trisym);
+      if ((triangleloop.tri < trisym.tri) || (trisym.tri == m->dummytri)) {
+        org(triangleloop, p1);
+        dest(triangleloop, p2);
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+        elist[index++] = vertexmark(p1);
+        elist[index++] = vertexmark(p2);
+#endif /* TRILIBRARY */
+        if (b->nobound) {
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+          /* Edge number, indices of two endpoints. */
+          fprintf(outfile, "%4ld   %d  %d\n", edgenumber,
+                  vertexmark(p1), vertexmark(p2));
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+        } else {
+          /* Edge number, indices of two endpoints, and a boundary marker. */
+          /*   If there's no subsegment, the boundary marker is zero.      */
+          if (b->usesegments) {
+            tspivot(triangleloop, checkmark);
+            if (checkmark.ss == m->dummysub) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+              emlist[edgenumber - b->firstnumber] = 0;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+              fprintf(outfile, "%4ld   %d  %d  %d\n", edgenumber,
+                      vertexmark(p1), vertexmark(p2), 0);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+            } else {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+              emlist[edgenumber - b->firstnumber] = mark(checkmark);
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+              fprintf(outfile, "%4ld   %d  %d  %d\n", edgenumber,
+                      vertexmark(p1), vertexmark(p2), mark(checkmark));
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+            }
+          } else {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+            emlist[edgenumber - b->firstnumber] = trisym.tri == m->dummytri;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+            fprintf(outfile, "%4ld   %d  %d  %d\n", edgenumber,
+                    vertexmark(p1), vertexmark(p2), trisym.tri == m->dummytri);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+          }
+        }
+        edgenumber++;
+      }
+    }
+    triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  }
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+  finishfile(outfile, argc, argv);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  writevoronoi()   Write the Voronoi diagram to a .v.node and .v.edge      */
+/*                   file.                                                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The Voronoi diagram is the geometric dual of the Delaunay triangulation. */
+/*  Hence, the Voronoi vertices are listed by traversing the Delaunay        */
+/*  triangles, and the Voronoi edges are listed by traversing the Delaunay   */
+/*  edges.                                                                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  WARNING:  In order to assign numbers to the Voronoi vertices, this       */
+/*  procedure messes up the subsegments or the extra nodes of every          */
+/*  element.  Hence, you should call this procedure last.                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void writevoronoi(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, REAL **vpointlist,
+                  REAL **vpointattriblist, int **vpointmarkerlist,
+                  int **vedgelist, int **vedgemarkerlist, REAL **vnormlist)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void writevoronoi(m, b, vpointlist, vpointattriblist, vpointmarkerlist,
+                  vedgelist, vedgemarkerlist, vnormlist)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+REAL **vpointlist;
+REAL **vpointattriblist;
+int **vpointmarkerlist;
+int **vedgelist;
+int **vedgemarkerlist;
+REAL **vnormlist;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void writevoronoi(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, char *vnodefilename,
+                  char *vedgefilename, int argc, char **argv)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void writevoronoi(m, b, vnodefilename, vedgefilename, argc, argv)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+char *vnodefilename;
+char *vedgefilename;
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+{
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  REAL *plist;
+  REAL *palist;
+  int *elist;
+  REAL *normlist;
+  int coordindex;
+  int attribindex;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  FILE *outfile;
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  struct otri triangleloop, trisym;
+  vertex torg, tdest, tapex;
+  REAL circumcenter[2];
+  REAL xi, eta;
+  long vnodenumber, vedgenumber;
+  int p1, p2;
+  int i;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing Voronoi vertices.\n");
+  }
+  /* Allocate memory for Voronoi vertices if necessary. */
+  if (*vpointlist == (REAL *) NULL) {
+    *vpointlist = (REAL *) trimalloc((int) (m->triangles.items * 2 *
+                                            sizeof(REAL)));
+  }
+  /* Allocate memory for Voronoi vertex attributes if necessary. */
+  if (*vpointattriblist == (REAL *) NULL) {
+    *vpointattriblist = (REAL *) trimalloc((int) (m->triangles.items *
+                                                  m->nextras * sizeof(REAL)));
+  }
+  *vpointmarkerlist = (int *) NULL;
+  plist = *vpointlist;
+  palist = *vpointattriblist;
+  coordindex = 0;
+  attribindex = 0;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing %s.\n", vnodefilename);
+  }
+  outfile = fopen(vnodefilename, "w");
+  if (outfile == (FILE *) NULL) {
+    printf("  Error:  Cannot create file %s.\n", vnodefilename);
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  /* Number of triangles, two dimensions, number of vertex attributes, */
+  /*   no markers.                                                     */
+  fprintf(outfile, "%ld  %d  %d  %d\n", m->triangles.items, 2, m->nextras, 0);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+  traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+  triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  triangleloop.orient = 0;
+  vnodenumber = b->firstnumber;
+  while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+    org(triangleloop, torg);
+    dest(triangleloop, tdest);
+    apex(triangleloop, tapex);
+    findcircumcenter(m, b, torg, tdest, tapex, circumcenter, &xi, &eta, 0);
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+    /* X and y coordinates. */
+    plist[coordindex++] = circumcenter[0];
+    plist[coordindex++] = circumcenter[1];
+    for (i = 2; i < 2 + m->nextras; i++) {
+      /* Interpolate the vertex attributes at the circumcenter. */
+      palist[attribindex++] = torg[i] + xi * (tdest[i] - torg[i])
+                                     + eta * (tapex[i] - torg[i]);
+    }
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    /* Voronoi vertex number, x and y coordinates. */
+    fprintf(outfile, "%4ld    %.17g  %.17g", vnodenumber, circumcenter[0],
+            circumcenter[1]);
+    for (i = 2; i < 2 + m->nextras; i++) {
+      /* Interpolate the vertex attributes at the circumcenter. */
+      fprintf(outfile, "  %.17g", torg[i] + xi * (tdest[i] - torg[i])
+                                         + eta * (tapex[i] - torg[i]));
+    }
+    fprintf(outfile, "\n");
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+    * (int *) (triangleloop.tri + 6) = (int) vnodenumber;
+    triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+    vnodenumber++;
+  }
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+  finishfile(outfile, argc, argv);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing Voronoi edges.\n");
+  }
+  /* Allocate memory for output Voronoi edges if necessary. */
+  if (*vedgelist == (int *) NULL) {
+    *vedgelist = (int *) trimalloc((int) (m->edges * 2 * sizeof(int)));
+  }
+  *vedgemarkerlist = (int *) NULL;
+  /* Allocate memory for output Voronoi norms if necessary. */
+  if (*vnormlist == (REAL *) NULL) {
+    *vnormlist = (REAL *) trimalloc((int) (m->edges * 2 * sizeof(REAL)));
+  }
+  elist = *vedgelist;
+  normlist = *vnormlist;
+  coordindex = 0;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing %s.\n", vedgefilename);
+  }
+  outfile = fopen(vedgefilename, "w");
+  if (outfile == (FILE *) NULL) {
+    printf("  Error:  Cannot create file %s.\n", vedgefilename);
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  /* Number of edges, zero boundary markers. */
+  fprintf(outfile, "%ld  %d\n", m->edges, 0);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+  traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+  triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  vedgenumber = b->firstnumber;
+  /* To loop over the set of edges, loop over all triangles, and look at   */
+  /*   the three edges of each triangle.  If there isn't another triangle  */
+  /*   adjacent to the edge, operate on the edge.  If there is another     */
+  /*   adjacent triangle, operate on the edge only if the current triangle */
+  /*   has a smaller pointer than its neighbor.  This way, each edge is    */
+  /*   considered only once.                                               */
+  while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+    for (triangleloop.orient = 0; triangleloop.orient < 3;
+         triangleloop.orient++) {
+      sym(triangleloop, trisym);
+      if ((triangleloop.tri < trisym.tri) || (trisym.tri == m->dummytri)) {
+        /* Find the number of this triangle (and Voronoi vertex). */
+        p1 = * (int *) (triangleloop.tri + 6);
+        if (trisym.tri == m->dummytri) {
+          org(triangleloop, torg);
+          dest(triangleloop, tdest);
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+          /* Copy an infinite ray.  Index of one endpoint, and -1. */
+          elist[coordindex] = p1;
+          normlist[coordindex++] = tdest[1] - torg[1];
+          elist[coordindex] = -1;
+          normlist[coordindex++] = torg[0] - tdest[0];
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+          /* Write an infinite ray.  Edge number, index of one endpoint, -1, */
+          /*   and x and y coordinates of a vector representing the          */
+          /*   direction of the ray.                                         */
+          fprintf(outfile, "%4ld   %d  %d   %.17g  %.17g\n", vedgenumber,
+                  p1, -1, tdest[1] - torg[1], torg[0] - tdest[0]);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+        } else {
+          /* Find the number of the adjacent triangle (and Voronoi vertex). */
+          p2 = * (int *) (trisym.tri + 6);
+          /* Finite edge.  Write indices of two endpoints. */
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+          elist[coordindex] = p1;
+          normlist[coordindex++] = 0.0;
+          elist[coordindex] = p2;
+          normlist[coordindex++] = 0.0;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+          fprintf(outfile, "%4ld   %d  %d\n", vedgenumber, p1, p2);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+        }
+        vedgenumber++;
+      }
+    }
+    triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  }
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+  finishfile(outfile, argc, argv);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+}
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void writeneighbors(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, int **neighborlist)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void writeneighbors(m, b, neighborlist)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+int **neighborlist;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void writeneighbors(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, char *neighborfilename,
+                    int argc, char **argv)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void writeneighbors(m, b, neighborfilename, argc, argv)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+char *neighborfilename;
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+{
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  int *nlist;
+  int index;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  FILE *outfile;
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  struct otri triangleloop, trisym;
+  long elementnumber;
+  int neighbor1, neighbor2, neighbor3;
+  triangle ptr;                         /* Temporary variable used by sym(). */
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing neighbors.\n");
+  }
+  /* Allocate memory for neighbors if necessary. */
+  if (*neighborlist == (int *) NULL) {
+    *neighborlist = (int *) trimalloc((int) (m->triangles.items * 3 *
+                                             sizeof(int)));
+  }
+  nlist = *neighborlist;
+  index = 0;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing %s.\n", neighborfilename);
+  }
+  outfile = fopen(neighborfilename, "w");
+  if (outfile == (FILE *) NULL) {
+    printf("  Error:  Cannot create file %s.\n", neighborfilename);
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  /* Number of triangles, three neighbors per triangle. */
+  fprintf(outfile, "%ld  %d\n", m->triangles.items, 3);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+  traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+  triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  triangleloop.orient = 0;
+  elementnumber = b->firstnumber;
+  while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+    * (int *) (triangleloop.tri + 6) = (int) elementnumber;
+    triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+    elementnumber++;
+  }
+  * (int *) (m->dummytri + 6) = -1;
+
+  traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+  triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  elementnumber = b->firstnumber;
+  while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+    triangleloop.orient = 1;
+    sym(triangleloop, trisym);
+    neighbor1 = * (int *) (trisym.tri + 6);
+    triangleloop.orient = 2;
+    sym(triangleloop, trisym);
+    neighbor2 = * (int *) (trisym.tri + 6);
+    triangleloop.orient = 0;
+    sym(triangleloop, trisym);
+    neighbor3 = * (int *) (trisym.tri + 6);
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+    nlist[index++] = neighbor1;
+    nlist[index++] = neighbor2;
+    nlist[index++] = neighbor3;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    /* Triangle number, neighboring triangle numbers. */
+    fprintf(outfile, "%4ld    %d  %d  %d\n", elementnumber,
+            neighbor1, neighbor2, neighbor3);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+    triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+    elementnumber++;
+  }
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+  finishfile(outfile, argc, argv);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  writeoff()   Write the triangulation to an .off file.                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  OFF stands for the Object File Format, a format used by the Geometry     */
+/*  Center's Geomview package.                                               */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void writeoff(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b, char *offfilename,
+              int argc, char **argv)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void writeoff(m, b, offfilename, argc, argv)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+char *offfilename;
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  FILE *outfile;
+  struct otri triangleloop;
+  vertex vertexloop;
+  vertex p1, p2, p3;
+  long outvertices;
+
+  if (!b->quiet) {
+    printf("Writing %s.\n", offfilename);
+  }
+
+  if (b->jettison) {
+    outvertices = m->vertices.items - m->undeads;
+  } else {
+    outvertices = m->vertices.items;
+  }
+
+  outfile = fopen(offfilename, "w");
+  if (outfile == (FILE *) NULL) {
+    printf("  Error:  Cannot create file %s.\n", offfilename);
+    triexit(1);
+  }
+  /* Number of vertices, triangles, and edges. */
+  fprintf(outfile, "OFF\n%ld  %ld  %ld\n", outvertices, m->triangles.items,
+          m->edges);
+
+  /* Write the vertices. */
+  traversalinit(&m->vertices);
+  vertexloop = vertextraverse(m);
+  while (vertexloop != (vertex) NULL) {
+    if (!b->jettison || (vertextype(vertexloop) != UNDEADVERTEX)) {
+      /* The "0.0" is here because the OFF format uses 3D coordinates. */
+      fprintf(outfile, " %.17g  %.17g  %.17g\n", vertexloop[0], vertexloop[1],
+              0.0);
+    }
+    vertexloop = vertextraverse(m);
+  }
+
+  /* Write the triangles. */
+  traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+  triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  triangleloop.orient = 0;
+  while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+    org(triangleloop, p1);
+    dest(triangleloop, p2);
+    apex(triangleloop, p3);
+    /* The "3" means a three-vertex polygon. */
+    fprintf(outfile, " 3   %4d  %4d  %4d\n", vertexmark(p1) - b->firstnumber,
+            vertexmark(p2) - b->firstnumber, vertexmark(p3) - b->firstnumber);
+    triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  }
+  finishfile(outfile, argc, argv);
+}
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+/**                                                                         **/
+/**                                                                         **/
+/********* File I/O routines end here                                *********/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  quality_statistics()   Print statistics about the quality of the mesh.   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void quality_statistics(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void quality_statistics(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  struct otri triangleloop;
+  vertex p[3];
+  REAL cossquaretable[8];
+  REAL ratiotable[16];
+  REAL dx[3], dy[3];
+  REAL edgelength[3];
+  REAL dotproduct;
+  REAL cossquare;
+  REAL triarea;
+  REAL shortest, longest;
+  REAL trilongest2;
+  REAL smallestarea, biggestarea;
+  REAL triminaltitude2;
+  REAL minaltitude;
+  REAL triaspect2;
+  REAL worstaspect;
+  REAL smallestangle, biggestangle;
+  REAL radconst, degconst;
+  int angletable[18];
+  int aspecttable[16];
+  int aspectindex;
+  int tendegree;
+  int acutebiggest;
+  int i, ii, j, k;
+
+  printf("Mesh quality statistics:\n\n");
+  radconst = PI / 18.0;
+  degconst = 180.0 / PI;
+  for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
+    cossquaretable[i] = cos(radconst * (REAL) (i + 1));
+    cossquaretable[i] = cossquaretable[i] * cossquaretable[i];
+  }
+  for (i = 0; i < 18; i++) {
+    angletable[i] = 0;
+  }
+
+  ratiotable[0]  =      1.5;      ratiotable[1]  =     2.0;
+  ratiotable[2]  =      2.5;      ratiotable[3]  =     3.0;
+  ratiotable[4]  =      4.0;      ratiotable[5]  =     6.0;
+  ratiotable[6]  =     10.0;      ratiotable[7]  =    15.0;
+  ratiotable[8]  =     25.0;      ratiotable[9]  =    50.0;
+  ratiotable[10] =    100.0;      ratiotable[11] =   300.0;
+  ratiotable[12] =   1000.0;      ratiotable[13] = 10000.0;
+  ratiotable[14] = 100000.0;      ratiotable[15] =     0.0;
+  for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
+    aspecttable[i] = 0;
+  }
+
+  worstaspect = 0.0;
+  minaltitude = m->xmax - m->xmin + m->ymax - m->ymin;
+  minaltitude = minaltitude * minaltitude;
+  shortest = minaltitude;
+  longest = 0.0;
+  smallestarea = minaltitude;
+  biggestarea = 0.0;
+  worstaspect = 0.0;
+  smallestangle = 0.0;
+  biggestangle = 2.0;
+  acutebiggest = 1;
+
+  traversalinit(&m->triangles);
+  triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  triangleloop.orient = 0;
+  while (triangleloop.tri != (triangle *) NULL) {
+    org(triangleloop, p[0]);
+    dest(triangleloop, p[1]);
+    apex(triangleloop, p[2]);
+    trilongest2 = 0.0;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+      j = plus1mod3[i];
+      k = minus1mod3[i];
+      dx[i] = p[j][0] - p[k][0];
+      dy[i] = p[j][1] - p[k][1];
+      edgelength[i] = dx[i] * dx[i] + dy[i] * dy[i];
+      if (edgelength[i] > trilongest2) {
+        trilongest2 = edgelength[i];
+      }
+      if (edgelength[i] > longest) {
+        longest = edgelength[i];
+      }
+      if (edgelength[i] < shortest) {
+        shortest = edgelength[i];
+      }
+    }
+
+    triarea = counterclockwise(m, b, p[0], p[1], p[2]);
+    if (triarea < smallestarea) {
+      smallestarea = triarea;
+    }
+    if (triarea > biggestarea) {
+      biggestarea = triarea;
+    }
+    triminaltitude2 = triarea * triarea / trilongest2;
+    if (triminaltitude2 < minaltitude) {
+      minaltitude = triminaltitude2;
+    }
+    triaspect2 = trilongest2 / triminaltitude2;
+    if (triaspect2 > worstaspect) {
+      worstaspect = triaspect2;
+    }
+    aspectindex = 0;
+    while ((triaspect2 > ratiotable[aspectindex] * ratiotable[aspectindex])
+           && (aspectindex < 15)) {
+      aspectindex++;
+    }
+    aspecttable[aspectindex]++;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+      j = plus1mod3[i];
+      k = minus1mod3[i];
+      dotproduct = dx[j] * dx[k] + dy[j] * dy[k];
+      cossquare = dotproduct * dotproduct / (edgelength[j] * edgelength[k]);
+      tendegree = 8;
+      for (ii = 7; ii >= 0; ii--) {
+        if (cossquare > cossquaretable[ii]) {
+          tendegree = ii;
+        }
+      }
+      if (dotproduct <= 0.0) {
+        angletable[tendegree]++;
+        if (cossquare > smallestangle) {
+          smallestangle = cossquare;
+        }
+        if (acutebiggest && (cossquare < biggestangle)) {
+          biggestangle = cossquare;
+        }
+      } else {
+        angletable[17 - tendegree]++;
+        if (acutebiggest || (cossquare > biggestangle)) {
+          biggestangle = cossquare;
+          acutebiggest = 0;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    triangleloop.tri = triangletraverse(m);
+  }
+
+  shortest = sqrt(shortest);
+  longest = sqrt(longest);
+  minaltitude = sqrt(minaltitude);
+  worstaspect = sqrt(worstaspect);
+  smallestarea *= 0.5;
+  biggestarea *= 0.5;
+  if (smallestangle >= 1.0) {
+    smallestangle = 0.0;
+  } else {
+    smallestangle = degconst * acos(sqrt(smallestangle));
+  }
+  if (biggestangle >= 1.0) {
+    biggestangle = 180.0;
+  } else {
+    if (acutebiggest) {
+      biggestangle = degconst * acos(sqrt(biggestangle));
+    } else {
+      biggestangle = 180.0 - degconst * acos(sqrt(biggestangle));
+    }
+  }
+
+  printf("  Smallest area: %16.5g   |  Largest area: %16.5g\n",
+         smallestarea, biggestarea);
+  printf("  Shortest edge: %16.5g   |  Longest edge: %16.5g\n",
+         shortest, longest);
+  printf("  Shortest altitude: %12.5g   |  Largest aspect ratio: %8.5g\n\n",
+         minaltitude, worstaspect);
+
+  printf("  Triangle aspect ratio histogram:\n");
+  printf("  1.1547 - %-6.6g    :  %8d    | %6.6g - %-6.6g     :  %8d\n",
+         ratiotable[0], aspecttable[0], ratiotable[7], ratiotable[8],
+         aspecttable[8]);
+  for (i = 1; i < 7; i++) {
+    printf("  %6.6g - %-6.6g    :  %8d    | %6.6g - %-6.6g     :  %8d\n",
+           ratiotable[i - 1], ratiotable[i], aspecttable[i],
+           ratiotable[i + 7], ratiotable[i + 8], aspecttable[i + 8]);
+  }
+  printf("  %6.6g - %-6.6g    :  %8d    | %6.6g -            :  %8d\n",
+         ratiotable[6], ratiotable[7], aspecttable[7], ratiotable[14],
+         aspecttable[15]);
+  printf("  (Aspect ratio is longest edge divided by shortest altitude)\n\n");
+
+  printf("  Smallest angle: %15.5g   |  Largest angle: %15.5g\n\n",
+         smallestangle, biggestangle);
+
+  printf("  Angle histogram:\n");
+  for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) {
+    printf("    %3d - %3d degrees:  %8d    |    %3d - %3d degrees:  %8d\n",
+           i * 10, i * 10 + 10, angletable[i],
+           i * 10 + 90, i * 10 + 100, angletable[i + 9]);
+  }
+  printf("\n");
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  statistics()   Print all sorts of cool facts.                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void statistics(struct mesh *m, struct behavior *b)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void statistics(m, b)
+struct mesh *m;
+struct behavior *b;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+{
+  printf("\nStatistics:\n\n");
+  printf("  Input vertices: %d\n", m->invertices);
+  if (b->refine) {
+    printf("  Input triangles: %d\n", m->inelements);
+  }
+  if (b->poly) {
+    printf("  Input segments: %d\n", m->insegments);
+    if (!b->refine) {
+      printf("  Input holes: %d\n", m->holes);
+    }
+  }
+
+  printf("\n  Mesh vertices: %ld\n", m->vertices.items - m->undeads);
+  printf("  Mesh triangles: %ld\n", m->triangles.items);
+  printf("  Mesh edges: %ld\n", m->edges);
+  printf("  Mesh exterior boundary edges: %ld\n", m->hullsize);
+  if (b->poly || b->refine) {
+    printf("  Mesh interior boundary edges: %ld\n",
+           m->subsegs.items - m->hullsize);
+    printf("  Mesh subsegments (constrained edges): %ld\n",
+           m->subsegs.items);
+  }
+  printf("\n");
+
+  if (b->verbose) {
+    quality_statistics(m, b);
+    printf("Memory allocation statistics:\n\n");
+    printf("  Maximum number of vertices: %ld\n", m->vertices.maxitems);
+    printf("  Maximum number of triangles: %ld\n", m->triangles.maxitems);
+    if (m->subsegs.maxitems > 0) {
+      printf("  Maximum number of subsegments: %ld\n", m->subsegs.maxitems);
+    }
+    if (m->viri.maxitems > 0) {
+      printf("  Maximum number of viri: %ld\n", m->viri.maxitems);
+    }
+    if (m->badsubsegs.maxitems > 0) {
+      printf("  Maximum number of encroached subsegments: %ld\n",
+             m->badsubsegs.maxitems);
+    }
+    if (m->badtriangles.maxitems > 0) {
+      printf("  Maximum number of bad triangles: %ld\n",
+             m->badtriangles.maxitems);
+    }
+    if (m->flipstackers.maxitems > 0) {
+      printf("  Maximum number of stacked triangle flips: %ld\n",
+             m->flipstackers.maxitems);
+    }
+    if (m->splaynodes.maxitems > 0) {
+      printf("  Maximum number of splay tree nodes: %ld\n",
+             m->splaynodes.maxitems);
+    }
+    printf("  Approximate heap memory use (bytes): %ld\n\n",
+           m->vertices.maxitems * m->vertices.itembytes +
+           m->triangles.maxitems * m->triangles.itembytes +
+           m->subsegs.maxitems * m->subsegs.itembytes +
+           m->viri.maxitems * m->viri.itembytes +
+           m->badsubsegs.maxitems * m->badsubsegs.itembytes +
+           m->badtriangles.maxitems * m->badtriangles.itembytes +
+           m->flipstackers.maxitems * m->flipstackers.itembytes +
+           m->splaynodes.maxitems * m->splaynodes.itembytes);
+
+    printf("Algorithmic statistics:\n\n");
+    if (!b->weighted) {
+      printf("  Number of incircle tests: %ld\n", m->incirclecount);
+    } else {
+      printf("  Number of 3D orientation tests: %ld\n", m->orient3dcount);
+    }
+    printf("  Number of 2D orientation tests: %ld\n", m->counterclockcount);
+    if (m->hyperbolacount > 0) {
+      printf("  Number of right-of-hyperbola tests: %ld\n",
+             m->hyperbolacount);
+    }
+    if (m->circletopcount > 0) {
+      printf("  Number of circle top computations: %ld\n",
+             m->circletopcount);
+    }
+    if (m->circumcentercount > 0) {
+      printf("  Number of triangle circumcenter computations: %ld\n",
+             m->circumcentercount);
+    }
+    printf("\n");
+  }
+}
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  main() or triangulate()   Gosh, do everything.                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The sequence is roughly as follows.  Many of these steps can be skipped, */
+/*  depending on the command line switches.                                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  - Initialize constants and parse the command line.                       */
+/*  - Read the vertices from a file and either                               */
+/*    - triangulate them (no -r), or                                         */
+/*    - read an old mesh from files and reconstruct it (-r).                 */
+/*  - Insert the PSLG segments (-p), and possibly segments on the convex     */
+/*      hull (-c).                                                           */
+/*  - Read the holes (-p), regional attributes (-pA), and regional area      */
+/*      constraints (-pa).  Carve the holes and concavities, and spread the  */
+/*      regional attributes and area constraints.                            */
+/*  - Enforce the constraints on minimum angle (-q) and maximum area (-a).   */
+/*      Also enforce the conforming Delaunay property (-q and -a).           */
+/*  - Compute the number of edges in the resulting mesh.                     */
+/*  - Promote the mesh's linear triangles to higher order elements (-o).     */
+/*  - Write the output files and print the statistics.                       */
+/*  - Check the consistency and Delaunay property of the mesh (-C).          */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void triangulate(char *triswitches, struct triangulateio *in,
+                 struct triangulateio *out, struct triangulateio *vorout)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void triangulate(triswitches, in, out, vorout)
+char *triswitches;
+struct triangulateio *in;
+struct triangulateio *out;
+struct triangulateio *vorout;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+int main(argc, argv)
+int argc;
+char **argv;
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+{
+  struct mesh m;
+  struct behavior b;
+  REAL *holearray;                                        /* Array of holes. */
+  REAL *regionarray;   /* Array of regional attributes and area constraints. */
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+  FILE *polyfile;
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+#ifndef NO_TIMER
+  /* Variables for timing the performance of Triangle.  The types are */
+  /*   defined in sys/time.h.                                         */
+  struct timeval tv0, tv1, tv2, tv3, tv4, tv5, tv6;
+  struct timezone tz;
+#endif /* not NO_TIMER */
+
+#ifndef NO_TIMER
+  gettimeofday(&tv0, &tz);
+#endif /* not NO_TIMER */
+
+  triangleinit(&m);
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  parsecommandline(1, &triswitches, &b);
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  parsecommandline(argc, argv, &b);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  m.steinerleft = b.steiner;
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  transfernodes(&m, &b, in->pointlist, in->pointattributelist,
+                in->pointmarkerlist, in->numberofpoints,
+                in->numberofpointattributes);
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  readnodes(&m, &b, b.innodefilename, b.inpolyfilename, &polyfile);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+
+#ifndef NO_TIMER
+  if (!b.quiet) {
+    gettimeofday(&tv1, &tz);
+  }
+#endif /* not NO_TIMER */
+
+#ifdef CDT_ONLY
+  m.hullsize = delaunay(&m, &b);                /* Triangulate the vertices. */
+#else /* not CDT_ONLY */
+  if (b.refine) {
+    /* Read and reconstruct a mesh. */
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+    m.hullsize = reconstruct(&m, &b, in->trianglelist,
+                             in->triangleattributelist, in->trianglearealist,
+                             in->numberoftriangles, in->numberofcorners,
+                             in->numberoftriangleattributes,
+                             in->segmentlist, in->segmentmarkerlist,
+                             in->numberofsegments);
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    m.hullsize = reconstruct(&m, &b, b.inelefilename, b.areafilename,
+                             b.inpolyfilename, polyfile);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  } else {
+    m.hullsize = delaunay(&m, &b);              /* Triangulate the vertices. */
+  }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+#ifndef NO_TIMER
+  if (!b.quiet) {
+    gettimeofday(&tv2, &tz);
+    if (b.refine) {
+      printf("Mesh reconstruction");
+    } else {
+      printf("Delaunay");
+    }
+    printf(" milliseconds:  %ld\n", 1000l * (tv2.tv_sec - tv1.tv_sec) +
+           (tv2.tv_usec - tv1.tv_usec) / 1000l);
+  }
+#endif /* not NO_TIMER */
+
+  /* Ensure that no vertex can be mistaken for a triangular bounding */
+  /*   box vertex in insertvertex().                                 */
+  m.infvertex1 = (vertex) NULL;
+  m.infvertex2 = (vertex) NULL;
+  m.infvertex3 = (vertex) NULL;
+
+  if (b.usesegments) {
+    m.checksegments = 1;                /* Segments will be introduced next. */
+    if (!b.refine) {
+      /* Insert PSLG segments and/or convex hull segments. */
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+      formskeleton(&m, &b, in->segmentlist,
+                   in->segmentmarkerlist, in->numberofsegments);
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      formskeleton(&m, &b, polyfile, b.inpolyfilename);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    }
+  }
+
+#ifndef NO_TIMER
+  if (!b.quiet) {
+    gettimeofday(&tv3, &tz);
+    if (b.usesegments && !b.refine) {
+      printf("Segment milliseconds:  %ld\n",
+             1000l * (tv3.tv_sec - tv2.tv_sec) +
+             (tv3.tv_usec - tv2.tv_usec) / 1000l);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* not NO_TIMER */
+
+  if (b.poly && (m.triangles.items > 0)) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+    holearray = in->holelist;
+    m.holes = in->numberofholes;
+    regionarray = in->regionlist;
+    m.regions = in->numberofregions;
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    readholes(&m, &b, polyfile, b.inpolyfilename, &holearray, &m.holes,
+              &regionarray, &m.regions);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    if (!b.refine) {
+      /* Carve out holes and concavities. */
+      carveholes(&m, &b, holearray, m.holes, regionarray, m.regions);
+    }
+  } else {
+    /* Without a PSLG, there can be no holes or regional attributes   */
+    /*   or area constraints.  The following are set to zero to avoid */
+    /*   an accidental free() later.                                  */
+    m.holes = 0;
+    m.regions = 0;
+  }
+
+#ifndef NO_TIMER
+  if (!b.quiet) {
+    gettimeofday(&tv4, &tz);
+    if (b.poly && !b.refine) {
+      printf("Hole milliseconds:  %ld\n", 1000l * (tv4.tv_sec - tv3.tv_sec) +
+             (tv4.tv_usec - tv3.tv_usec) / 1000l);
+    }
+  }
+#endif /* not NO_TIMER */
+
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+  if (b.quality && (m.triangles.items > 0)) {
+    enforcequality(&m, &b);           /* Enforce angle and area constraints. */
+  }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+
+#ifndef NO_TIMER
+  if (!b.quiet) {
+    gettimeofday(&tv5, &tz);
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+    if (b.quality) {
+      printf("Quality milliseconds:  %ld\n",
+             1000l * (tv5.tv_sec - tv4.tv_sec) +
+             (tv5.tv_usec - tv4.tv_usec) / 1000l);
+    }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+  }
+#endif /* not NO_TIMER */
+
+  /* Calculate the number of edges. */
+  m.edges = (3l * m.triangles.items + m.hullsize) / 2l;
+
+  if (b.order > 1) {
+    highorder(&m, &b);       /* Promote elements to higher polynomial order. */
+  }
+  if (!b.quiet) {
+    printf("\n");
+  }
+
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+  if (b.jettison) {
+    out->numberofpoints = m.vertices.items - m.undeads;
+  } else {
+    out->numberofpoints = m.vertices.items;
+  }
+  out->numberofpointattributes = m.nextras;
+  out->numberoftriangles = m.triangles.items;
+  out->numberofcorners = (b.order + 1) * (b.order + 2) / 2;
+  out->numberoftriangleattributes = m.eextras;
+  out->numberofedges = m.edges;
+  if (b.usesegments) {
+    out->numberofsegments = m.subsegs.items;
+  } else {
+    out->numberofsegments = m.hullsize;
+  }
+  if (vorout != (struct triangulateio *) NULL) {
+    vorout->numberofpoints = m.triangles.items;
+    vorout->numberofpointattributes = m.nextras;
+    vorout->numberofedges = m.edges;
+  }
+#endif /* TRILIBRARY */
+  /* If not using iteration numbers, don't write a .node file if one was */
+  /*   read, because the original one would be overwritten!              */
+  if (b.nonodewritten || (b.noiterationnum && m.readnodefile)) {
+    if (!b.quiet) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+      printf("NOT writing vertices.\n");
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      printf("NOT writing a .node file.\n");
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    }
+    numbernodes(&m, &b);         /* We must remember to number the vertices. */
+  } else {
+    /* writenodes() numbers the vertices too. */
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+    writenodes(&m, &b, &out->pointlist, &out->pointattributelist,
+               &out->pointmarkerlist);
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    writenodes(&m, &b, b.outnodefilename, argc, argv);
+#endif /* TRILIBRARY */
+  }
+  if (b.noelewritten) {
+    if (!b.quiet) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+      printf("NOT writing triangles.\n");
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      printf("NOT writing an .ele file.\n");
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    }
+  } else {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+    writeelements(&m, &b, &out->trianglelist, &out->triangleattributelist);
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    writeelements(&m, &b, b.outelefilename, argc, argv);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  }
+  /* The -c switch (convex switch) causes a PSLG to be written */
+  /*   even if none was read.                                  */
+  if (b.poly || b.convex) {
+    /* If not using iteration numbers, don't overwrite the .poly file. */
+    if (b.nopolywritten || b.noiterationnum) {
+      if (!b.quiet) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+        printf("NOT writing segments.\n");
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+        printf("NOT writing a .poly file.\n");
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      }
+    } else {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+      writepoly(&m, &b, &out->segmentlist, &out->segmentmarkerlist);
+      out->numberofholes = m.holes;
+      out->numberofregions = m.regions;
+      if (b.poly) {
+        out->holelist = in->holelist;
+        out->regionlist = in->regionlist;
+      } else {
+        out->holelist = (REAL *) NULL;
+        out->regionlist = (REAL *) NULL;
+      }
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+      writepoly(&m, &b, b.outpolyfilename, holearray, m.holes, regionarray,
+                m.regions, argc, argv);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    }
+  }
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+#ifndef CDT_ONLY
+  if (m.regions > 0) {
+    trifree((VOID *) regionarray);
+  }
+#endif /* not CDT_ONLY */
+  if (m.holes > 0) {
+    trifree((VOID *) holearray);
+  }
+  if (b.geomview) {
+    writeoff(&m, &b, b.offfilename, argc, argv);
+  }
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  if (b.edgesout) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+    writeedges(&m, &b, &out->edgelist, &out->edgemarkerlist);
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    writeedges(&m, &b, b.edgefilename, argc, argv);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  }
+  if (b.voronoi) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+    writevoronoi(&m, &b, &vorout->pointlist, &vorout->pointattributelist,
+                 &vorout->pointmarkerlist, &vorout->edgelist,
+                 &vorout->edgemarkerlist, &vorout->normlist);
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    writevoronoi(&m, &b, b.vnodefilename, b.vedgefilename, argc, argv);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  }
+  if (b.neighbors) {
+#ifdef TRILIBRARY
+    writeneighbors(&m, &b, &out->neighborlist);
+#else /* not TRILIBRARY */
+    writeneighbors(&m, &b, b.neighborfilename, argc, argv);
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+  }
+
+  if (!b.quiet) {
+#ifndef NO_TIMER
+    gettimeofday(&tv6, &tz);
+    printf("\nOutput milliseconds:  %ld\n",
+           1000l * (tv6.tv_sec - tv5.tv_sec) +
+           (tv6.tv_usec - tv5.tv_usec) / 1000l);
+    printf("Total running milliseconds:  %ld\n",
+           1000l * (tv6.tv_sec - tv0.tv_sec) +
+           (tv6.tv_usec - tv0.tv_usec) / 1000l);
+#endif /* not NO_TIMER */
+
+    statistics(&m, &b);
+  }
+
+#ifndef REDUCED
+  if (b.docheck) {
+    checkmesh(&m, &b);
+    checkdelaunay(&m, &b);
+  }
+#endif /* not REDUCED */
+
+  triangledeinit(&m, &b);
+#ifndef TRILIBRARY
+  return 0;
+#endif /* not TRILIBRARY */
+}

Added: grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/triangle.h
===================================================================
--- grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/triangle.h	                        (rev 0)
+++ grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/triangle.h	2012-03-31 08:56:38 UTC (rev 51217)
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  (triangle.h)                                                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Include file for programs that call Triangle.                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Accompanies Triangle Version 1.6                                         */
+/*  July 28, 2005                                                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Copyright 1996, 2005                                                     */
+/*  Jonathan Richard Shewchuk                                                */
+/*  2360 Woolsey #H                                                          */
+/*  Berkeley, California  94705-1927                                         */
+/*  jrs at cs.berkeley.edu                                                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  How to call Triangle from another program                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  If you haven't read Triangle's instructions (run "triangle -h" to read   */
+/*  them), you won't understand what follows.                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Triangle must be compiled into an object file (triangle.o) with the      */
+/*  TRILIBRARY symbol defined (generally by using the -DTRILIBRARY compiler  */
+/*  switch).  The makefile included with Triangle will do this for you if    */
+/*  you run "make trilibrary".  The resulting object file can be called via  */
+/*  the procedure triangulate().                                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  If the size of the object file is important to you, you may wish to      */
+/*  generate a reduced version of triangle.o.  The REDUCED symbol gets rid   */
+/*  of all features that are primarily of research interest.  Specifically,  */
+/*  the -DREDUCED switch eliminates Triangle's -i, -F, -s, and -C switches.  */
+/*  The CDT_ONLY symbol gets rid of all meshing algorithms above and beyond  */
+/*  constrained Delaunay triangulation.  Specifically, the -DCDT_ONLY switch */
+/*  eliminates Triangle's -r, -q, -a, -u, -D, -Y, -S, and -s switches.       */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  IMPORTANT:  These definitions (TRILIBRARY, REDUCED, CDT_ONLY) must be    */
+/*  made in the makefile or in triangle.c itself.  Putting these definitions */
+/*  in this file (triangle.h) will not create the desired effect.            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The calling convention for triangulate() follows.                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*      void triangulate(triswitches, in, out, vorout)                       */
+/*      char *triswitches;                                                   */
+/*      struct triangulateio *in;                                            */
+/*      struct triangulateio *out;                                           */
+/*      struct triangulateio *vorout;                                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `triswitches' is a string containing the command line switches you wish  */
+/*  to invoke.  No initial dash is required.  Some suggestions:              */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  - You'll probably find it convenient to use the `z' switch so that       */
+/*    points (and other items) are numbered from zero.  This simplifies      */
+/*    indexing, because the first item of any type always starts at index    */
+/*    [0] of the corresponding array, whether that item's number is zero or  */
+/*    one.                                                                   */
+/*  - You'll probably want to use the `Q' (quiet) switch in your final code, */
+/*    but you can take advantage of Triangle's printed output (including the */
+/*    `V' switch) while debugging.                                           */
+/*  - If you are not using the `q', `a', `u', `D', `j', or `s' switches,     */
+/*    then the output points will be identical to the input points, except   */
+/*    possibly for the boundary markers.  If you don't need the boundary     */
+/*    markers, you should use the `N' (no nodes output) switch to save       */
+/*    memory.  (If you do need boundary markers, but need to save memory, a  */
+/*    good nasty trick is to set out->pointlist equal to in->pointlist       */
+/*    before calling triangulate(), so that Triangle overwrites the input    */
+/*    points with identical copies.)                                         */
+/*  - The `I' (no iteration numbers) and `g' (.off file output) switches     */
+/*    have no effect when Triangle is compiled with TRILIBRARY defined.      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `in', `out', and `vorout' are descriptions of the input, the output,     */
+/*  and the Voronoi output.  If the `v' (Voronoi output) switch is not used, */
+/*  `vorout' may be NULL.  `in' and `out' may never be NULL.                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Certain fields of the input and output structures must be initialized,   */
+/*  as described below.                                                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  The `triangulateio' structure.                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Used to pass data into and out of the triangulate() procedure.           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Arrays are used to store points, triangles, markers, and so forth.  In   */
+/*  all cases, the first item in any array is stored starting at index [0].  */
+/*  However, that item is item number `1' unless the `z' switch is used, in  */
+/*  which case it is item number `0'.  Hence, you may find it easier to      */
+/*  index points (and triangles in the neighbor list) if you use the `z'     */
+/*  switch.  Unless, of course, you're calling Triangle from a Fortran       */
+/*  program.                                                                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Description of fields (except the `numberof' fields, which are obvious): */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `pointlist':  An array of point coordinates.  The first point's x        */
+/*    coordinate is at index [0] and its y coordinate at index [1], followed */
+/*    by the coordinates of the remaining points.  Each point occupies two   */
+/*    REALs.                                                                 */
+/*  `pointattributelist':  An array of point attributes.  Each point's       */
+/*    attributes occupy `numberofpointattributes' REALs.                     */
+/*  `pointmarkerlist':  An array of point markers; one int per point.        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `trianglelist':  An array of triangle corners.  The first triangle's     */
+/*    first corner is at index [0], followed by its other two corners in     */
+/*    counterclockwise order, followed by any other nodes if the triangle    */
+/*    represents a nonlinear element.  Each triangle occupies                */
+/*    `numberofcorners' ints.                                                */
+/*  `triangleattributelist':  An array of triangle attributes.  Each         */
+/*    triangle's attributes occupy `numberoftriangleattributes' REALs.       */
+/*  `trianglearealist':  An array of triangle area constraints; one REAL per */
+/*    triangle.  Input only.                                                 */
+/*  `neighborlist':  An array of triangle neighbors; three ints per          */
+/*    triangle.  Output only.                                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `segmentlist':  An array of segment endpoints.  The first segment's      */
+/*    endpoints are at indices [0] and [1], followed by the remaining        */
+/*    segments.  Two ints per segment.                                       */
+/*  `segmentmarkerlist':  An array of segment markers; one int per segment.  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `holelist':  An array of holes.  The first hole's x and y coordinates    */
+/*    are at indices [0] and [1], followed by the remaining holes.  Two      */
+/*    REALs per hole.  Input only, although the pointer is copied to the     */
+/*    output structure for your convenience.                                 */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `regionlist':  An array of regional attributes and area constraints.     */
+/*    The first constraint's x and y coordinates are at indices [0] and [1], */
+/*    followed by the regional attribute at index [2], followed by the       */
+/*    maximum area at index [3], followed by the remaining area constraints. */
+/*    Four REALs per area constraint.  Note that each regional attribute is  */
+/*    used only if you select the `A' switch, and each area constraint is    */
+/*    used only if you select the `a' switch (with no number following), but */
+/*    omitting one of these switches does not change the memory layout.      */
+/*    Input only, although the pointer is copied to the output structure for */
+/*    your convenience.                                                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `edgelist':  An array of edge endpoints.  The first edge's endpoints are */
+/*    at indices [0] and [1], followed by the remaining edges.  Two ints per */
+/*    edge.  Output only.                                                    */
+/*  `edgemarkerlist':  An array of edge markers; one int per edge.  Output   */
+/*    only.                                                                  */
+/*  `normlist':  An array of normal vectors, used for infinite rays in       */
+/*    Voronoi diagrams.  The first normal vector's x and y magnitudes are    */
+/*    at indices [0] and [1], followed by the remaining vectors.  For each   */
+/*    finite edge in a Voronoi diagram, the normal vector written is the     */
+/*    zero vector.  Two REALs per edge.  Output only.                        */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Any input fields that Triangle will examine must be initialized.         */
+/*  Furthermore, for each output array that Triangle will write to, you      */
+/*  must either provide space by setting the appropriate pointer to point    */
+/*  to the space you want the data written to, or you must initialize the    */
+/*  pointer to NULL, which tells Triangle to allocate space for the results. */
+/*  The latter option is preferable, because Triangle always knows exactly   */
+/*  how much space to allocate.  The former option is provided mainly for    */
+/*  people who need to call Triangle from Fortran code, though it also makes */
+/*  possible some nasty space-saving tricks, like writing the output to the  */
+/*  same arrays as the input.                                                */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Triangle will not free() any input or output arrays, including those it  */
+/*  allocates itself; that's up to you.  You should free arrays allocated by */
+/*  Triangle by calling the trifree() procedure defined below.  (By default, */
+/*  trifree() just calls the standard free() library procedure, but          */
+/*  applications that call triangulate() may replace trimalloc() and         */
+/*  trifree() in triangle.c to use specialized memory allocators.)           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  Here's a guide to help you decide which fields you must initialize       */
+/*  before you call triangulate().                                           */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `in':                                                                    */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*    - `pointlist' must always point to a list of points; `numberofpoints'  */
+/*      and `numberofpointattributes' must be properly set.                  */
+/*      `pointmarkerlist' must either be set to NULL (in which case all      */
+/*      markers default to zero), or must point to a list of markers.  If    */
+/*      `numberofpointattributes' is not zero, `pointattributelist' must     */
+/*      point to a list of point attributes.                                 */
+/*    - If the `r' switch is used, `trianglelist' must point to a list of    */
+/*      triangles, and `numberoftriangles', `numberofcorners', and           */
+/*      `numberoftriangleattributes' must be properly set.  If               */
+/*      `numberoftriangleattributes' is not zero, `triangleattributelist'    */
+/*      must point to a list of triangle attributes.  If the `a' switch is   */
+/*      used (with no number following), `trianglearealist' must point to a  */
+/*      list of triangle area constraints.  `neighborlist' may be ignored.   */
+/*    - If the `p' switch is used, `segmentlist' must point to a list of     */
+/*      segments, `numberofsegments' must be properly set, and               */
+/*      `segmentmarkerlist' must either be set to NULL (in which case all    */
+/*      markers default to zero), or must point to a list of markers.        */
+/*    - If the `p' switch is used without the `r' switch, then               */
+/*      `numberofholes' and `numberofregions' must be properly set.  If      */
+/*      `numberofholes' is not zero, `holelist' must point to a list of      */
+/*      holes.  If `numberofregions' is not zero, `regionlist' must point to */
+/*      a list of region constraints.                                        */
+/*    - If the `p' switch is used, `holelist', `numberofholes',              */
+/*      `regionlist', and `numberofregions' is copied to `out'.  (You can    */
+/*      nonetheless get away with not initializing them if the `r' switch is */
+/*      used.)                                                               */
+/*    - `edgelist', `edgemarkerlist', `normlist', and `numberofedges' may be */
+/*      ignored.                                                             */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `out':                                                                   */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*    - `pointlist' must be initialized (NULL or pointing to memory) unless  */
+/*      the `N' switch is used.  `pointmarkerlist' must be initialized       */
+/*      unless the `N' or `B' switch is used.  If `N' is not used and        */
+/*      `in->numberofpointattributes' is not zero, `pointattributelist' must */
+/*      be initialized.                                                      */
+/*    - `trianglelist' must be initialized unless the `E' switch is used.    */
+/*      `neighborlist' must be initialized if the `n' switch is used.  If    */
+/*      the `E' switch is not used and (`in->numberofelementattributes' is   */
+/*      not zero or the `A' switch is used), `elementattributelist' must be  */
+/*      initialized.  `trianglearealist' may be ignored.                     */
+/*    - `segmentlist' must be initialized if the `p' or `c' switch is used,  */
+/*      and the `P' switch is not used.  `segmentmarkerlist' must also be    */
+/*      initialized under these circumstances unless the `B' switch is used. */
+/*    - `edgelist' must be initialized if the `e' switch is used.            */
+/*      `edgemarkerlist' must be initialized if the `e' switch is used and   */
+/*      the `B' switch is not.                                               */
+/*    - `holelist', `regionlist', `normlist', and all scalars may be ignored.*/
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  `vorout' (only needed if `v' switch is used):                            */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*    - `pointlist' must be initialized.  If `in->numberofpointattributes'   */
+/*      is not zero, `pointattributelist' must be initialized.               */
+/*      `pointmarkerlist' may be ignored.                                    */
+/*    - `edgelist' and `normlist' must both be initialized.                  */
+/*      `edgemarkerlist' may be ignored.                                     */
+/*    - Everything else may be ignored.                                      */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  After a call to triangulate(), the valid fields of `out' and `vorout'    */
+/*  will depend, in an obvious way, on the choice of switches used.  Note    */
+/*  that when the `p' switch is used, the pointers `holelist' and            */
+/*  `regionlist' are copied from `in' to `out', but no new space is          */
+/*  allocated; be careful that you don't free() the same array twice.  On    */
+/*  the other hand, Triangle will never copy the `pointlist' pointer (or any */
+/*  others); new space is allocated for `out->pointlist', or if the `N'      */
+/*  switch is used, `out->pointlist' remains uninitialized.                  */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*  All of the meaningful `numberof' fields will be properly set; for        */
+/*  instance, `numberofedges' will represent the number of edges in the      */
+/*  triangulation whether or not the edges were written.  If segments are    */
+/*  not used, `numberofsegments' will indicate the number of boundary edges. */
+/*                                                                           */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+struct triangulateio {
+  REAL *pointlist;                                               /* In / out */
+  REAL *pointattributelist;                                      /* In / out */
+  int *pointmarkerlist;                                          /* In / out */
+  int numberofpoints;                                            /* In / out */
+  int numberofpointattributes;                                   /* In / out */
+
+  int *trianglelist;                                             /* In / out */
+  REAL *triangleattributelist;                                   /* In / out */
+  REAL *trianglearealist;                                         /* In only */
+  int *neighborlist;                                             /* Out only */
+  int numberoftriangles;                                         /* In / out */
+  int numberofcorners;                                           /* In / out */
+  int numberoftriangleattributes;                                /* In / out */
+
+  int *segmentlist;                                              /* In / out */
+  int *segmentmarkerlist;                                        /* In / out */
+  int numberofsegments;                                          /* In / out */
+
+  REAL *holelist;                        /* In / pointer to array copied out */
+  int numberofholes;                                      /* In / copied out */
+
+  REAL *regionlist;                      /* In / pointer to array copied out */
+  int numberofregions;                                    /* In / copied out */
+
+  int *edgelist;                                                 /* Out only */
+  int *edgemarkerlist;            /* Not used with Voronoi diagram; out only */
+  REAL *normlist;                /* Used only with Voronoi diagram; out only */
+  int numberofedges;                                             /* Out only */
+};
+
+#ifdef ANSI_DECLARATORS
+void triangulate(char *, struct triangulateio *, struct triangulateio *,
+                 struct triangulateio *);
+void trifree(VOID *memptr);
+#else /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */
+void triangulate();
+void trifree();
+#endif /* not ANSI_DECLARATORS */

Added: grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/v.trimesh.c
===================================================================
--- grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/v.trimesh.c	                        (rev 0)
+++ grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/v.trimesh.c	2012-03-31 08:56:38 UTC (rev 51217)
@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/*  MODULE: v.trimesh							     */
+/*  AUTHOR: Jaime Carrera-Hernandez, University of Alberta, Edmonton Canada  */
+/*		jaime.carrera-AT-ualberta.ca                                 */
+/*              jaime.carrerah-AT-gmail.com                                  */
+/*  PURPOSE: v.trimesh creates a triangular mesh                              */
+/*         using Triangle (by Jonathan Richard Shewchunk)                    */
+/* 				                                             */
+/* COPYRIGHT: (C) 2008 by the GRASS development team			     */
+/* 	       								     */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef SINGLE
+#define REAL float
+#else /* not SINGLE */
+#define REAL double
+#endif /* not SINGLE */
+
+#include<stdio.h>
+#include<stdlib.h>
+#include<unistd.h>
+#include<grass/gis.h>
+#include<grass/Vect.h>
+#include<grass/glocale.h>
+#include<grass/dbmi.h>
+#include"triangle.h"
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    struct Option *input, *output;
+    struct Flag *nomaxarea;
+    struct Map_info Map;
+    struct GModule *module;
+    struct field_info *Fi;
+    dbValue *dbvalue;
+    dbDriver *driver;
+    dbCursor cursor;
+    dbString stmt;
+    dbColumn *col;
+    dbTable *table;
+    char buf[2000];
+    int type, ctype, i, cat, j, firstnode, segments,h;
+    int numberofregions, c, nnodes, nlines;
+    int count, more, of;
+    /* val is used for area constraints... currently set to int values*/
+
+    double *xptr, *yptr, *zptr, x, y, areaconst;
+
+    struct triangulateio in, out;
+    /* I need dynamic allocation */
+    double pointlist[10000];
+    /* regionlist is used for centroids         */
+    /* val is for area constraints centroids    */
+    double regionlist[40];
+    int val[40];
+    int segmentlist[10000]; 
+    /*    int holelist[30];*/
+    struct line_pnts *Points;
+    struct line_cats *Cats;
+    struct Option *column;
+    /*To determine centroids*/
+    int left,center,right;
+    double xleft,yleft,xcenter,ycenter,xright,yright;    
+    double xm1,xm2,ym,m1,m2,b1,b2;
+
+    int area,areas,centroid;
+    
+    G_gisinit(argv[0]);
+
+
+    module = G_define_module();
+    module->keywords = _("vector");
+    module->description =
+	_("Create a triangular mesh from a vector map");
+    
+    input = G_define_standard_option(G_OPT_V_INPUT);
+
+    column = G_define_option();
+    column->key = "column";
+    column->type= TYPE_STRING;
+    column->required= YES;
+    column->multiple=NO;
+    column->description=_("Column name with area constraints/centroid attributes");
+
+    output = G_define_standard_option(G_OPT_V_OUTPUT);
+    
+    nomaxarea = G_define_flag();
+    nomaxarea->key='a';
+    nomaxarea->description=_("Do not use areal constraint");
+    /* The vector map is opened*/
+    if(G_parser(argc,argv))
+      exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+    
+    Vect_set_open_level(2);
+    Vect_open_old(&Map, input->answer, "");
+     
+    /* The vector map is now read (boundaries and centroids)*/
+    
+    Points = Vect_new_line_struct();
+    Cats = Vect_new_cats_struct();
+
+    areas=Vect_get_num_areas(&Map);
+    printf("areas=%i\n",areas);
+
+    /* Verifying if data were input properly*/
+    if(!column->answer)
+      G_fatal_error ("Please assign a column with areal constraints");
+
+    h=0;
+    c=0;
+    j=0;
+    segments=0;
+
+    for(area=1;area<=areas;area++){	    
+      centroid=Vect_get_area_centroid(&Map,area);
+      firstnode=j;
+
+      Vect_get_area_points(&Map,area,Points);
+      printf("Reading boundaries for area %i\n",area);
+      xptr=Points->x;
+      yptr=Points->y;
+
+      while(Points->n_points--){ 	     	    
+	pointlist[j*2]=*xptr++;
+	pointlist[j*2+1]=*yptr++;	
+	j++;
+      }
+      j--;
+      printf("before reading nodes from boundary\n");
+      for(i=firstnode;i<j;i++){	      
+	if(i<j-1){	 
+	  segmentlist[i*2]=i;
+	  segmentlist[i*2+1]=i+1;		     
+	}	
+	else{	  
+	  segmentlist[i*2]=i;
+	  segmentlist[i*2+1]=firstnode;
+	}
+	segments++;
+      }
+    }
+
+
+    /****************************************************************/
+    /*                Get area constraints                          */
+    /****************************************************************/
+
+    c=0;
+    while((type=Vect_read_next_line(&Map,Points,Cats))>0)
+      {
+	if(type == GV_CENTROID && Cats->cat[0] > 0){
+	  xptr=Points->x;
+	  yptr=Points->y;
+	  regionlist[c*2]=*xptr;
+	  regionlist[c*2+1]=*yptr;
+	  for(i=0;i < Cats->n_cats; i++){	      
+	    Fi= Vect_get_field(&Map,Cats->field[i]);
+	    driver = db_start_driver_open_database ( Fi->driver, Fi->database );
+	    printf("select %s from %s where %s=%-10d\n",column->answer,Fi->table,Fi->key,Cats->cat[i]);
+	    
+	    sprintf(buf,"select %s from %s where %s=%-10d\n",column->answer,Fi->table,Fi->key,Cats->cat[i]);
+	    db_init_string(&stmt);
+	    db_append_string(&stmt,buf);		
+	    if(db_open_select_cursor(driver, &stmt, &cursor, DB_SEQUENTIAL) != DB_OK)
+	      G_fatal_error ( "Cannot open select cursor: '%s'", db_get_string(&stmt));
+	    table=db_get_cursor_table(&cursor);
+	    col=db_get_table_column(table,0); /* first column	*/
+	    ctype= db_sqltype_to_Ctype(db_get_column_sqltype (col));		
+	    if ( ctype != DB_C_TYPE_INT )
+	      G_fatal_error ( "area constraint must be integer");
+
+	    dbvalue=db_get_column_value(col);		
+	    /* fetch the data*/
+	    count=0;
+	    while(1){
+	      if(db_fetch(&cursor, DB_NEXT, &more) != DB_OK)
+		return (-1);
+	      if (!more) break;
+	      /* somehow it didn't work with double val[c], so only int values are used*/
+	      if( count == 0 )
+		val[c] =  db_get_value_int ( dbvalue );				    
+	      count ++;
+	    }	  
+	    db_close_cursor(&cursor);
+	    db_free_string(&stmt);
+	    
+	    printf("c=%i, val[%i]=%i\n",c,c,val[c]);
+	    c++;	    	  
+	  }
+	}
+      }
+    Vect_close(&Map);
+    /*printf("ocas 4\n");*/
+
+    /************************************/
+    /* Creating Triangle's data input : */
+    /************************************/
+
+    in.numberofpoints = j;
+    in.numberofpointattributes = 0;
+
+    in.pointlist = (REAL *) malloc(in.numberofpoints * 2 * sizeof(REAL));
+    /* This is a really dirty way to do it */
+    for(i=0;i<j;i++){
+      for(of=0;of<2;of++){
+	in.pointlist[i*2+of]=pointlist[i*2+of];
+      }
+    }
+
+    in.numberofsegments=segments;
+    in.segmentlist = (int *) malloc(in.numberofsegments * 2 * sizeof(int));
+    for(i=0;i<segments;i++){
+      for(of=0;of<2;of++){	
+	in.segmentlist[i*2+of]=segmentlist[i*2+of];
+	/*	printf("segmentlist[%i]=%i in.segmentlist[%i]=%i\n",i*2+of,segmentlist[i*2+of],i*2+of,in.segmentlist[i*2+of]);
+      }
+      printf("segment %i= %i--%i\n",i,in.segmentlist[i*2],in.segmentlist[i*2+1]);*/
+      }
+    }
+    in.numberofregions = c;
+    in.regionlist = (REAL *) malloc(in.numberofregions * 4 * sizeof(REAL));
+
+    for(i=0;i<in.numberofregions;i++){
+      in.regionlist[i*4]=regionlist[i*2];
+      in.regionlist[i*4+1]=regionlist[i*2+1];
+      in.regionlist[i*4+2]=0;
+      in.regionlist[i*4+3]=val[i];
+      /*printf("val[%i]=%i",i,val[i]);*/
+    }
+    /* For some reason Triangle doesn't like these lines */
+    /* In case holes are present; so no holes!) */
+    /* Tabernacle!
+    if(h>0){
+      in.numberofholes=h;
+      printf("shouldn't be in...\n");
+      in.holelist=(REAL *) malloc(in.numberofholes * 2 * sizeof(REAL));
+      out.holelist= (int *) NULL;
+      for(i=0;i<in.numberofholes;i++){
+	for(of=0;of<2;of++){
+	  in.holelist[i*2+of]=holelist[i*2+of];
+	}
+      }
+    }
+    /* variables need to be initialized for Triangle */
+
+    in.numberofholes=0;
+
+    out.pointlist = (REAL *) NULL;
+    out.trianglelist = (int *) NULL;
+    out.segmentlist = (int *) NULL;
+    out.edgelist= (int *) NULL;
+
+    /* Triangulate the points: read and write a PSLG (p), number everything */
+    /* from zero (z), create a quality mesh (q) and use area constraints (a)*/
+    /* voronoi polygons not needed, thus vorout== NULL*/
+
+    /* Use FLAGS for either constrained Delaunay, area constraints*/
+    printf("number of regions = %i\n",c);
+    printf("calling triangle \n");
+    if(nomaxarea->answer)
+      triangulate("pzqDBeQj", &in, &out, (struct triangulateio *) NULL);
+    else
+      triangulate("pzqDaBeQj", &in, &out, (struct triangulateio *) NULL);
+
+    if (0>Vect_open_new (&Map, output->answer, 0))
+      G_fatal_error(_("Unable to create vector map %s"),output->answer);
+    
+    driver=db_start_driver_open_database(Fi->driver,Vect_subst_var(Fi->database,&Map));
+
+    if(driver==NULL)
+      G_fatal_error(_("Cannot open database %s by driver %s"),Vect_subst_var(Fi->database,&Map),Fi->driver);
+    
+    printf("driver= %s\n",driver);
+    db_begin_transaction(driver);
+
+    sprintf(buf,"create table %snodes (cat int)",output->answer);
+    db_init_string(&stmt);
+    db_append_string(&stmt,buf);
+    printf("buf=%s\n", buf);
+
+    if(db_execute_immediate(driver,&stmt) != DB_OK)
+      G_fatal_error(_("Cannot create table %s"),db_get_string(&stmt));
+      
+    
+    sprintf(buf,"%snodes",output->answer);
+    table=buf;
+
+    Vect_map_add_dblink(&Map, 1, NULL, table,"cat",Fi->database,Fi->driver);
+
+    /* Writing the output to GRASS*/
+
+    /*********************/
+    /* Writing NODES     */
+    /*********************/
+    for(i=0;i<out.numberofpoints;i++){
+      Vect_reset_line (Points);
+      Vect_reset_cats (Cats);
+      x=out.pointlist[i*2];
+      y=out.pointlist[i*2+1];
+      Vect_append_point (Points,x,y,0);
+      Vect_cat_set (Cats, 1, i+1);
+      Vect_write_line(&Map, GV_POINT, Points, Cats);    
+      sprintf(buf,"insert into %snodes values(%i)",output->answer,i+1);
+      db_init_string(&stmt);
+      db_append_string(&stmt,buf);
+      if(db_execute_immediate(driver,&stmt) != DB_OK)
+	G_fatal_error(_("Cannot add values to table %snodes"),output->answer);      
+    }
+    /*********************/
+    /* Writing BOUNDARIES */
+    /*********************/
+    for(i=0;i<out.numberofedges;i++){
+      Vect_reset_line (Points);
+      Vect_reset_cats (Cats);      
+      for(of=0;of<2;of++){
+	j=out.edgelist[i*2+of];
+	x=out.pointlist[j*2];
+	y=out.pointlist[j*2+1];
+	Vect_append_point (Points,x,y,0);
+	Vect_cat_set (Cats, 1, i+1);
+	Vect_write_line(&Map, GV_BOUNDARY, Points, Cats);
+      }           
+    }
+    /*********************/
+    /* Writing CENTROIDS */
+    /*********************/
+    sprintf(buf,"create table %stricentr (cat int)",output->answer);
+    db_init_string(&stmt);
+    db_append_string(&stmt,buf);
+
+    if(db_execute_immediate(driver,&stmt) != DB_OK)
+      G_fatal_error(_("Cannot create table %s"),db_get_string(&stmt));
+
+    sprintf(buf,"%stricentr",output->answer);
+    table=buf;
+
+    Vect_map_add_dblink(&Map, 2, NULL, table,"cat",Fi->database,Fi->driver);
+
+    for(i=0;i<out.numberoftriangles;i++){
+      Vect_reset_line (Points);
+      Vect_reset_cats (Cats);      
+      left=out.trianglelist[i*3];
+      center=out.trianglelist[i*3+1];
+      right=out.trianglelist[i*3+2];
+
+      xleft=out.pointlist[left*2];
+      yleft=out.pointlist[left*2+1];
+      xcenter=out.pointlist[center*2];
+      ycenter=out.pointlist[center*2+1];
+      xright=out.pointlist[right*2];
+      yright=out.pointlist[right*2+1];
+
+      xm1=xleft+((xcenter-xleft)/2);
+      ym=yleft+((ycenter-yleft)/2);
+      m1=(yright-ym)/(xright-xm1);
+      b1=yright-(m1*xright);
+
+      xm2=xcenter+((xright-xcenter)/2);
+      ym=ycenter+((yright-ycenter)/2);
+      m2=(yleft-ym)/(xleft-xm2);
+      b2=yleft-(m2*xleft);
+      /* in case a median is a vertical line */
+	if((xright-xm1)==0 || (xleft-xm2)==0 ){
+	  if((xright-xm1)==0){
+	    x=xm1;
+	    y=(m2*x)+b2;
+	  }
+	  else{
+	    x=xm2;
+	    y=(m1*x)+b1;
+	  }
+	}
+	else{
+	  x=(b2-b1)/(m1-m2);
+	  y=(m1*x)+b1;
+	}             
+
+	Vect_append_point (Points,x,y,0);
+	Vect_cat_set (Cats, 2, i+1);
+	Vect_write_line(&Map, GV_CENTROID, Points, Cats);
+	sprintf(buf,"insert into %stricentr values(%i)",output->answer,i+1);
+	db_init_string(&stmt);
+	db_append_string(&stmt,buf);
+	if(db_execute_immediate(driver,&stmt) != DB_OK){
+	  G_fatal_error(_("Cannot add values to table %stricentr"),output->answer);
+	}
+    }
+    db_close_database(driver);
+    db_shutdown_driver(driver);
+    /* Vect_build_partial(&Map,GV_BUILD_NONE,NULL); */
+    /* Vect_build(&Map,stderr); */
+
+    Vect_build_partial(&Map,GV_BUILD_NONE);
+    Vect_build(&Map);
+
+    Vect_close(&Map);
+    
+}

Added: grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/v.trimesh.tmp.html
===================================================================
--- grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/v.trimesh.tmp.html	                        (rev 0)
+++ grass-addons/grass6/vector/v.trimesh/v.trimesh.tmp.html	2012-03-31 08:56:38 UTC (rev 51217)
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+<head>
+<title>GRASS GIS manual: v.trimesh</title>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
+<link rel="stylesheet" href="grassdocs.css" type="text/css">
+</head>
+<body bgcolor="white">
+
+<img src="grass_logo.png" alt="GRASS logo"><hr align=center size=6 noshade>
+
+<h2>NAME</h2>
+<em><b>v.trimesh</b></em>  - Create a triangular mesh from a vector map
+<h2>KEYWORDS</h2>
+vector
+<h2>SYNOPSIS</h2>
+<b>v.trimesh</b><br>
+<b>v.trimesh help</b><br>
+<b>v.trimesh</b> [-<b>a</b>] <b>input</b>=<em>name</em> <b>column</b>=<em>string</em> <b>output</b>=<em>name</em>  [--<b>overwrite</b>]  [--<b>verbose</b>]  [--<b>quiet</b>] 
+
+<h3>Flags:</h3>
+<DL>
+<DT><b>-a</b></DT>
+<DD>Do not use areal constraint</DD>
+
+<DT><b>--overwrite</b></DT>
+<DD>Allow output files to overwrite existing files</DD>
+<DT><b>--verbose</b></DT>
+<DD>Verbose module output</DD>
+<DT><b>--quiet</b></DT>
+<DD>Quiet module output</DD>
+</DL>
+
+<h3>Parameters:</h3>
+<DL>
+<DT><b>input</b>=<em>name</em></DT>
+<DD>Name of input vector map</DD>
+
+<DT><b>column</b>=<em>string</em></DT>
+<DD>Column name with area constraints/centroid attributes</DD>
+
+<DT><b>output</b>=<em>name</em></DT>
+<DD>Name for output vector map</DD>
+
+</DL>
+</body>
+</html>



More information about the grass-commit mailing list